Unseen Forces and How to Use Them
October 30, 2017 | Author: Anonymous | Category: N/A
Short Description
UNSEEN FORCES AND '. HOW T0 USE. THEM. CHAPTER I. F R OM THE W ITHOU T T O . ships, harness ......
Description
REV
.
S
.
R
.
M A XW E L L ,
A u th or
.
U N S E E N
FOR C ES
AN D
H OW TO U SE TH E M
BY
S
R
.
M A XW E L L
.
o 3
9
)
)
3 )
J ) 1 3
The F
A tl
anta
ti
g
r an kl n Pri n n i
G eo W .
.
,
Ga
an d
a
)
.
P u b h s h i n g C o mp a n y
rin r M an ag r
H a rri s on , S t t e P
te
,
e
C op y S
.
R
A ll
.
rl
ri
gh t 1903 b y
M A
XW E
gh ts
r r e se
L L
ved
.
.
CON T E N T S
F ro m t h e P ro gr
e ss
C H A P T ER W i t h out to t h e W i t h i n
.
I -
A Sk
etc h
of
H
u m an
CHA P T ER II T he orie s E x am in ed : ( 1) C h ri st i an Sc i ence ; ( 2 )M ate ri ali sm CHA P T ER III T h e V i sibl e a C reat i o n of t h e Invi sibl e an d t h e M ed i u m o f i t s E x p re s s i o n CHA P T ER I V F o rce s i n t h e U n i v e r se an d i n M a n — G od— T h e E go— T h o u gh t .
.
.
.
fo rc e w—N
e rv e f o rce -
CHA P TER V ’ t h e S p i ri tual M an s In st ru m ent in t h e .
Th e
C o n sc i o u s B ra i n
Vi sibl e R
eal m
CHA P T ER VI ’ T h e S ubcon sc i ou s B ra in th e S p i ri tu al M an s In s tr u m en t i n t h e I n v i sibl e R eal m CHA P T ER V I I Th e S u bco nsc i ou s B ra i n— C ont inued .
T he
La
The C
Th e
w of
CHAP T ER T h ou gh t -p ro j ect i on
wof
ent ral La
w
La
of
V III
CHA P T ER I X C ure
CH A P TER X C h ar acter-b u ild in g
.
.
.
UNSEEN FOR CES AND H OW T 0 USE T H EM '
.
CH A P T E R I
FR O M THE
WI
TH O U T
THE
TO
H U MAN
w
WI
.
TH I N
P R OG R E S S
—A
S K E T CH
or
.
w
The t entieth century promises to be th e grandest in point of discovery and achieveme n t that has ever da ned upo n the human race T he l a o f hu man progress is the la first th e blade the n the car then the o f evolution : ” ful l corn in the ear Whether the fall o f man is true This is purely a spec or false does not concern us at all T he ol d u l a ti v e question o f academic interest merely theology dealt ith e mpty proble m s and the o l d the o l o gians spent v aluable time and brain energy in shaving into shape inflexible theories ith th e iron tools of logic theories utterly void o f value The present age demands facts and great principles established by the facts The facts o f history demo nstrate that the great principle o f progress is e v ol u ti o n and the method of the progress has been fro m the visible to th e invisible, fro m the exter nal shell to the i nternal substance fro m the periphery t o the hub fro m the itho u t to the ithin This gradual progress o f man as natural , and i n full accordance ith the la s o f his o n being and the circum stances o f his environment I t is a ma tte r o f no practical “
w
w
.
,
,
.
.
w
.
,
w .
.
,
,
,
w w w -
w w w ,
.
'
.
U
2
n se en
w
w
Fo r c e s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
val ue as to hen man first appeared o n th i s p l anet We kno that he m u st have stepped into the arena o f ti me at some definite period i n the distant past because he is here and hen he came h e found himsel f surrounded ith no a se t o f sublime circumstances concerni ng the nature o f which he as in comple te ignoran ce W ith onder ful po ers o f m ind and body man stood Bending over forth midst the maj estic scenes o f n ature ’ him he beheld the magnifice n t s eep o f heav e n s dome traversed during the day by the su n and bespangled at ith innumerable points o f t in k ling ligh t B eneath n ight his feet as the solid earth ; yonder to ered the migh ty mounta i n ; he hears the roar o f the ocean as the sur f in sno y spume brea k s upo n the roc k s ; the hite cataract leaps from t h e heart o f the mou ntain ; the river rolls o u ard to the se a ; the great forest stands in its pr i meval grandeur ; th e earth is covered ith g rass and flo ers the W ild beasts roar in the forest glades an d the birds sing i n the branches The maj e stic scenes in nature and the myriad sounds o f ith po er to primiti v e l i fe and action must have appealed ’ man s untutored and undisciplined mind arousing ithin ' He a s ignorant o f his h i m an intense spirit o f curiosity surroundings ; ignorant o f the la s that governed the great forces that he beheld in continual operation around him ignorant o f the ealth that resided i n the soil an d the min eral ealth that lay i n un fat h omed mines beneath the soil ignorant o f his o n splendid po ers and the la s that governed these physical and Spiritual energies This i s a purpose ful universe, and to my mind the pur pose for hich man came here a s .
‘
w w w w
w
,
w
.
w w
w w w w
.
,
w w .
w
w
-
,
.
w w w w w ,
.
w
w w
w
w
.
w
w
U
n se en
Forc e s
an d
w w w
H
o
w
t o U s e T he m
.
find o u t ho he is 2 To find o u t what he i s 3 T o find o u t here he i s 4 T o find o u t hy he is In other ords, man was sent here into the planet to fi n d o u t hi s relations to the infinite Father and the u niverse to find o u t his o n in ard potentialities to locate himsel f i n relation to all things and to learn the supreme l esso n that he i s placed here to u n fo ld the S piritual m a n to the highest per fection by right kno ledge right thi n king a n d ri g ht action N o i n solvin g the problem o f the u n i v erse an d his o n nature i t as per fectly natural that man s hould comme n ce his study by investigatin g the nature o f t hose obj ects that appealed most po er fully to his senses The externa l obj ects o f nature appealed m ost po er fully a n d he co mmenced his great task by studyin g external o bj ects and gainin g contro l over the great forces o f the ex ternal universe O l d mother E v e was the pioneer o f progress i n physical science S he as the first ho em ployed experiment as the test o f truth C enturies were c onsumed i n the g reat work o f studying external obj ects Primitive man was u nder the infl uence o f a n irrepressible s u bdu e the desire to co nq uer his external env i ron ments ” Yo nder is the g ray an d hoary forest that o u ter u n i v e rse ’ has never as yet heard the sou nd o f the ood ma n s ax go n Yonder is the mighty ocean ; go build your o u t it do s hips harness the winds to your sai l s and explore i ts di s tant shores Navi gate the rivers, b uild great ci ties o n their banks teemi ng with migh ty populatio ns T u n nel the mo untains bridge the rivers build great roads q uarry the P ranite rocks lun g e f r your great architectural structures o g To
1
.
.
.
.
.
.
w ww
.
.
,
w w
.
w w w ,
,
,
,
w
.
,
w
w
.
.
.
.
w
.
.
w .
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
.
U
4
Force s
n seen
an d
H
o
w
n to U s e T h e r
.
w
your shafts and bring f rom the bo els o f the earth th e gold the silver th e iron the coal and all minerals Cul ith vegetation ti v ate the soil and let the ea rth blossom T he ra material surrou nds you I n rich abundance br i ng things together and provide yoursel f ith food fue l cloth ing and shelter as the first imperial command that man felt under obligation to obey Did ma n obey this irrepressible impulse ? Let history ans er He built mighty empires He marshaled stron g armies and ent forth upon careers o f conquest H e erected great cities ith millions o f people He built grea t pyramids o f squared roc k each roc k eighi n g tons so heavy that the strongest derric k s o f this age ould brea k do n in the attempt to place them I n positi on He buil t splendid temples outrivalin g i n architectural beauty the finest structures o f to -day He chiseled the marble int o forms di v m e made the canvas spea k constructed g reat roads extending for miles over mountai n and marsh ove r ater and ilderness He explored th e continents, sle the ild animals and brought the earth into subj ection by his tireless energy H e tunneled the mountains navigated the rivers bridled the ocean put a bit in the mouth o f the lightnings harnessed the steam He has plunged into the ’ depths o f the earth and read from the earth s strata a his tory o f creation H e has studied the la s of light con structed the telescope examined the depths o f the s kies and ith mathematical precisio n he has measured t h e orbits o f suns and comets eighed the earth in scales a n d computed the tonnage o f the stars He has constructed t he microscope and has inspected the i n fi n i te mmal He has e ighed atoms and discovered the l a of their combina ,
,
w
,
w
w
w
,
.
.
,
,
.
w
w
.
.
w
.
w .
,
w
w
,
.
,
.
,
,
w w w
,
.
,
.
,
,
.
,
w
.
w
,
,
,
,
w
.
w
w
w
.
U
Fo r c e s
nse e n
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
5
.
w
He has analyzed light found o u t h o to use the X -ray and by its use photograph the skeleton or the coin ’ He has condensed the atmosphere i n i n a man s pocket liquid form ith a temperature three thousand degrees He has abolished ires a n d utilizes the c older than zero e theric waves t o convey his messages across continents and o ceans In all his marvelous achievements man h as dealt ex ith the obj ects and forces o f the external uni e lusively verse— the obj ects and forc e s that stand outside o f himsel f N o it is not to be ondered at that this te n dency o n the part o f man to deal ith externals should materialize blot o u t o f hi s visio n all e very part o f his bein g and kno ledge o f the u n seen u niverse and its realities The mission o f every re for mer a nd mighty thinker that has ever lived has been to rescue man fro m the paralyzing grip o f e xternalism and br i ng him to a keen realizatio n o f the facts and forces o f the intern a l and i nvisible universe That great s piritual thinker Paul said concerning the “ religions o f mankind i n his day For the i nvisible things o f h i m fro m the creation o f the orld are clearly s een bein g understood by the things that are made even his eternal po er and Godhead ; and they changed the ‘ G lory f the incorruptible od into an image made li k e o g unto corruptible man and birds and four footed beasts and they changed the truth o f God into a lie c reeping things orshiped and s erved the creature more than the a nd ” C reator T o th i s i mpeach ment h umanity must plead guilty Th e Greece and Ro me furnish r eligious systems o f Babylon ’ It unlimited evidence in su pport o f Paul s impeac hment t ion
.
,
,
w
.
w
.
.
w w
w w
.
w
.
.
w
w
,
r
-
w
,
.
.
,
.
U
6 is
F o rc e s
n se e n
and
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
my pur p ose to enter into a detailed examinatio n o f these old religions Th eir mai n features are given in the quotation above 1 Deali n g ith external things man lost sight of th e internal and invisible 2 Having lost sight o f the invisible God and th e unseen universe to satis fy his aspirat i ons for the unseen man or sh i p e d the visible obj ects around him ith hu man pas 3 He created G od in his o n image , sions and propensities 4 The visible universe is the invisible G o d in sel f-ex pressi on but man lost sight o f this and mistook the visibl e “ orshiped and served the creatur e fo r the invisible and ” T hus it happened that the ol d more than the Creator pagan religions became essentially materialistic and dealt exclusively ith externals N o t alone as this true concerning the pagan religion s it as also true co ncerning Judaism When Moses gav e Judaism to hi s nation it as grand i n i ts maj estic princi ’ ples pure in i ts revelations o f G od and man and man s relations t o his fello s The Mosaic conception o f the ’ universe— God man and man s relations to his environ ments — as superior to anything that had as yet been given orld t o the But by contact ith a material environ ment and in t he hands of me n engrossed by the visible this system o f re l i gi o n had become corrupt and in the days o f Christ i t had degenerated into un a du l tera te d extern a li sm T he great teacher in hi s famous S ermo n o n the Mount sho s h o the simple and maj estic principles o f the Mosaic l a had n ot
.
w .
.
,
.
.
,
,
w
.
.
w
w
.
.
w
,
,
.
w
w w
.
w w
.
,
,
.
w w .
,
,
w
,
.
,
,
ww w
U
nsee n
Forc e s
an d
H
o
w
7
to U s e T h e m
.
been mutilated and buried beneath mountains o f oo mmen “ taries He declared that he came not to destroy the ” but t o un fold its intense S pirituality and to cut a ay la from the l a the useless encumbrances here ith the Je A ll through h i s ministry h e i sh rabbis had trammeled it Opposes and denou nces ith unsparing intensity the exter malism o f the religion champio ned by the re l igious teach e rs o f hi s age Materialism had taken possession o f the temple, the feasts the sacred altars the Holy S cript ures and the W hole machin ery o f o rship The kno ledge of the infinite Father as lost ; spiritual religio n a s dead The i n fa mous An nas a n d his sons held a monopoly o f the temple mar k et and farmed o u t the privileges o f the sanctuary to conscienceless robbers and made millions The voice o f true prayer as stilled and i t s place as taken by clouds o f incense The priests had cast aside I n ard righteousness and had substituted th ere for s plendid e cclesiastical gar ments studded ith diamonds and ornamented ith go ld The voice o f true o rsh i p as n o t heard , and the fringe temple enclosure as the scene o f E o i sy bargainings eigh ing m oney demanding heavy discount and n oisy argu ments over the price o f pigeons an d cattle to be O ffered i n sacrifice The teachers o f religio n ere robbers o f idows and despoilers o f orphans ho h id thei r meanness under long robes and lon ger prayers The truth o f the u niverse the truth concerning G od the truth concerning man had vanished fro m the mind o f man Every natio n had cre ated its o n go d and their conceptions o f man and the universe ere co ndi tioned upo n their conceptio n of God an d S ince the i r con ce p ti o n o f God as false their conceptio ns
w
w ww w
.
w
,
w .
~
.
,
w
w
w
w w
,
.
w w .
,
.
w w w w
.
.
,
w w ,
,
w
.
,
w
w
.
,
,
w w
,
.
,
w
,
,
U
8
n see n
Fo r c e s
a
n
d H
w
o
w
to U se T h e m
.
man and the universe Were utterly false and the r eign — King Delusion ith his subordinates ignorance of s uperstition and brutali ty— as absolute and universal Jesus the divinest individual that ever al k ed the earth Jes u s the Christ came out of th e eternities into time to bring man bac k t o the truth and bring the truth back to man He revealed G od as the infinite Father The na a ( ) tions had created gods according to their o n limited con ce ti o n s and colored them ith their o n national p rej u p dices and limited them to their o n nation a l boundaries A divided G od meant a divided orld A quarreling set o f gods meant a orld o f men in boistero us s tri fe The Je ish mind had created Jehovah ; the G reek mi n d had ‘ created A pollo ; the Roman mind had created J upiter T hese gods ere purely huma n inventions and undiluted falsehoods Jesus u ncovered the truth concerning G o d ” “ and proclaimed him as the u n i versal Father A reali z at i o n o f this truth ma k es a l l m en brothers 6 u S o Jes s uncovered the ruth concerning W ar m a n t ( ) ring g ods meant men struggling on the battle -fi e l ds ; meant th e butchery o f human li fe in t h e coliseum ; meant the savagery o f l a ; meant the u tter estrangement o f nations i llio n s the degradation O f oman the the enslav e ment o f m crushing o f the ea k by the strong and the savage and intense brutality o f the ti mes J esus by revealing the Fatherhood o f G od taught the b rotherhood o f man ; that ’ ’ m a n is G od s child made i n his Father s image invested ith splendid possibilities a creature o f eternity d elling for a little hile i n time 0 s reve aled the truth Jcsu concerning the niverse u () of
,
,
w
,
w
,
.
,
.
w w .
w
,
,
w
w
w w
.
.
.
r
w
.
.
.
.
.
w w
w
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
w
,
w
,
,
w
.
.
U
nse e n
Fo r c e s
an d
H
o
w
9
to U s e T h e m
.
He taught that the visible u niverse is o nly a transien t s hi fting panorama a ff ording standing roo m fo r G od th e Father and m a n his so n to erect the per fect Spiritual tem ple that the body i s only an external expressio n o f the i n ard spiritual man that t h e Sp i ritual man is supreme and e ternal ; that the body o r external form is temporal an d s ubordinate and the u n foldment o f the Spiritual man is the f rand end all things o g Jesus the Christ a s i n hi msel f the expressio n o f the tr u th c on cerni n g G o d m a n and the universe i n visible form He as the revelatio n o f that hi ch i s That hi ch hi ch i s is in i s is permanent and eternal fo r that c on formity ith the plan o f the universe hen it c ame fresh from the hands o f the Creator T his is the best possible universe because it is the expre ssio n o f the i nfinite mind God in tended that the Spiritual man should be master and the material man servant G od i ntended that the Spiritu al man Should be u n folded and that th e physical man s hould beco me subservient to this grand end G od intended that man should live in the inner u niverse hereby he could a n d ma k e the outer uni verse a ladder c limb t o higher heights in the realms o f t he u nseen Jesus hen he arrived found hu manity absorbed i n th e material the very conception o f God th e i nner universe a n d the spiritual man blotted o u t o f existence In a l l his sermon s he emph asized the Spiritual a nd taught that it a s s upreme and that all material things ere secondary and s ubordinate Man had put the outer be fore the inner ; e n throned the visible and dethro ned the invisible glorified e xternals and banished internals Jesus corrected the hole false philosophy and revealed the divine order of
w
,
w .
w w
.
w
,
,
w
w
.
w
.
,
.
.
.
w
,
w
.
,
,
,
.
w
,
.
w
.
w
U
IO
Fo rc e s
n se e n
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
w
.
”
the tru th man and the universe and as therefore embodied in a livin g person ’ ’ He al k ed out o f his father s carpe n ter s sho p itho u t any orldly prestige o r po er and ith per fect soul-poise comme n ced the gigantic or k o f his li fe T he god o f a materialistic philosophy o f li fe the spirit o f the times tha t had governed humanity for ages met him in th e ilder ness penniless a n d hungry and eary fo r he had fasted forty days in demonstra ti on o f his belie f that the spiritual “ man as supreme This Spirit said to h i m : You a re hungry you have great po er yo u are invested ith cre ative energy U se your po ers a s all others have used ” “ them to grati fy your appetites C ommand that these ” stones become bread Jesus ans ered this false Spiri t “ thus : T he spiritual man feeding upon the eternal t rut h and in vital communion ith the infinite Father can rise superi o r to the physi cal man and assert and retain hi s ” supremacy Man Shall not live by bread alone but by every ord th a t proceedeth o ut o f the mouth o f God “ The false spirit again ad v ances and says : I f your philos o p hy is true the n you can de monstrate it by casting your sel f do n from one o f the pin nacles o f the temple I f the Spiritual man is supreme and the physical man su bo rdi nate then the spiritual man can suspend the physical man i n mid air and by th us demonstrating the correctness o f your philosophy to the assembled Je s at Jerusalem the y ill cro n you k ing and the orld ill accept your teach ” “ ings Jesus ans ered by saying : A n act o f this kind ould be presuming o n the divine goodness It is su re me l y true that Spiri t is master o f matter but it is als o p true that falling fro m a lo fty height ill crush and kill ,
w w
“
w
.
w w w ,
.
w
,
,
,
w
w
,
w
w w
.
,
,
.
,
.
.
w
w ,
,
w .
,
.
w
,
.
,
,
w w
w .
w
w ww
.
w
,
.
U
12
Fo r c e s
n se e n
an
d H
o
wt o
U s e T he m
.
ww
The young Nazarene vanquished the false spirit o f the t imes and marched for ard ith the quiet step o f antici pated triumph to the accomplishment of his orld tas k H e ca re fully instructed his disciples in his divine p hi l oso phy and told the m prior to his departure that it as ex “ ay because hen he ent a ay the e di e n t that he go a p ” ould come a n d lead the m into all truth S pirit o f Truth a n d inspire them to lay the foundations o f t h e Ki n gdom o f T ruth After living a li fe o f u nparalleled beauty ; a li fe hich as the resul t o f the combination o f gentleness and s trength intellectual po er and the most translucent si m l i f c i t ; a li fe that the visible expressio n truth a s o p y beau ty love and goodness he a s seized by the most re l i gi o u s m e n o f his day condemned by his j udges ithout iving him the chance de f ense f they deprived him f r o o g o f all legal rights and on the testimony o f false itnesses he as condemned to die by crucifixion He had declared that the spiritual man a s supreme and he had also d e c l a re d in t he p re se n ce o f his disciples that the gates o f the grave could not prevail a gainst his claim By his res ’ u rr e c ti o n fr o m the grave he smashed death s gates and demonstrated that the spiritual m a n a s supreme that he a s the Chr i s t and that his mission a n d teachings ere di vi n e H e came o u t o f eternity into time H e leaves the realms o f time and goes into eternit y a n d forty days de parture into the invisible his k ingdom a fter his as ' ” “ ushered i n by the a fl usi o n o f the S pirit O f Truth upon “ his disciples and they ent forth proclaiming Jesus the ” C hris t as the sum total o f spiri tual tru th to the conques t o f the orld Witho u t learning o r ran k , ithout politi
w w w ww
w w
,
,
.
w
.
w
w w
,
,
,
w
,
w w
,
,
w
,
w
,
.
,
,
,
.
w
w
,
,
.
w
.
w
,
w
,
w
.
“
w
U
Fo rc e s
n se e n
w
an d
w
H
o
w
13
to U s e T h e m
.
w w
cal po er o r i ntellectual prestige itho ut social standi n g and subj ect to the i thering scorn and ostracism o f h u manity these men marched forward ith a Spirit o f t he utmost intrepidity to the seemin gly forlorn tas k o f over helming the materialism o f that bru t al and savage age Judaism a s mighty and the rein s o f ecclesiastical po er ere in the hands o f i ts de fenders i n Palestine I ts synagogues ere in every great city ; its history as re splendent ith miracles an d made brillant by great names It stood hoary ith age and i ts creed as o ven into t he t exture o f Je ish ch aracter W hat could the preachers o f a message given to t he orl d by a crucified Galilea n peasant hope to accomp l ish in the presence o f this venerable syste m Heathenism as mighty and the reins o f supreme politi cal po er ere in the hands o f its champions at Rome a n d in al l the great cities o f the empire Its po er as u p held by a mighty army ; its votaries ere n u mbered by th e million ; its temples li fted their glittering minarets to the skies every here ; its altars dripped ith the blood o f n umberless ani mals and it extende d from the ban k s o f the Euphrates to the confines o f Britain and fro m th e German forests to the Nile It surely loo ked like folly for the fo l lo ers o f a cruci fi ed and disg race d carpenter to face a sys tem like this and demand its abolition It o uld have been folly i f Jesus h ad been n othin g save a disgraced and disho nored enth usiast and his mes sage n othing but the V I S I O n o f a disordered brain But this Galilean prophet as divi ne ; h e as the in car n atio n Be o f the highest truth t h e richest li fe the deepest lo ve cause he as divine and because h i s doctrin e was t he ,
,
w w ww w w w w
.
,
w .
ww
,
.
.
w
w ww
w w
.
w
ww
,
,
w w
.
.
w
w
‘
w
,
,
,
.
.
U
I4
n se e n
Force s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
w w
Simplest and divinest truth it as destined to a speedy ‘ The orld has nev er i n all its his a n d universal victory itnessed such a marvelo us rev o lution ; a revolution t ory ithout the shoc k o f battling armies it ho ut the clash of eapons ; a revolution rought by the resistless force o f C hristianity conquered the orld and th ree mp l e truth hundred years a fter its immortal Founder entered the i n as the dominant force in the Roman empire v isible i t But the i nveterate tendency o f humanity to dri ft into e x te rn a l i s m again began to mani fest itsel f History r e peats itsel f T he Splendor o f the diamond ill become “ d i m and the gold ill soon lose its luster Eternal v i gi lance i s n o t alone the price o f liberty it is the price e must pay to kee p truth free fro m the poison o f error A nything pure su fl e rs I n its passage through h uman hands a n d heads Divine truth su ffers i n i ts passage to the orld thro u gh hu man mediums ; it t a k es o n the imper fections a n d limitations o f the h uman mind ; it loses the brilliancy o f its luster a nd the per fection of its form The beauti ful and si mple message hich Jesus gave to t he orld a s soon tarnished T he ch urch became a p a p u lar and po er ful i n stitution ; ic k ed men me n seeking fo r po er sought for positions in the church A mbitious m e n seeking fo r notoriety occupied her pulpits The c hurch j oined hands ith the S tate A mbi tious leaders i n the church sought to accomplish the impossible — the marriage o f divine truth it h orldly political policy Did they succeed ? No The scheme as abortive and t o c onsummate the union Divine truth a s t horoughly cor r u te d ith the poison o f human tradition T he p u re and p s imple message o f Jesus had conquered the Roman empire , ,
w w w
.
w
w w
,
.
,
w
.
s
w
.
.
w
w .
w
.
w .
ww w w
.
w
,
,
.
w ww ' w w
.
.
w
.
.
,
U
n se e n
Fo r c e s
an d
H
o
w
15
to U s e T h e m
.
w
th en under the ma m p u l a ti o n s o f icked a nd sche m ing men the o l d paganism o f the Roman empire entered Jesus the C hrist and trampled beneath t he church sle i ts feet the simple and holy doctrines he taught During the dark an d middle ages the Spirit o f the o l d Roman paganism under the guise o f C hristianity held high c arnival in Europe and steeped its garments making them red i n the blood o f the martyrs o f Jesus F o r fully o n e thousand years materialism a n d selfish tyranny r e l gn e d o ver Europe ith a scepter o f iro n Kno ledge o f the infinite Father a s lost Christ as represented in paint ings o n the alls o f the great cathedrals as a g iant athlete ith a pitch fork in his hands h urling heretics into a lake o f fire and brimsto ne Hell a s a creation o f t he author ities I n the church o f the dark ages to prevent h eresy The spirit o f man a s dead ; S piritual and intellectual free do m as i mpossible The Bible as bur1ed i n a dead languag e and as chained to the cathedral pillars and locked fro m the free inquiry o f man until the lock rusted a ay in the laps e o f time The midnight o f g l oo m se t orld and the rankest materialism t l e d do n upon the as lord o f the earth But truth i s d1v 1n e and i ts spirit i s irresistible It may Sleep for a hile and i ts enemies may put o u t i ts eyes an d like Samso n th e Philistines may make i t toil in the priso n ho use an d tor ture it fo r their o n delecta tio n Truth is only aitin g fo r a chance Whe n i ts en emies are engaged ’ i n roystering me rrl me n t laughing a t truth s mis fortunes it seizes th e pillars upon hich the temple o f error rests and brin g s the heavy roo f down u po n their devoted heads Thus i t as in Europe when the aut horities o f a corrupt
an
d
,
,
,
w
,
.
“
,
.
w w w
w
w .
.
w
w
,
.
w w
w
.
w
.
,
w w w w
w .
,
_
.
.
,
,
w
w
.
.
w
,
w
,
.
,
U
16
n se e n
w
Fo rc e s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
church ere resting i n supposed security and inventin g fear ful instru ments o f t orture to destroy the adherents o f truth great movements ere silently at or k hich er e destined to give tru th a chance to rise in royal po er and m a rch for ard to the en franchisement o f the h uman min d and the attainmen t o f liberty W hat ere these forces ? ” “ Revival o f Learning a s the O n e o f the m ain factors W hen in 14 83 the Mohammedans besieged Constantinople and gained possession o f the city and overran T ur k ey and G reece the native inha bitants fled to Italy and carried ith them the o l d G ree k literature T his embalmed thought o f the old Greek thinkers ro used the sleeping intellect o f I taly and the Italian mind bound fo r centuries shoo k o ff its chains an d m arched out o f prison demanding the reason for things T he thrones o f tyranny quak e and the hosts o f superstition shiver ith fear hen man demands the hy ? T hen came the in vention o f print ing This brought the mind into contact ith all the though t ith millions O f the past and established communicatio n This facilitated rapid interchange of thought and though t is the supreme force i n the universe T hen came the di s ’ c ov e r o f A merica T his memorable event idened man s y horizon and a k ed his torpid in tellect into grander li fe A ll these events ere ho ever to my mind subordinate to the supreme factor and the supreme factor as the re discovery o f the Bible and the proclamation o f the Spiritual philosophy o f Jesus by that rugged G erman mon k Martin Luther T he simple teachings o f Jesus emancipated the mind o f Luther too k possessio n o f his hole nature and ‘ compelled him to stand forth the champion o f human ’ freedom Luther s message to the or ld may be stated in three proposi tions
w
,
ww w w w
w
w
,
w
.
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
w w w w
.
w
.
.
,
.
w
.
w w ,
w
.
w
,
,
,
.
,
.
w w
U
Forc e s
nse en
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
17
.
The Bible is the supre me standar d in all matters perta ining to religion In the presence o f this proposition all human traditio ns a nd cast -iro n creeds and church canons i n short, everything o f p urely human inve ntion , m ust go do n 2 Every man has the individua l right to interpret the B ible fo r himsel f The doctri n e that the church thro ugh her priesthoo d is the onl y an d in fallible g uide in th e study o f the Bible falls in the presence o f this proposition 3 Man stands j ustifie d by faith i n Jesus the C hrist in the presence o f this proposition The endless penan ces masses and sacrifices o f th e chu rch o f Rome go to t h e inds The Reformatio n i naugurated by the proclama tio n o f these ideas, S pread ith amazing rapidity Within the space o f forty years it swept fro m Iceland to the P yrenees and fro m Finland to the summit o f the Alps C o n sidering the marvelo us rapidity o f i ts movements the completeness and suddenness o f its victories o n e ould imagine that it would speedly co n q uer the earth abolishing catholicism forever This ould have happe n ed had th e movement n ot been retarded by hostile forces What ere these hostile forces ? 1 An outside force the establishment o f the S ociety The principle upo n hich o f Jesus by Ignatius L oyol a this famous society was based was this : The ch urch of Ro me is the church o f C hrist I ts li fe an d perpetua tion are in da n ger The en d j ustifies the means T he urpose o f this society is the preservatio n o f the church p any mea n s that e may employ to o f C hrist ; there fore preserve the li fe o f the ch u rch of Rome i s sanctified and sacred The Jesuits have been the most potent 1
.
.
w
,
.
.
.
,
,
.
.
.
w
,
.
,
w
.
.
,
w ,
,
w
.
,
w
.
.
w
,
,
.
.
.
w
.
2
m
U
18
n se e n
Fo rc e s
an
d H
o
w
t o U se T he m
.
w
force
that ever arose ithin the co n fi nes o f the ch urch o f Rome in p re se r v m g its integrity Then there ere forces hosti l e to the success of the Reformation that arose ithin the ranks o f the re formers themselves f of The ormation hu man creeds Any creed a ( ) must o f necessity be the outcome o f controversy o n disputed points A creed i s the crystallized Opinions o f o nly one o f the parties i n the controversy ; it is there fore fragmentary , incomplete o n e -sided and divisive When controversy lives love the very essence o f Chris ti an i ty dies The re formers failed to see that n o benefit can come fro m controversy o ver purely speculative ques tions that admit o f dispute bet een equally hon e st men The second element hostile to the gro th o f the 6 ( ) as Re formatio n arising ithin itsel f the making o f human creeds the condition o f entrance to an d test o f fello ship in the church Human creeds are human defini tions of truth Truth defies boundaries You can truth in human language Truth is living n o t frame \ and must have room for perpetual g ro th S ince these defined systems o f human deduction ere limited frag mentary o n e -sided incomplete the outcome o f ho t controversy to ma k e them the con dition o f entrance to and test of fello ship i n the church aroused fierce con t rov e rsy and the fierce theological combats o f that argumen tative age have not as ye t ceased and ill never cease until e learn to stand together o n the u n i versu l s and relegate all matters that c a n be debated to the realm o f freedom c ( ) The third element hostile to the gro th o f the
w
.
w
.
.
.
,
,
.
,
.
,
w
w
w
w
w
.
.
.
.
w w .
.
,
,
,
,
,
w
,
w
,
w
,
.
w
U
20
nse en
Force s
w ith truth and th e
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
tu re of th e h u m an m in d In ac co m plishin g this wo rk diso rders w ere to be expected Th e skepticis m o f th e e i g hteenth cen tury as a rea o tio n fro m th e hidebo u n d d o g m atis m o f t h e seven teent h Th e h u m an m in d li k e a n o b stru cted river b urst forth and as it S wept a ay t h e o bstru ctio n s it sw ept a ay everythi n g Th e Fren ch revol uti o n a s a fittin g cli m ax t o th e destr u ctive t eachi n g s of V o ltaire an d h is ass o c i a tes B ut it a s i m p o ssible th at th e h u m a n min d c o ul d r e m ai n l o n g a m idst th e barren n e g ati o n s o f S k epticis m Th e h u m a n m in d de m an ds t ru th A ll truth is affi rm a tive Q uesti o n m ark s m ay i n terest fo r a hil e b u t th ere is n o p e a ce I n denial an d n o salvati o n i n n e g a t i v e s T h e pen d ulu m S win g s b ac k ard a n d i n resp o ns e t o th e dem an d for certain ties John Wesl ey ar o se assertin g th e si m ple spirit u al ph ilo s op h y o f Jesu s ’ W esley s m essa g e to th e w o rld a s very si m ple ; it a s a rea ffi r matio n o f th e s upre m acy o f t h e spiritu al o ver ’ th e ph ysical G o d i s m an s Fath er Man a s m ade i n th e im a g e o f G o d ; th ere fore m an is spiritu al an d i m m ortal en do ed ith subli m e i n t elle ct u al an d spirit u al po ssibilities Jesu s th e Ch rist ca m e t o save m an by reveali n g i n h i s o n peerl ess li fe th e tru th c o n cernin g ’ W esley s gran d a i m as t o G od ma n an d the u n i verse e nth ro n e t h e i thi n an d m ak e t h e i thou t si m p l y a sca ffoldin g wh ereo n m a n i s t o stan d erectin g th e i n visible i n ward fab ric o f ch aracter W esl ey m ade m istakes a n d h i s follo ers are n o t free fro m b l a m e ; h o led but m u st n ot j ud g e these great me n e i n th e g reat strug g le to ard s a l o ftier spiritu ality Th ey lived u p t o th e T h e y di d th e best th ey co uld na
.
w
.
.
w
,
w ,
,
,
w ,
.
w
.
:
.
w
.
.
w
.
,
,
,
w
w
.
,
.
,
w ,
.
w
.
ww w w
,
w
.
w
w
.
w
‘
.
w
.
U
Fo r c e s
nseen
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
21
.
level of t h ei r li gh t Th ey w ere pr o vide ntial m e n o f d esti n y i n car n ati o n s o f g reat i deas g iant levers i n li ftin g h u m anity o u t o f t h e d ark n es s o f m ateri al i sm Hu m an ity i s still st r u gg li n g u p th e m o u ntain p a t h w ay o f pr o g ress a n d it i s my fi rm beli e f th a t w e h ave no e ntered a n o t h er e ra l n h u ma n a dva n ce We h a ve e n tered th e spiritu al a g e Ma n h a s c o n q u ered th e e xt ern al un iverse a n d S i g h i n g fo r m o re w o rl ds t o c o n q u er h e has d elib er a t ely directed hi s attenti o n t o t h e r eal m i th in N o i n t hi s c o nq u est o f t h e u niverse m an ki n d o wes an everla stin g debt o f g ratit u de t o all t h e g reat l eaders i n S pirit u al scie n ce h o h ave acted ’ t h ei r part s o h er o ically i n t h e g reat d ra m a o f m an s on ard pr o g ress Th e n am es o f L u th er W esley C alvi n K n o x Willi a m s a n d C a m pb ell S hi n e li k e st ars i n t h e o verarch in g fi r m a m e n t o f t i m e B u t th e s u p re m e n a m e “ i n hi st o ry i s Jesu s the Chri st He i s t h e h o liest a mo n g st ” t h e m i g h ty a n d th e m i g h ti est a m o n g st t h e h o ly He c h a n g ed t h e fr o n t o f h ist o ry a n d a l l t h e g reat spirit u al l e a ders i n h i st o ry o e th eir g reat n ess t o t h e i n spirati o n s o f h i s g en i u s N o as march on ard i n this S piritual age to th e e c on q uest o f the invisible realms e m ust return t o th e C hrist for both the means and the method o f progress N 0 man and n o natio n can rise higher than the conceptio n they have of the po er that go verns the u niverse The Hi n du mother flinging her child into the sacred aters o f the Ganges the C hinaman orshi ping at the sh rine o f his ancesto r s the A frican undern e ath the s eltering su n i n the tropics sacrificing h u ma n flesh are all living o n a level o f their co nception o f God .
,
,
.
w
,
.
.
,
w
,
w
,
.
,
,
w
w
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
.
,
w
ww .
,
w
,
w
w
w w .
w
,
,
,
.
U
22
n se e n
Force s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
Jesus the Christ gave the w orld the highest reve w lation God and and ware to conquer the rise higher heights Spiritual progress w must flin No
of
,
if
i n v i si bl e
e
of
to
e
,
w
g
the one side all h uman definitions o f G o d ith thei r cumbrous complexity and poverty smitten incomplete ness and stand in the presence o f the infinite Father re vealed by the Christ G od is not a definition ; he cannot be caught and boxed up in human ords Y o u cannot imprison him I n a syllogism He i s not found in dry boo k s He is not fou nd in Westminster C on fession nor i n Au gsburg Con fession Yo u ill not find him in t he thirty-nine Articles nor in S horter C atechism He i s n o t revealed through creeds or crystallized formulations H u man creeds are dry S kulls depri ved o f living brains T he highest mani festation o f the divine ever seen upo n this planet as seen in the peerless man Jesus the C hrist Jesus never attempted to define G od ; he O ffered himsel f to G o d to become the medium o f the godlike He rote n o treatise o n goodness ; he He attempted n o a s good ” “ definition o f truth ; be as the truth He rote n o ” “ essay o n li fe ; he as the li fe He constructed no polished argument marking o u t the ay to heaven ; he as ” “ the ay He entered into n o elaborate disquisition s ’ as to man s possibili ties ; he revealed these possibilities by ’ living a subli me human li fe Christ s hole li fe as a demonstration o f the truth o f hich he himsel f as th e embodiment T ruth as here in the universe be fore C hrist came The u niverse as built o n t ruth T ruth , beauty and goodnes s al ays ere and al ays ill be The la s o f righ t an d wrong exis ted be fore man as created The t e n command to
-
,
w
.
.
.
w
.
.
.
.
.
w
.
,
w w
w
.
.
.
.
w
w w
w
w
.
.
,
w w ww
w
w
w w
.
.
ww w
w
.
.
.
U
n se e n
Fo rc e s
an
d H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
w
ments existed be fore Moses i n the very n ature o f things Moses simply formulated them into ords The first man b oth h uman an d divine in found the Spirit o f all l a himsel f hen he a o ke t o a conscio usness o f his environ ment ’ Mental philosophy existed be fore man for man s mind accordance ith its principles Electricity as built i n precede d man an d obeyed its o n la s long be fore m an discovered these la s and built his dynamo in accordance there ith Christianity as Jesus gave it to the orld is eternal truth There never as a time whe n it as n o t It a s here in its u nsullied purity be fore h e uncovered i t and e xhi bited its sublime principles in his li fe an d demo n stra fed their truth by his resurrectio n The per fectio n o f all truth the per fectio n o f all love the perfectio n o f all li fe the per fectio n o f all po er lies in the invisible uni verse We u ncover o u r heads i n the presence o f Jesus because he was the m ost per fect revelation o f the infinite forces an d the i nexhaustible reso urces o f the in visible uni verse S tanding i n th e presence o f Pilate Pilate asked him ” “ “ He ans ered : T o this en d as I A rt tho u a king ? born and fo r this purpose came I in to the orld that I might bear itness t o the truth He that i s o f the truth ” heareth my voice He hose nature is attuned to the m usic o f the universe responds t o his u tterances “ The great tendency o f the age is back to Ch rist and b ack to C hrist m eans for ard t o diviner heights Man i s o n the search fo r a correct conceptio n o f the universe an d , he m ust go to C hrist to obtai n it Man is o n the search
w
w
w
,
.
,
,
.
w
w
-
ww
w
w
.
w w
w
.
w
,
.
.
.
w
,
,
,
,
.
.
w
,
w
w
,
w
,
w
.
.
.
w
,
.
.
U
4
Forc e s
n se e n
an
d H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
truth and freedo m and he must go back to C hrist to ” “ Obtain the tru th T he gre at Russian philosopher poet and novelist T o l hi rl stoi found n o satis faction fo r hi s great m i nd i n t h e He fou nd n o resting place o f high li fe in S t Petersburg in science or philosophy so-called and the religion o f the G reek church expended itsel f i n incense and the drapery He ent back to the N e T esta o f mere externalism m ent an d the teachings o f Christ and there he f ound the truth and ith it he found peace and freedom Back to Christ means a ay fro m dogma and creed an d ritual Bac k to Christ means a ay fro m sectarianism Christ stood upon u niversal s sects stand upon fragments S ectism is a miserable caricature o f Ch ristianity a m utila ’ tio n o f Christ s purpose a laughing-stock to intelligen t heathen and the prolific parent o f deceptions and infidelity T he Christianity of Christ i s a system o f u niversal princi ples that grip the center o f the spirit dominate the h ole li fe and express themselves in noble manhood and queenly omanhood Christ lived in per fect harmony ith the invisible ; he lived in perfect tu ne ith the center o f things There is o n e point in the center o f a hirling heel that never moves save on ard an d that point is the c enter o f the axle The atoms farthest from the center move ith the greatest veloci ty There is o n e point in histor y that never moves save on ard and that point is ’ God s eternal ill Christ lived in co n formity ith that ill In fact he as that ill in external sel f expression and because o f this he marched o n in per fect sel f-poise ; h e never allied himsel f ith a sect never esta blished a party never too k Sid es o n any debatable question He
for
,
.
w
,
.
.
,
w
,
w
w
.
,
w
.
w
.
.
.
,
,
.
w w w
,
w
w
.
w
w
.
,
w
w .
,
.
.
w w w w
w
w
,
.
-
,
,
,
.
U
n se e n
Fo rc e s
wa universal man
an
d H
o
w to
U s e T he m
25
.
declared un i versal truths established the un iversal empire o f truth u po n axiomatic and univer sa l principles that com man d u niversal acceptance Be ’ ith man s high c ause o f this his teachings are in accord ’ e s t reason an d find im mediate response in man s spirit U nder the leadership o f Jesus the t entieth century promises to be the g reatest that h as as yet da ned upo n t he history o f h u manity ; the greatest because its achieve ments ill be in the realm o f the i n v i s i bl e Man has a d ard to the in ard fro m v an c e d by mo v ing fro m the o ut the seen t o the unseen fro mthe sym bol to the thing sym b o l i z e d from matter t o Spirit The great mistake made by man in the past as that he i magined that the visible as all and that the invisible did n o t exist ; that the visible a s real and the invisibl e n u His incessant st udy of the material caused hi m to r eal I n the s tate the facts o f the universe i n material terms s tudy o f the body h e lost Sight o f the spirit and because he could n o t find the soul o n the point o f his dissecting kni fe or at the end o f hi s microscope he denied its ex i ste n ce In his stu dy o f the outer uni verse he lost sight the invisible soul o f all things an d because he O f G od c ould n o t fi nd G o d in the roc k s or mountai ns or the o cean he concluded that G o d did not exist at all All this has changed Man has idened hi s defi nition o f mind He ha s studied the brai n and made n e discoveries i n the brain rea l m He has discovered that man is a spirit ' u al bein g an inhabitant o f th e timeless eter n ity thro ing himsel f o u t o n the planes o f t i me thro ugh t he mediu m o f a body He h as discovered that man the spiritual ego mani fests himsel f thro ugh an external brain in the exter as
,
,
w w
w
w
,
.
.
w
w
.
,
,
w
.
,
w w
.
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
w
.
w
.
.
I
,
,
.
,
w ,
U
26
Forc e s
nseen
and
H
o
w
to U se ; T h e m
.
nal universe and that he also mani fests himsel f thro u gh an internal brain in the internal un 1verse S o long as ma n dealt exclusively ith the external u n 1 verse a n d denied the existence o f the internal and th e Spiritual m aterialism as the n atural outgro th The pr emises being dra n from the external the conclusio n T his is hy the geologist co uld not fin d as exter n alism G o d and the invisible universe i t h hi s hamm er the as the tro n o me r co uld not se e them thro u g h h i s telescope chemist could not make them by combining his chemicals the anatomist could n o t find the S piritual man and hold o f th e dissecting k ni fe his p rts on the point u a p The supreme discovery of the t entieth century ill be the discovery o f the invisible un 1verse and a k no ledge o f the la s that govern its forces T h e external i s governe d by l a ; the internal i s also governed by l a It is a Species o f the utmost folly to attempt to explai n Spiritual and intellectual facts by material methods G od the S p 1r1tu a l man and the invisible realm here G o d a n d ” “ the spiritual ma n live mo v e and have their being mus t be examined i n the light o f the la s that govern them I am pro foundly glad t hat advancing science is laying the han d o f confirmation upon the truths o f the spiritual orld announced by Jesus the Christ It ill be my purpose i n this boo k to Sho ho the n e psychology co n firms t he great la s o f Christianity T he n e psychology is by n o means a substi t ute fo r Christianity ; it is Simply a discus sion o f the Spiritual la s that Operate in turning the truth s Jesus the Christ o f Christianity into Splendid character Science i s as pro foundly scientific i n all his statements another ord for truth Jesus u ncovered the truth and ,
w
w w w
,
w
.
.
w .
,
w
w
w w
.
w w
w
.
.
w
,
w
,
.
,
'
,
.
w
w ww w w w w .
.
w
.
w
.
.
,
U
28
Forc e s
n se e n
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
CHAP T ER II
THEOR I ES
E XA M I N E D :
l (
C )
.
.
HR IS T IA N
2 M A TE R IALI S M ( )
S CI E
NCE ;
.
w
We cannot arrive at a clear and scientifically correct c onception o f the la s that govern the universe and man unless e are guided i n o u r investigations by a or k i ng t heory that ill explain all the facts and that can in turn be demonstrated by the facts S cience may be defined as I f the a shea f o f principles demonstrated by the facts theory e start ith cannot explain the facts e must n o t ith the theory ; e must c hisel the facts i nto con formity d iscard the theory and find another that il l fit the facts T he principle fo r us to follo in all o u r investigations is a very s i mple o n e L e t the facts in every case mould the theory The facts are the ha t the theory is the ho The facts are the things that are Theories are human ex planations o f ho things that are have become hat they
w w
w
,
.
w w
w w w w w .
,
.
.
,
w
a re
w
w
.
.
w
.
.
These h uman explanations are subj ect to change because t hey are h uman and necessarily i mperfect T h e facts o n t he other hand are inv a riable Facts are the results o f invariable and eternal la s ; theories are human attempt s a t exp l aining these la s Because man is an experimenter a n d his k no l edge is imper fect his definit ions as to ho these facts are produced must be imperfect and subj ect to “ c hange ; and so it happens that an ounce o f fact i s orth .
,
w
w w
,
.
.
,
w
w
U
Forc e s
n se e n
an d
H
w
o
29
to U s e T h e m
.
w
a to n o f theory and i f the facts are not explained by th e theory it follo s that the theory is faulty an d must be di s c arded In this chapter I propose to examine theories o f ma n a n d the u niverse by the facts The first theory I select for a vigoro us testing is th e theory o f the idealist This theory of man and the uni verse as first given i n systematic form to the orld by B isho p Berkeley a distin guished philosopher in the yea r This eminent divine and acco m p lished scho l ar de 17 10 c l a re d that the purpose he had I n giving this system to the orld as to destroy mater ialism by attemptin g to prov e that the external universe and the hu man body do n o t exist It as a bold and ell meant pu rpose and e must con fess that i f the distingu ished author could have demon s trate d to an absolute certainty the utter u nreality o f mat ter materialis m deprived o f its basis would have been forever impossible ’ Bishop Berkeley s theory stated in simple form i s as ” “ follows God is all G o d is Spirit there fore all i s spirit ” “ B erkeley accepted his o n conclusio n al l i s S pirit an d then , hen he as con fronted ith the h uman body , an organism composed o f m aterial ato ms an d the visible uni verse co mposed o f material ato ms in varieties o f combina tion he was compe l led either to reconstruct hi s theory t o explain the facts o r manu fact ure anoth er theory to ip e o u t the facts He proved hi msel f e q u al to the task o f manu facturing another theory to abolish the facts It i s as tonishing h o the h u man mind wi l l fight to the las t ditch to de fend i ts o n creatio ns “ This theory , G o d i s all G o d is spirit ; there fo re, all i s ,
.
.
w
w
.
,
,
.
ww w
w
w
,
.
,
.
,
w
w
w
.
,
w
,
,
w
,
,
.
w
.
w
.
,
U
30
n se e n
w
”
Fo rc e s
and
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
’
pirit and he p ro as the child of Berkeley s brain posed to guard the ch i l d a t the expense of the entire v isible He guards hi s theory by declaring that the human u niverse body and the material universe exist no here save i n th e perception of the observer H i s argument may be stated i n “ Since God i s all and G od i s spirit ; there t his manner : fore all is spirit o r all i s God then it naturally follo s ’ t hat the visible universe and man s body are perpetual cre ” In e tions o f the invisible G od operating through man ords v i sible forms o f all Shapes — mountains v al o ther leys rivers seas soil forests crops cities sh i ps physical and all materi a l pheno mena— exist no here o rganisms s ave in the perceptio n o f the beholder ; and the creative po er o f the immanent G od perpetually operating through man creates in hi s perceptions the appearance of the v i s ible universe and the h uman body We must con fess that the brilliant philosopher discovered a shrewd ay of saving his theory by iping o u t the facts Ber k eleianism o r the doctrine o f pure idealism has a large follo ing in the orld to -day makes pretentiou s c laims and is engaged in an aggressive propaganda I t has received a n e name and its champions utterly re fuse to een this a dmit that any con nection can be established bet m odern idealism and th at o f Bishop Berkeley T hat they should deny the relationship is not to be ondered at for In Spite o f all their t heir system is based upon denial d enials I assert that Christian S cience is Bishop Ber k e ’ T he back ley s system resurrected from the grave bone principle is the sa me There are some di fferences ho ever discernible a B ishop Ber k eley did claim that he received his n o t ( ) s
,
,
'
w
.
.
w
,
,
,
,
w
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
w
,
,
w
,
,
w
.
w w w
.
w
,
,
,
.
w
,
w .
,
.
,
.
w
.
,
,
U
Fo r c e s
n se e n
an d
H
o
w
31
to U s e T h e m
.
f hilosophy by divine revelation The o under C hris f o p t ian S cience makes this clai m n o t make h i s philosophy the 6 B ishop Berkeley did ( ) ” “ basis o f a church and call it the C hurch o f C hrist The founder o f C hristian S cience has done this n o t clai m that C hrist Berkeley did rou g ht all his 0 () astonishing miracles through the po er o f the philosophy o f idealism The founder of C hristian S cience makes this c l aim , and declares that any o n e h o beco mes master o f Christian S cience as taugh t in her text -book can work even greater m i racles than the Great M aster 01 Ber k eley very modest in his clai ms and a s a p ( ) p l ied the central propositio n i n hi s system to the de stru c tion o f materialism as a system o f thought The foun der o f C hristian S cience applies the same principle to the de “ structio n o f the material u niverse the h uman body si n , ” sickness disease and death S he declares ith the u t most sang-froid that there is no disease in the ho l e cate gory of human ills that can remain fo r a seco nd hen you con vince the patient that the h uman body in which he imagines he has the disease does n o t exist Berkeley his system declares that the visible e i n , , ( ) universe an d the h uman body are a perpetual creation o f ’ the divine mind operating through man s perceptions The founder o f C hristian S cience dec l ares that the v isible “ universe an d the human body are creations o f mortal ” ” “ and that mortal mind ith all i ts creatio ns, is m ind u nadulterated del usion With these di fferences B erkeleianism and C hristian S cience are identical I con fess i f I as compelled to ’ choose B erkeley s system would be my choice The au .
.
,
.
w
.
w w
.
,
,
w
.
,
.
w w w
,
,
.
,
.
.
,
w
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
w
.
U
32
Force s
n see n
an d
H
o
w
to U se T he m
.
ww
thor o f C hristia n S cience in an a k ard unscienti fic an d clumsy manner ha s mutil ated the simple system of Ber k eley S ince Christian Science has largely superseded the idealism o f Ber k eley I ill confi ne my criticism to Christian Science fo r its champions make the claim that this system 18 the science o f the lo ftiest Being and th e only accurate philosophy of man and the universe In the first place Christian S cience suits a certain typ e o f mind and co mmends itsel f to men and omen o f a ” “ certain temperament Li k e attra cts like and Christian S cience attracts to itsel f the type o f mind and tempera m ent that most resembles itsel f An individual hose subj ective mind largely predominates over the o bj ective hose intuitions are stro n ger than reason hose emotional po ers overbalance and master his logic is naturally a t tracted to a system of thought that is exclusively the pro duction of these mental forces No o n e can read the text book o i C hristia n S cience and fail to se e that it is the productio n o f an 1n di v i dua l entirely under the s ay o f the subjective and intuitional phase o f the min d No it has been demonstrate d by thousands o f facts that the subj ective phase o f the mind i s governed by i m pressions Men and omen o f this type o f mind do n ot possess the po er to si ft and analyze and compare and rea s o n by the severe and sure method o f inductio n Their minds are not ell balanced intuitio n is not modified by lo gic emotion is n o t balanced by reason and mental dreaminess is not sobered by commo n sense Individuals orld o f the subj ective type o f mind have furnished the ith such men and omen as Joe S mith the fou nder o f Mormonism , Mrs W hite , the founder o f the S eventh Day ,
,
,
,
w
.
,
,
.
w
,
,
,
.
w
.
w w
w
,
,
,
.
w
w ,
.
w w
w
.
,
,
,
.
w
w
.
,
w
U
n se e n
Forc e s
and
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
3
.
ww
Adventist sect A n n Lee the originator o f the S haker movement A lexande r Do ie h o calls himsel f the Elijah era, and others too num erous t o mentio n of a n e I freely concede that these i n dividuals I have mention ed may be pure in their motives and honest in their intention s I do n ot call their goodness into q uestion b u t I have very little confidence in their intellect I f the solar plexus i s the seat o f intuition and the brai n th e seat o f reason I ould say that they are strong i n solar plexus po er and eak in bra 1n po er The productions o f the solar plexus need to be modified by the brain be fore they are g i ven t o the orld A man h o i s governed en tirely by hi s solar plexus is n ot a sa fe man to follow His inspiratio ns may not be inspired his intuitio ns may be colored by the state and h i s vis i ons m ay be the result of the o f his digestion contents o f hi s stomach The author o f C hristian S cience belongs to that class o f individuals ho are governed exclusively by impres sions s ayed larg ely by emotions and do minated by i ntu i ti o n a l inspiration S he i s strong in solar plexus po er and eak in brain po er S he is n o t respo n sible for this ; it i s a eakness o f her constitution Her min d is as su s h c e ti b l e t impressio ns as the sensitized plate is to t o e p sunlight When a propositio n that is in accordance wi th her o n preconceived notions falls upon her mind she greedily absorbs it an d then the idea absorbs her masters her and forces her into the arena to become its S he literally becomes that idea translated into champion flesh and blood S he imagines that this idea came to her by divine revelation Remember she has n o direct proo f o f this claim A mind o f the sub j ective type n eeds n o ,
,
w ,
,
.
.
,
.
w w w
w
,
w w
,
.
.
.
,
,
.
w
w w w
w
,
w
.
.
.
w .
,
,
.
.
.
.
3
m
,
U
34
Forc e s
nse en
H
an d
o
wo t
U s e T he m
.
ould be incapable wur nished it w it Imag ning that the idea came by direct reve lation orth w ith ec ares that is divinely ated and the Divine S pirit been graciously preparing her to give this sta tli ng revelation to the w orld S he believes w itho ut proo
proo f ;
if
c i a ti n g ,
it
o f app re
f
i
.
sh e
as
a
d
f
h as
“
n
i l l u mi
sh e
l
,
r
.
f
That the central idea o f her system came to her by divine revelation ; and 2 T hat the idea is scientifically correct because divinely revealed W ith these t o ideas underlying it she makes her cen “ tral conception : G od is all God i s spirit ; there fore a l l is ’ ”— spirit a fragmentary proposition t a k en fr o m Ber k eley s — ph i losophy the basis o f a o n e sided philosophy o f m a n “ G o d and the universe ; calls it the science o f the highest ” bei n g ; makes it the basis o f the religion o f C hrist and the divine science and art o f healing disease S he further more ithout arrant o f proo f guarantee o f logic or semblance o f reason declares that he r b oo k i s an improved Bible touched u p by the Holy S pirit W ith this belie f s h e makes her book the stan dard o f authority in the co n re at i o n s sh e has esta blished ; sh e makes i t s teachings the g g ship amongst her c ondition o f entrance and test o f fello disciples By virtue o f her inspira tion she becomes supreme poten ” “ tate styles hersel f Mother pronounces the ban of ex c ommunication u pon any o f her follo ers ho ould dar e assume that n ame and then by divine inspiration turns t he entire system into a lucrative business scheme herein sh e becomes the treasurer-i n -chie f and comes into the p ossession o f millio ns 1
.
.
.
w
,
,
,
,
w w
,
.
,
,
.
,
w
.
,
w ww w
,
,
,
,
.
U
36
F o rc e s
n se en
and
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
w ww
operations through the brain T o save her central theory ” “ that all is spirit she divides the mind u p into t o ” parts ; o n e sh e calls the immortal mind the other ” the mortal mind T his divisio n is arbitrary a k ard clumsy and utterly erro neous It is an accepted ell-established and scientific fact that the m1n d o f man is a u nit T he ego i s on e and the body i s the organ through hich the ego or the Spiritual man m ani fests himsel f While the Spiritual man is o n e he can man i fest himsel f in a multitude o f ays A ll the intel lec tual po ers all the emotional forces all the physical energies are simply di fferent mani festations o f the o n e Spiritual man T he ego can declare hims el f i n ill-po er he can exhibit himsel f as intelligence ; he can declare him sel f i n love ; he can mani fest himsel f t hro u gh the m u scu lar system the nervous system In Short the external form or the body is a conve n i ent physical organism fo r the display o f the many-sided po ers and possibilities o f th e o n e Spiritual man It ill not do fo r the champions o f this system i n thei r ‘ de fense o f this arb i trary division to hide behind the argu ment o f Paul in the eighth chapter o f Romans T he argu ment o f the apostle and the terms he uses are easily under stood W hen he says T o be carnally m inded is death and to be spiritually minded is li fe and peace because the carnal mind is enmity against G o d and is not subject to ” the l a o f God neither indeed , can be e can easily u n de rsta n d him to mean that the o n e spiritual man can be i n supreme control o f th e body or can be supremely con trolled hy the bo dy It is a complete perversion hen th e hen the sho e S piritual man is mastered by the physical .
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
w w
.
.
,
,
,
w
.
w
.
,
,
ww
,
.
.
,
,
w
w
.
,
,
.
.
,
w
,
,
,
w
,
'
.
w
w
U
Force s
n se e n
w
an d
H
o
w
37
to U s e T h e m
.
iron o r steel and the foot is crushed i nto co n formity ith the shape o f the shoe it i s a perversion that ends in fear ful su ffering and death W hen the spiritual ma n is controlled by the body and mastered by hi s visible environments e can easi l y s e e ” that the man i s carnally minded that he is rapidly de enerating and the fi nal o tco me f this complete perver u o g s ion is death The original program was that the spiritual man should si t upo n the throne and marshal all the forces o f mind and body The throne is the brain the throne-roo m the skull the m aterial body the palace ; but it is death to the spiritual man hen he is crushed beneath the throne and the palace When the body is master the spiritual man is materialized ; hen the spiritual man i s master the body i s spiritualized The latter conditio n brings li fe an d peace and harmony an d triumph ; the former condi tion brin gs death and disorder a nd final destruction I enter a solem n protest hen the o n e S piritual man is arbitrarily divided up i nto antagonistic parts to suit the himsical and fantastical visio ns o f a mere dreamer But the system of philosophy championed by the author becomes more ridiculous hen to o f Christian S cience “ save her central theory she hands over to the mor tal ” mind the entire business o f creating the h uman body an d the visible universe T he hu ma n body i s the palace o f the soul The visible universe is the palace o f th e invisible ” “ Gods When yo u consider that this mortal mind i s castigated and hipped and lashed and damned by the author o f C hristi a n S cience , an d painted in such disgrace fu l colors as to make th e traditional devil appear quite a is
of
,
,
.
,
w
,
.
.
,
.
,
,
w w
,
‘
.
w
.
w
.
w
,
.
.
w
,
U
38
nse e n
Fo rc e s
an
d H
o
w
to U se T h e m
.
espectable gentleman one is astonished that any man pos sessed o f an a verage share o f intellectual sanity could ao ” cept th e theory that this mortal mind created the human body and the material universe When a man loo k s up on a cal m sum mer night and b e holds the maj estic s eep o f the dome o f the s k ies and sees the innumerable points of t in k ling light and co n siders that these stars are on ly a fe o f the shinin g orld s that revolve in the boundless domains o f space hen h e thin k s o f the s u m total o f the dyna mics that bind these giant suns and orlds togethe r into sys te ms ; hen he t hin k s o f the mathematical precisio n o f the i r adj u stments the unerring regularity o f their movement s hen he loo k s around him a t this earth ; hen he stands in th e presence o f the hoary mountain loo k s o u t upon th e beav ing ocean stands upon the ban k s o f th e great river hen he thin k s o f the fertile valleys the infinite treasures o f ml n e ra l s beneath the soil the infinite resources and eal th that are in the soil the forests the cr0 ps the orchards t h e myri ad forms o f li fe in the ater o n the land and in th e air ; hen he t hin k s o f the h uman body marvelo u s i n structure onder ful in adj ustment per fect in responsive ness I cannot see ho any m an considering these things “ can entertain for one moment the insane theory that the ” m ortal mind hich mind to the author o f Christian Science is u nadulterated delusio n is the creator of all these things ” “ T o my mind the theory that the mortal mind created all these majestic phenomena is distil l ed absurdity A c cording to the author o f Christian S cience the other part ” th e immortal mind has never been gu i l tv o f o f man
r
,
.
w
w w
,
,
w
'
w
w w w w
w
,
,
w
,
,
,
w ,
w
,
,
w ,
,
,
,
,
w w
,
”
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
U
Fo r c e s
n se e n
an
d H
o
w
39
to U s e T h e m
.
such a criminal act a s creati n g any thing visible This part is not even co nscio us of any material u niverse It seems to be too lo fty to stoop t o reco g o r o f the body nize matter in any of its forms ; it seems to bel o ng to the U pper ten in the hierarchies celestial ; it moves u pon spir i t ual planes mingles ith the invisible aristocracy o f the unseen universe and yet strange as it may appear it re sides in the same body uses the same brain lo oks o u t through the same eyes tal k s ith the same mo uth hears “ ith the same cars as i ts vulgar associate the mortal ” mind I t appears rather strange to the average thinker ” that this immortal mind should st0 0 p so l o as to u se “ the same aven ues o f co mmunicatio n as the v u lgar mortal ” mind and the matter ears a still more incongruo us a p e ara n ce o f the hen e consider that in the estimatio n p author o f Christian S cience the body hich the i mm o r ” tal mind is compelled to use as the vehicle o f its expres ” sion is the crea tio n o f the m ortal mind and that this ” “ “ mortal mind it h all its creation s i s unadulterated ” delusion All this Simply sho s the ridiculo us s i tuatio ns hich the individual m ust occupy ho star ts o u t i t h a rong theory and believing that it is in fallibly right, p ro ce e ds to manu facture other theories t o ipe out the stern facts tha t ill not con form to the original hypothesis “ A ccording to this modern versio n of idea l is m this i m ” mortal mi n d i n man is God I i l l quote a fe passa ges ” All is mind and mi nd i s God M an is the expressio n ’ ” o f God s being M ind is God and man i s the full rep ” re se n tati o n o f mind A ccording to this man i s G od i n co m l e t e f sel expression But the hard stern facts are agains t p such a wild claim I f man is God in co mplete sel f-expres .
,
.
w
,
,
,
,
w
,
w
,
,
,
,
w
.
ww
w
w
,
,
w
,
w w
,
w w w ,
.
,
,
w
w .
w
.
,
.
.
,
.
.
.
,
w
U
40
Forc e s
n se e n
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
w w
w
sion , then man is invest ed ith all the infinite po ers and attributes o f G od Man t h u s becomes the creator in pos session of omnipotent po er a b le to create or destroy the universe He is omnipr esent and t he limits o f his pres ence are only measured by th e amplitudes o f space He is infi nite in k no ledge the boundless reservoir o f all the isdom o f all the eternities He is absolute in per fection and goodness the fountain o f all li fe the source from hich the infinite dynamics o f the universe proceed Tr u ly under the touch o f the magic and o f the founder o f Christian S cience man becomes a bundle o f omnipotent potentialities The sober and stern facts o f human li fe and human ability declare the folly o f such claims Truly man i s a great being ith m ar velous possibilities b u t he is l i mited i n his po er and in the scope and ra n ge o f his Man i s an e ffect and n o t a ca u se H e i s a creat e n e rgl e s ure on h i s ay to perfection He may be called an 1ndi H e stands sep V i du al i z e d part o f the infinite intelligence He has a ara te d from all other beings a n d intelligences free il l and is there fore respo nsible H e is the builder n destiny But o f his o n character the fra mer o f his o t o ma k e him equal t o G od is t he height o f puerile non sense But the founder o f this n e philosophy ma k es another bold claim S he claims th at Christian S cience is the me thod the Christ employed in per forming his astonishing ’ miracles S he blandly asserts that t he orld o f Christ s time a s n o t ready fo r a stat ement of the methods he em ployed and that the orld i s n o ready ; and She asserts that the Divine Spirit h as specially prepared her and made her the responsive in strumen t through hich the Christ .
,
,
.
,
w
w w
.
,
.
,
,
w
.
—
.
w w
.
,
,
.
w
.
'
.
.
w w
.
.
,
,
w
w
.
.
w
w
.
,
w
w
w
.
U
n se e n
w
Force s
an d
H
o
w
.
w w
w
41
to U s e T he m
method of curing disease and onder orking is given to the orld When e separate th e meth od from a mass o f irrelevant material contained i n h er book e discover that the C hrist m ethod according to Christian S cience is Berkeleianism applied Berkeley as e have seen , taught that the visible universe and the hu man body ex i ste d no here save i n the perceptio n o f the beh older The author o f C hristian S cience greedily absorbs this idea ith an no unces that since matter in all its fo rms a n d forth is u nreal then the human body i s u nreal I f t h e body i s u nreal t hen all tha t inheres in t he body i s u nreal ” “ having no basis in fact S i n Sickness disease and death inhere in the body N o since the body and all i ts co n “ si n sic k c o mi ta n ts are un real there is no such thing as ” n ess disease and death But h o can e cure these dis eases ? C ure them it i s q u ite easy Convince the patient that the hu man body and all its symptoms exist n o here save in the perceptions o f the su fferer Drive o u t o f the mental percepti o ns o f the su fferer t he false belie f i n the existence o f the body and behold the disease vanishes This according to C hristian S cience is the m ethod em ployed by the Christ i n curing disease an d i n the per forma n ce o f his great miracles But hat are the col d facts i n the case ? Did the peer l ess Nazarene employ th is method We have the record of his marvelo us li fe ritten by fo ur men h o associated ith him and ere his devoted friends and disciples W e h ave condensed reports o f his most i mportant sermo n s an d conversations We have a record o f some o f hi s onder fu l cures and his asto nishing miracles It ill not do to assert that he does n o t reveal his method His metho d .
-
w w ,
,
.
w w
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
.
w ,
,
ww
,
'
,
.
,
w
.
.
.
,
,
,
w
.
w
w
w
w
.
.
.
w
w
,
.
42
_
U
n se e n
Fo rc e s
an
d H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
is revealed in every case I n fact it may be said that Jesus the Christ and his methods stand amongst the best k no n facts of all human history ; and I kno that my assertion cannot be questioned hen I say that there is not a si n gle statement in the N e T estament that gives the faintest shado o f suppor t to the bold claim that the Christ denied the existence o f the seen universe and the human body and employed t his denial in per fo rm ing his cures or miracles I n fact the evidence is all o n t h e o ther side He ac k no ledged the existence o f the vis i ble universe He loo k ed upon it as the palace o f the i n ’ finite Fa t her In my Father s house are many man ” fro m the seen universe so me o f his most sio ns H e dre beauti ful illustrations He ac k n o ledged th e existence o f the h uman body A S p i ri t hath n o t flesh and bones as ye see me have Fear not hi m ho i s able to k ill the ” “ T he li fe is more than meat and the body tha n body ” raimen t He ac k no ledged the substantiality o f material ” T h e bread things hen he ins ti tu ted the Ho ly S upper and ine Stan d forth as the substan tial symbols o f the truth a n d li fe hich he came to give to the orld But the founder o f Christian S cience makes an improvement upon the founder o f Christianity and abolishes the bread and ine hich Christ es tablished and commanded T h e fo under o f Christian S cience repeals and ann u ls that hich the great Master established and commanded Further m ore Jesus the Christ lived i n a human bo dy thirty -three years ; he ate dran k slept as eary rejoiced su ffered ept and died Christian Scien ce absolutely destroys Christianity by denying the humanity o f Jesus .
,
w
w
w w
w
,
.
.
w
,
.
w
.
.
w w
.
w
.
w w .
.
w
w
ww
.
,
.
w
.
,
w
,
,
,
ww
,
,
.
.
,
U
44
n se e n
Force s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
bedience o f the patients in carrying o u t the instructions o f the priests in charge o f the idol — There fore that famous idol and the i n n s i o c l u o n C s truc ti o n s o f the priests in charge o f it are divine science By this method o f reasoning I can establish the divinity Mormonism all opathy homeopathy In o f Do ieism short I can demonstrate the divinity o f any system o f re orld l i gi on o r any system o f cure i n the Bu t the question may arise i n the mind o f the candid reader o f these pages : Is there anything valuab l e in Chris I ans er by saying that valuable truth may t ian S cience be discovered i n every system o f re l igio n or philosophy that has been given to the orld Con fucius gave the orld a splendid system covering the field o f practical Mahomet gave the orld a system o f religion c onduct t hat emphasizes the u nity o f G od and inculcates Splen d i d virtues Joe S mit h in his book o f Mormon imparts to his follo ers all that Jesus and his apostles taught ith the discovery and fo r S edenborg must be credited mul ati o n o f the l a o f co rrespondences S ocrates taught the immortality o f the soul and instructed his students ho to attai n to nobility o f character W hile it is true then that every system o f religion or philosophy that h as been given to the orld contains very v aluable truth does that impose u pon m e the obligation o f orld Sim a ccepting all that these men h ave given to the ply because a frail fello m ortal asserts that he is inspired m u st I renounce my reaso n and s allo all he says Be c ause he gives me o n e o r t o val u able truths must I burden mysel f ith the overplus o f rubbish No ; I am a free man a n d I propose to a l lo mysel f the privilege o f an u n tra m o
.
,
.
w
,
,
,
.
w
,
.
w
w w
w
.
.
.
w
w
,
,
w
w
w
.
.
,
.
w
,
w
w ww w w
w
,
,
,
,
U
n se e n
me l e d
Forc e s
an d
H
o
w
45
to U s e T he m
.
w
intellect I propose to test all systems in th e cru cible o f commo n sense I ill rej ect all that commo n sense pronounces rubbish , and accept all that th e same se nsible guide pronou nces valuable C hristian S cienc e contains some important truth s I f it contained n o truth it o uld not have even gained the privilege o f a respect able hearing All systems that survive and i n a fo llo ing o e their vitality and in fluence n o t to the error c o n tai n e d in t h em but t o the truth S om e o f the a ffirma tions that Christian S cience indulges in constitute i ts strength ; its denials are useless rubbish an d therefore po erless In the on ard progress o f h umanity C hristian S cience plays an important part By i ts strange theories e x tra v a gant claims and phenomenal success it arouses thought provokes discussion and thereby it in directly forces into the arena o f debate s tro n g ell -balanced thinkers h o furnish the orld ith a sensible system hich ill event ual l N supersede Christian S cience The Thought e y m ovement i s indirectly the result o f the extravagant claim s T his movement is no w in i ts fo r o f C hristian S cience ma ti v e period The market i s flooded ith m agazine s and pamphlets and fugitive articles But ami ds t the co n fusi on that seems to exist e can see the radiant lines o f a splendid ell-balanced comprehensive system o f practical philosophy o f man a n d the universe hich ill in the co ming years supersede and abol ish C hristian S cience Having thoroughly tested Christian S cience by the stern facts o f man and the u niverse I have sho n that it can n o t explain t hese facts and it m u s t there fore be discarded The n ext theory that I select fo r exami n atio n is the .
.
.
w w
,
.
.
,
w
w
w
.
,
.
w
.
,
,
,
ww
,
w
.
w
.
.
,
ww w
w
w
w
.
w w
,
,
,
.
,
,
w
.
U
46
Forc e s
n se en
an d
H
on:
to U s e T he m
.
theory of the materialist A ll is matter T he idealist ” “ T he all is spirit e liminates matter and declares that ” “ materialist e l i mi n ate ss p i ri t and declares that all is matter These theories are utterly antagonistic they have nothi n g in common Idealism attempts to explain the universe by the philosophy of spirit T he materialist attempts to ex ” “ plain the u n i verse by the philosophy of dirt T o my mind the attempt to explain the facts o f man and the universe o n It is a truth to hich all t he material basis is pure folly history bears testimony , that hen a man rej ects the idea o f a great first cause he is compelled by the nature o f things to construct a theory to account for the existence of the t hings that are O n e o f t o things must be : either God c reated man and the universe o r else they brought them selves into existence I contend that the universe and man a re e ffects , not causes They are the e fl e cts o f the i n te l l i gence po er isdom and love o f G od in dynamic action The materialist ithou t apology or argument dismisses God a n d asserts that man a n d the u niverse are the causes o f their o n exis tence W hen forced to make a S impler statement o f his philosophy he asserts that matter is the substratum o f al l things ; matter is the Great M other o u t o f hose omb all things S lo ly evolved But hat are the facts i n the case ? It i s a propositi o n axiomatically true that hatever exists in t he e ffect must exist poten t ially in the c ause H o then could matter produce li fe It has been demonstrated repeatedly that there is no li fe in matter Matter in itsel f is dead , inert m otionless To believe that dead matter can produce li fe makes too great a demand u pon my credulity L ife ha s n o q u a l i ti es s imi l a r to ma tter No chemical magnetic or electric force can produce li fe .
.
.
.
.
.
.
w
w .
,
,
,
,
,
w
.
,
.
,
ww w
.
.
,
,
w
,
.
,
w w
w
.
.
w
w
w
.
.
,
.
,
.
,
.
.
U
Force s
nseen
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
47
.
N0 scienti fic man can produce it in his laboratory Li fe is something i mmensely superior to matter Li fe seizes m at ter endo s it ith movement and organizes it to ards defini te ends Li fe has th e po er of assimilation hich crystal the highest fo rm o f dead matter does not possess Li fe can dra dead matter together and build it into a living organism Li fe is combining po er Li fe is coor Li fe has the po er o f gro th Matter di n a ti n g po er gro s by accretio n fro m itho ut Li fe gro s by develop ment fro m ithin Li fe has the po er o f reproductio n it invests the orga m sms 1t constructs ith the power o f pro du ci n g other organisms A ga i n dea d ma tter c a n n ot p r odu ce sen sa ti on Dead mat ter clashin g ith dead matter can not produce sensation i n itself What i s sensation It is that power possessed by the higher forms o f li fe to beco me co nscio us o f influences and obj ects This capability does n ot inhere i n dead mat ter M a teri a l i sm ca n n o t exp l a i n i n sti n ct What i s instinct ? Instinct to my mind is the outg oings o f an unconscio us intelligence P ro fessor Lind say sums u p this u nconscio us in telli gence amo n gst i n sects in the follo in g fi fteen psychic phenomena 1 C ooperation for a g iven purpose 2 Division o f labor workin g by turns relie f parties 3 O bedienc e to authority includin g langua g e of com mand 4 U nderstandin g a lan g ua g e ( o ften o f to uch ) 5 O rganization o f ranks and military discipline 6 Kno led g e o f possessio n o f power a n d use of it i n the su bj ection of eak b v the strong .
ww
,
.
w
.
w w w w
,
w w
.
w w w w w w w .
.
.
.
.
.
.
w
,
.
.
.
.
.
,
,
w
.
.
.
.
,
.
,
.
,
.
.
.
.
.
w
.
w
.
U
48
Forc e s
nse e n
and
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
Judicial punishment o f disobedience and rebellion 8 Forethought apparent o r real 9 Practice o f agriculture harvest and storage 10 Respect for and in terment o f dead 11 Mourning in bereavement or i ts resembl ance 12 Funeral p roce ss n s and ceremo nies 13 U se o f natural tools instruments and eapons 14 Passions o f rage or anger 15 Imaginatio n and its possibility o f being i n fluenced A ll these are various mani festations o f the o u tfl o i n gs of a subconscious i n te l l i ge n c e and they cannot be accounted for on the basis o f m aterialism S ta n di n g hi gher i n the s ca l e of sp i ri tu a l f o r ce s e ha ve i n T his i s a conscious po er under the control o f te l l i gen ce the ill It is the highest mani festation o f spiritual force T hrough this po er man can ransack the universe he can reason from the e ffects up to a general l a he can reason from the cause do n to the e ffects he can arrange p r1n c1 ples supported by facts into har monio us systems he can separate systems into their parts an d subj ect each part to a rigorous analysis We stand amidst the migh t y achievements o f the human int e llect Through the operations o f this po er man has rought o u t the splendid civilization o f the present day He has made the canvas Spea k ; he has chiseled beauty o u t o f the roc k ; he has constructed the pyramids the ca t he dral s and palaces He has belted the earth ith S hining trac k s turned the orld into a neighborhood made the lightni n g h i s courier the sunlight his artist He has over turned empires and established republics and from the deep fountains o f his intelligence have come all l a , all p hi l oso 7
.
.
.
,
.
.
,
.
.
.
w
.
.
.
,
.
.
,
.
w
.
.
w
.
.
,
w
.
w
w
.
.
w w
.
w
.
w
w
.
.
w ,
w .
,
,
,
.
,
w
U
n se e n
w
Force s
and
H
w
to U s e T he m
o
49
.
phy all reli gi on all p oetry, all advancement S tandin g as e do in the midst o f these amazing achieveme n ts it loo ks like supre me folly to assert that the stupi d play o f senseless atoms produced all these thin g s The theory of th e materialist falls to the ground because it utterly fails to ao count fo r th e m ental and spiritual forces o f the universe The i dealist denies the existence o f matter T he material ist denies the existence o f spirit The champions o f each system endeavor to establish their clai m In so doing the materiali st because m ental forces an d facts do n ot con form to hi s t heory either denies th eir existence or declares that matter in organized form produced them He says that mental forces an d facts are sublim ations of matter Th e idealist o n the other han d because material forces and facts do n ot co n form t o hi s theory denies their existence or de clares that they are precipitations o f spirit T o my m in d n one o f these theor i es taken separately can explain the uni ve rse and man These theories are o n e sided they are inco mplete in themselves In the case o f the pure idealist th e forces and facts o f m atter overturn hi s theory ; i n th e -f case o the materialist, the forces an d facts o f spirit o ver turn hi s theory This demonstrates to my mind their i n completeness and shows that e must advance to the stud y o f the universe an d man ith a theory broad enou g h to explain all the facts The theory that we m ust emplo y must be a co mbinatio n in proper for m o f both theo rie s In the next chapter I propose to state the theory o f dualis m and i f e find that it explains all the facts , we ill accep t ’ i ts guidance i n o u r fut u re studies .
,
,
,
.
.
.
.
.
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
.
.
.
,
u
w w
.
,
n
:
.
.
.
,
w
w
.
.
,
U
50
n se e n
Fo rce s
an d
H
w
to U s e T he m
o
.
C H APTER III T H E VI S I
BL E
A
.
REATI ON OF T H E INVI S IBLE OF IT S EXP R E S S I ON
C
AND TH E
MED I UM
.
w
Havin g disp o se d o f th e idealistic th e ory o f th e u n iverse by S h o in g t h at it fa ils t o a cc o u n t fo r m ateri a l forc es a n d facts an d h avin g o n th e o th er h a n d S h o n th e i ns u ffi cie ncy o f th e m ateria l istic t h e o ry b ec a use o f its failu r e t o acc o u n t fo r s piritu a l fo rces a n d fact s i t b e n e cessary fo r u s t o pr o m ul g a t e a n o t h er th e ory c om es s a m e t e sti n g p r o cess N o it a n d subj ect it t o t h e see ms cle a r t o my mi n d th a t S in c e e h a v e i n th e u n i v e rs e spirit a n d m at ter t h e th e o ry t h at ill b e br oa d e n ou g h a n d d e ep en o u g h t o a cc o u nt fo r spirit a n d m a tter m u st in cl u de i n its t er mi n ol o g y b o th el e m ents T h is i s w hy I a ccep t t h e du alistic t h e o ry E mers o n h as s ai d th e u nive rse is bisecte d ith a n This d u alis m is seen every here i n e vitabl e du a lis m T h e se a s o n s O pp o se e a ch o th er W e h av e spri n g S u mm er op p os ed b y i n ter I n o pp o sed by a utu m n th e ebb a n d fl o o f t h e tides t h e o cean e h ave I n t h e weath e r we h a v e st o r m a n d c al m h eat an d c o ld e h ave In electricity we h ave p o sitive a n d n e g ative e h a ve i n th e t en ty S olids an d g a ses ; h ard a n d s o ft ; Th en w e have ma le an d fo u r h o urs day an d ni g h t f e m a le ; l e ft a n d ri g h t ; i nside an d o u tside u p a n d d o wn we l l ; thi n an d t hick ; wide a n d n arr o w S ick a n d bl a ck an d white ; large a n d s m all W e h a ve yea an d
w
-
,
,
,
,
w
»
w
“
.
w
,
.
w w w w w w w .
.
.
w
.
.
,
.
.
.
.
U
52
n
se e n
Force s
and
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
all o p p o sin g ele m ent s ; a u niverse flo o ded wit h li g h t per vaded by g o o d n ess free fr o m all tro uble ’ a u niverse crow ded ith infinite p r o visio n s for m a n s n eeds ; a u niverse h ere m a n c o uld lie i n th e S h ade o f t h e trees liste n t o th e sin ging o f th e birds an d h av e an gels t o ait u p o n his every beh e s t ? W h at w o ul d be th e resul t o f such enviro n me n ts ? A midst su ch e n v i ro n m e n t s t h ere co u ld be n o reward for virtu e n o h o n or fo r h er o ism n o a ppla us e fo r achieve m en t V irtue is born i n t o il ; h er ois m i s displayed i n d an g er ; achieve m ent is p o ssible w h e n o bst a cles are o ve rc o m e B ut i n a u niverse absolutely p er fect th e r e ou l d b e n o toil n o da n g er an d n o o bstacles Kin g ly m a n h o o d is b o r n in t oil a n d i nvests it sel f ith g ran deur i n c o ntest it h o pposin g fo rces T h e law o f ork is o n e o f t h e mo st h elp ful la s o f th e u niverse expen d i tu re o f a n d wh at is o rk bu t th e en ergy i n o verc o mi n g resist a n ce W ith o u t o rk h o o ul d m u scular stren g th int e llec t u al vi g or o r spirit u al p o er be possi b le ? G ive n a per fect r a ce o f me n a n d a per fect enviro n men t an d t h e i ncen tive t o pr o g ress w o ul d be ab olish ed , rend erin g a dvan ce utterly o u t o f th e q uestio n P u t a h ardy r ace th at h as b een tr ain e d by b a ttlin g it h in d a n d w ave fo rest a n d fe n ild beast a n d ilder clan s i n t o a n inh osp itable cli m a te like En gland h ere g reat fo rests st a n d i n th eir g ri m an d h o ary g ran deu r an d vast m in eral t reasures lie u n discovere d beneath t h e s o i l an d wh at are th e results ? Th a t h ardy ra c e o f Teut o n s turn En g la n d i n to a g arden build g reat cities rest fr om t h e ro cks th eir min er al fre e fro m
w w
'
,
,
,
w
,
,
.
,
w
.
,
.
w
w w
w
,
w w
w w w .
.
,
,
.
ww w w
,
,
,
w
,
,
,
,
,
w
,
U
Fo rc e s
n se e n
an d
H
o
w
to U se T he m
.
nc o n q u erable ar mies a n d go fo rt h t o c o l o ni z e su b d u e a n d civil i z e b uild g reat fleets a n d whiten t h e se a s , a n d g iv e t o t h e w o rld g re a t t hi n kers s c h o lars p o ets i n ven t o rs a n d disc o verers En g la n d i s m i g hty b e cau s e of t h e ce n tu ri es o f t oil Th e p r1n c1p l e t h r o u gh w h ich h e r S o n s h a ve p a ssed i n v o lved h er e is very S i mpl e All n a ti o n a l g reat n ess i n divid u al g re a t n ess is b o rn o f i n t en se stru gg le al l I a m n ot prep a red t o a ccept th e t h e o l o g ic a l d ogma o f ” “ t h e fall o f m a n Th a t a p erfect ma n a n d w o m a n a s u sh ered in t o a p er fect e nvir o n m en t a t th e b e g i n n in g is a n e cclesiastic a l d o g ma t h at fal ls for wan t o f fra g m e nt a ry st a t e m e nts i n p ro o f T o say th a t a fe t h e Bibl e t o rn fr o m th eir c o n n ecti o n s su pp o rt it i s li ke b uildi n g a h u g e p yra mi d u p o n i ts a p ex T h ere is a vast differe n ce bet ee n h at t h e B ibl e t each es an d h at th e o l og ian s say it t ea ch es Th e Bible is a rec o rd fi rst th e b l ad e o f t h e spiritu a l ev o lu ti o n o f m a n ; It m ark s t h e n t h e c a r t h en t h e f ull c o rn i n t h e ear Th e t h e step s o f g rad u al p r o g ress i n spiritu al g r o th truth is th at m a n u si n g th is w o rd i n a g en eral se n s e n ever did f all Hist o ry is a rec o rd o f stru gg le ; it i s a rec o r d o f steady p r o g ress t h r o u g h stru gg l e A l l th e g reat achi eve m e n ts o f m a n h ave bee n o n i n th e face o f g reat ob stacles His vict o ry ov er th e fo rest a n d t h e fi eld o ver t h e o cean t h e river a n d th e m o u n t ai n o ver t h e i nvisible fo rces o f th e m a terial u niverse ; hi s vict o ry i n t h e real m o f i n tellect h i s le g al l o re h i s p hil o s o p h ies h is p o etry hi s reli g i o n s hi s lib erties h i s g o ver n m e n ts an d civili z ati o n s b e a r u p o n th e m th e m a rk s o f t o il a n d s e at a n d b l o o d — th e s ea t a n d bl oo d o f m u scle an d t reas u res ,
m arsh al
u
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
.
.
,
,
w
.
.
w
.
,
,
ww
w
.
.
,
,
.
w .
,
,
.
w
.
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
w
,
,
,
w
,
U
n se e n
Force s
an
d H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
erve a n d brain T o o bt a i n th e fra g ran ce o f th e flowers yo u m ust bruise th e m ; t o o btai n t h e g rain fr o m th e sh ea f yo u m u st th res h it ; t o o bt a i n th e steel fro m th e i ro n yo u m u st p u t i t i n th e fu rn ace ; t o g et t h e a n g el fr o m th e m arbl e u m u st chi sel it th e pearl is o ; y b o rn i n th e a g o ny o f th e o yster ; liberty is p u rch ase d h f by t e bl o o d o a th o u san d b attle fi e l ds th e temple o f enli g hten m en t i s ce m ented ith t h e blo o d o f t h e ’ w o rld s b est a n d bra vest T h e C h rist t o obtai n h is cr o w n m u s t be stee p ed i n tears a n d be dren ch e d i n his It is t h e l a o f th e u n iverse t h at p e rfe c o n blo o d ti o n c o m es thr o u gh strug g le a n d th ere ca n b e n o stru gg l e u nless you h a ve t h e a n ta g o nis m o f opp osites Th e pla n o f cre a tio n in vo lved th e ide a o f pr o g ress t o w a rds p er fe cti o n an d si n ce p r og ress t o wards p e rfe c t i o n is i mpossibl e ith o ut stru gg l e an d S in ce stru ggle ith o u t th e a n tag o nis m o f o ppo site i s i mp o ssible prin ciples d u a lis m bec om es necessary Waivin g fo r th e presen t th e discu ssi o n o f th e m in o r d u alis m s o f th e u niverse it is my p u rp ose i n this ch apter t o state t o pr o p os i ti o n s an d ill u strate t h e m I Th e u nivers e is du a l th e i n visible an d th e visibl e II Th e invisible uses th e visible as t h e m ediu m o f i ts expressio n While th e prin cipl e o f d u alis m may b e seen o n every p art o f t h e creat ed u niverse the sup reme ca u se of the Th a t th e p o siti o n I assu m e m ay b e u ni ve rse i s on e per fectly clea r I o uld say ad mittin g th e existen ce i n th e u niverse o f sp 1r1t a n d m a tter t h ere are o n ly t h re e state men t s o f th eir relati o n s p o ssible n
.
w
.
w
,
w
,
.
,
.
w w ,
,
.
,
,
,
w
,
,
.
.
.
.
,
.
,
w
,
,
.
U
n se e n
Force s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
w
Th at spirit a n d m att er a re i n dep en d e nt a n d p ar allel fo r c es li ke t o h o rs es m o vin g abreast 2 Th a t spiri t is b e hi n d m a tter m a kin g m o u l di n g an d c o n tr o llin g i t 3 T h a t ma tt e r i s behi n d S pi rit , cre a ti n g a n d co n tr o llin g it Th e fi rs t p o si ti o n i s u n ten a bl e b ec a u s e t h er e c a n n ot be t o eter n a l a n d o mn ip o t en t p o w ers o ccu pyin g th e s am e u niverse a t t h e s a me ti m e Th e e m pir e o f th e u nivers e de ma n d s u ni t m i n th e p ri l au se n d u n i t a c a y y i n th e g o ver n i n g p o e r T h e th ird p o siti o n is s t up id m a teri a lis m No n e b u t t h e excessively cred u l o u s ca n a c c ept it Th e sec o n d p o siti o n i s th e o n e I a ssu m e B a c k b e hi n d a l l visibl e fo r m s a n d fo rces st a nd s t h e i n visibl e et ern a l spirit pr o d u cin g i n terpe n etra ti n g c o ntr o llin g all t he se fo r ms a n d fo rces maki n g a l l t hi n g s b e n d t o w ards o n e gr an d c o n s u m mati o n — o r g a ni c p er fecti o n I call this p o er G o d I do n o t p r o p o s e t o b u rd e n th e re a der i th a t te m pted p r o o fs o f th e existen c e o f G o d by l o g ic a l d e mo n s t r a ti o n s I h a v e l o n g ago c o m e t o th e c o n clu si o n t h a t th e e xiste n c e o f G o d d o es n o t dep e n d u p on m a t h e m a tic a l ded u ct i o n o r l o g i ca l syll o g is m Log ic i s th e scien c e o f ex a ct d efi niti o n s I f y o u r de fl n i ti o n s a r e n o t e x a c t ff n o t re a s o n c u an e e tivel o c y y No S in c e t h e fi n it e ca n n o t c om pre h en d th e in fi n it e h o ca n fi n it e m a n c o m pr ess t h e in fi n i te G o d w it hi n t h e nar ro b ox o f hi s d efi n iti o n T o p r o v e t h e exi st e n c e of G o d m fi n G o d N t u s cu r t ely de e d e u t a o o o a c y fi n e G od yo u m u s t li mi t G o d fo r defi n iti o n i n v o lv es li mi t a ti o n Y o u mi g h t a s w e ll t ry t o fra m e the su n 1
.
.
,
.
,
.
?
.
.
w
.
.
w .
.
.
.
,
w w
,
,
,
,
.
.
.
.
.
w w w
.
,
.
.
,
.
w
U
fi
Force s
n se e n
and
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
w w w w w
.
li g ht o r c ou n t th e dr o ps i n t h e Falls o f Niaga r a or cro wd th e fu ll g r o n o ak i nt o t h e c o n fi n es o f th e as t o cro d th e in fi n ite i n vi sib le G od withi n a c o rn li mits o f h u man o rds t h e n arr o Th e o lo g ian s aste a vast amo u n t o f brai n en er g y an d brin g to g eth er i n u seless c o mbi n a ti o n s a g reat ma ny words i n th eir vai n a tte mpts a t de fi ni n g th e i n de fi n abl e I c o n sider it b o ld i mpu den ce o n t h e p ar t o f a n y m a n t o u t with hi s tape m e asure t m G d h e su re catc o o o a o , g h i m u p i n h i s s m all b rain wrap h i m i n th e sw a ddli n g bands o f his creed h a n d hi m t o th e w o rld an d say ” Here i s G o d T h e o nl y kn o wled g e th at m a n is cap a ble o f 1S rel ative k n o led g e M an hi m sel f is a related bein g a n d i f h e k n o ws a nyt hi n g h e k n o s it b eca u se it stan ds relat ed t o s o m eth in g else Th e pr ovi n ce o f ’ m an s lo g ical in vesti g a t i o ns is th e u niverse o f e ffects He can kn o w n o thi n g o f u lti m at es o r o r i g i n al cau ses b y p u rely lo g i c al p ro cesses He can n o t de m o n strate his o n existen ce by l o g ic ; m u ch less can h e de m o n strate th e existe n ce o f G o d G o d is o n e o f th e ulti m ates in fa ct h e i s th e U lti m ate o f ulti m ate s a n d is th ere fo re bey o n d t h e reach o f l og ic L og ic h as its o n depart m ent an d it is l a m e an d p o erless h e n e atte mp t t o n pr o per li m it s u se it o utsi de o f i ts o Man h as an o th er p o er c alled intuitio n This p o we r h e re l o g ic is p o er o perates i n th e real m o f t h o u gh t less I a m a are t h at th e disc overies o f i n tuitio n m u st at ti m es b e mo difie d by l o g ic b u t o n t h e o th er h an d it m u st be re me mbered th at i n t u itio n h as a distin ct p r o v i n ce of its o n a n d i f lo g ic i n ter feres with i n tuitio n i n its o n pr ovi n ce th en l og ic bec omes a u surper These ,
,
’
,
.
.
,
,
,
w
.
w
.
,
,
.
.
w
.
.
w w ww ,
.
w w
,
w
.
w
.
f
w
w
.
w ,
,
.
U
n se e n
w wers l gic
Forc e s
an d
H
o
an d
w
to U s e T he m
57
.
n t u iti o n ca n b al a n ce each o th er ; i , th ey ca n m u t u a ll y in fl u en c e e a ch o th er ; t h ey c a n m od ’ i fy e a ch o th er s c o n cl usi o n s b u t t h ey m u s t n o t trespass ’ L o g i c de a ls lar g ely with pri n u p o n e a ch o th er s ri g h ts de mon str at ed b y fa cts ; i n tuiti o n ci p l e s th at c a n b e d e a ls ith p ri n ciples t h at are sel f-e vide n t A S an ill u s h a t I m e a n : I t i s u seless t o e m pl oy l o g ic t ra ti o n o f “ t h e sh o rtes t d i st a n ce b e t wee n t o p o in t s t o p r o ve th at ” i s a str ai g h t li n e ; i n tu iti o n p erceives th a t t h e p r o p o sitio u i s sel f-evide n t a n d t h u s disp e n ses it h th e u se o f l og ic A g ai n t o t h e ma n h o h as e yes it i s u seless t o e m pl oy l og i c t o d e m o n strat e th e existe n ce o f li g h t li g h t i s i t s o n de m o nstrati o n h o h a s c a rs it T o t he m a n i s u seless t o e m pl oy l o g ic t o de m o n strat e t h e exi sten ce o f m u si c ; h e n t h e h ar m o n y o f m el o d i o u s s o u n ds falls up o n his e a r m u sic is t h en i t s o n d e m o n strati o n T o th e m a n w h o se i n tu iti o n s a r e p u re th e existe n ce o f G o d is a sel f-eviden t truth T o t h e man h o is i n p o ssessi o n o f t h e i nt uitive s us c e p tibility G o d i s th e de m o n str a ti o n o f h i s o n existen ce W h en a m a n as ” ’ “ serts th e r e i s n o G o d this de nial of G o d s exi sten ce by n o m ean s destr o y s th e fact Thi s deni a l is a r e ve ’ lati o n o f t h e u n fo r t u n a te c o n diti o n o f th e i n dividu al s spiritu al s u sceptibilit y h o m ak es th is decl a rati on This de n i a l t h e n a m o u n t s t o a sel f-revelati o n T h e e x pressi o n is a denial o f t h e exist e nce of G o d b u t it is als o an affi r ma ti o n o f th e c o arse m at erialis m o f th e m a n ” “ h o utters it I t i s li k e castin g p earls b e fo re S wi n e t o atte mp t t o p r o ve t h e existen ce o f G o d a n d t h e u n seen u niverse t o t h e ma n h o se spirit u al an d i n t uitive
t
o
o
o p
,
,
.
w w
.
w
w
,
w
.
,
w w
w
.
w
,
.
w
.
w
,
.
,
.
w
w
.
.
,
.
w
U
8
w
n se e n
Fo r c e s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
usceptibilities a re c o a rsen e d by b ase ani m ali s m K n o led g e o f t h e hi g hest tr u t h is a pp reci a te d by n o n e save t h o se h o h ave u n folde d t h e hi g h es t wit hi n t h e m In t h e real m o f kn o led g e a m a n a lway s attracts t o hi msel f t hat k n o led g e th a t is s uite d t o h i s state O f develop m en t I f h e lives o n a l o pl a n e h e will a ttrac t t h e l o wer fo rms O f k n o wled g e If h e lives o n th e hi g h est pla n e h e will attr a ct the hi g h es t k n o wled g e A m a n m ust be be fo r e h e c a n kn ow D o yo u wan t th e ke y th at O pens t h e do o r t o th e hi g hest t rut h 1n t h e u niverse th en u n fold y o ur i n divid u ality t o th e h i g h est a n d all d oo rs will s in g O pe n to y o u r t o uch D O n o t m a ke th e g reat blu n der th a t m illi o ns h ave m a d e by s uppo sin g th at k n o in g is th e s up re m e thi n g Th e trut h is th at bei ng is th e supre me th in g ; an d i f a m a n i s th en k n o in g is t h e n a tu ra l c o n se q uen ce A m a n can recei ve n othin g i n th e real m O f k n o led g e u ntil h e is re ady fo r it ; he n h e i s ready fo r k n o ledge th e n fro m all parts O f th e u niverse it rush es i n t o his a r m s N o wh e n a m a n de nies th e existen ce o f G od I do n o t c o n de m n h i m I pity hi m b ecause his deni a l i s a r evela tio n O f t h e fac t th at h e i s a s yet in a l o state of devel s
.
w
w w
.
w
.
,
.
,
.
.
,
w w
.
.
w w
,
,
w w .
,
.
w ,
w
.
Op me n t
Th e g reat Mast er placed th e tru th o f Ch ristia ni ty ’ He n ever a tte m pt u p o n th e basis o f m an s recep tivity ed any m e a su res O f fo rce He re fu se d to e m ploy co er ci o n He re fu sed t o e m pl o y p hysical fo rce a n d it as a h o rrible blasp h e m y w h en a c o rrupt ch u rch declared ’ th at h e i nd o rse d th e stak e th e assassin s k ni fe th e i n st r u m e n t s o f t o rtu re an d th e fear f ul cr u elti e s o f th e I n u i si ti o n E ve n th e g re a t pain ter of t h e m iddle a g es q .
w
.
,
.
,
.
,
,
U
60
n see n
Force s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
t h e w o rl d , th at I m i g h t be a r witn ess t o t h e tru t h he ” tha t i s of the tr u th hea re th my ooze s O n a n o th er o cca “ He t h at is ab le t o receive it let h i m s io n h e s ai d : ” receive it In vie o f all this I sh all n ot atte m p t t o p r ove t h e e xisten ce O f t h e i nvisibl e G o d o r th e u n seen u niverse by lo g ic It w o uld b e a ast e o f en er g y an d supre m e f olly for m e t o a tte m pt it Th e exist en ce o f th e i n v i s ible fo rces o f th e u niverse are sel f-eviden t t ruth s t o t h e i n dividu al h o se i n t uitio n al p o ers are su ffi ci ently se n s i t i z e d t o re ce 1v e t h e m Th e 1n v 1s1b l e G o d a n d th e i nvisible u niverse are realities t o t h e s o u l su ffi ciently c ap acitated t o realiz e t h e m Again it seems to be the l a o f the universe t hat the i nvisible employs the visible as the mediu m of i ts m a n i fe s t a ti o n s This princ i ple finds abundant illustration Elec t ri c i ty fo r instance is an invisible force ; it fills all space W hat it is i n i ts essential and structural elements e do not kno but e kno this that this mysterious invisible force e xhibits its giant energy through the medium o f the visible T he dynamo is visible ; the poles and armature o f the mag n e t i n the dynamo are visible ; the sha ft rapidly revolving bet een the poles o f the magnet is visible the belts and heels transmitting the po er to the or k shop are visible In fact so fa r as e kno it seems to be the l a that e lectricity can n ot be Obtained and cannot be util i zed save t hrough the medium o f the v i sible G ravitation is another invisible force It seems to be a universal po er but it never exerts its po er save through the mediu m o f the visible Atoms of matter co nstitute the field o f its O perations .
l
w .
w
.
.
w
w
.
.
,
w
.
.
,
w
,
ww w ,
,
.
,
.
w w
w
w w w
,
,
.
w
.
,
.
.
w
w
.
U
n se e n
Forc e s
an d
H
o
w
61
to U s e T he m
.
w
The same principle operates in higher realms Withi n the field o f o u r O bser v ations e discover that all li fe mani Li fe is an invisible mys fests i tsel f in visible organisms It el udes o u r search defies analysis re fuses te ri o u s p o e r definition and yet the u niverse tee ms with li fe , and ithin the field o f ou r Observations we never fin d li fe save in combinatio n ith visible forms Li fe expresses itsel f l n terms of matter In the realms o f vegetable li fe we b e hold this principle operating thro ugh myriad forms The be ilderin g beau ty o f the garden , the giant trees o f t he hoary forest, th e slender grasses o f the meado the delicate sno flo er o f the Arctics , th e ran k luxuriance of the tropics the tender sproutings o f the spring the ripe har vests o f the autumn all these declare that the i nvisible employs the visible as the mediu m o f expressio n When e behold th e e advance into the higher realms of li fe O peration o f the same principle I freely concede that pure Spirit can exist independe ntly o f matter but I am n o dealing ith kno n facts and the fact is plain to all o b servers that all forms o f li fe that s i m i n the aters al l forms o f l i fe that fl y in the heavens the animals that pro l through the forest in search o f prey as ell as the ’ anim als domesticated fo r man s use and service demand a physical o rga n l sm fo r the display o f the invisible li fe forces Man himsel f in his present form is an illustration of this same principle His body i s a material organism through hich the spiritual man expresses his mani fold spiritual activities The body is composed o f fourteen S imple elements m seventeen combinations The nerves and brain are co m posed o f material elements M an co mes into possessio n o f
w
’
.
.
.
,
,
,
w
w
.
.
w ww
.
w ,
,
,
,
w
w
.
w
.
w w
,
w w
w
,
w
,
,
,
,
.
w
.
.
.
.
U
62
n se e n
w
F or c e s
an d
H
o
w
to U
se
T he m
.
all hi s k no ledge through th e medium o f matter and he p uts into action all his spiritual force through the i n stru m entality of the same element No Since man is r apped u p in the heavy garments o f a m a t e ri al i or m and S ince he comes into possession o f al l his k no ledge o f the u niverse in hich he fi nds himsel f through the medium o f matter it became necessary that the i nvisible G od himsel f become incarnate in order that man could u nderstand his nature and relations to ards him G od being spirit man rapped in heavy material form could not u ndersta n d him The S piritual alone could understand ’ the S piritual S trip o ff man s out ard material form an d I presume he could arri v e at an understanding of G od by direct intuitio n All histo ry bears witness t o the fact that on e o f the deep as for a visible mani e st desires i n the heart o f humanity fe s tati on o f the invisible G od This desire explains the ” prayer of Moses I beseech thee S how me thy glory It explains the S hekinah cloud , the th und ers o n S inai the descent of fire on Carmel It explains all idolatries ith their temples and altars It explains all hero orship the orships Of ancestors the de i fi cati o n o f the C aesars and lies at the basis of all religions hatsoever Man obtains all hi s kno ledge through the medium of matter it must pass through the nerve centers o f the brain and because o f this man i n hi s stru ggle t o gain kno ledge of the invisible G od, sought hi m through the medium o f physical forms and symbols N o it becomes imperatively necessary because o f the n ature O f man that G od express himsel f i n term s compre , h e n si bl e to man To do this God must e mbody himsel f i n
w w
,
w
,
.
w
,
,
w
w
,
.
w
.
.
,
.
w
.
.
.
w
,
w
.
w
.
,
w w
.
w
.
,
.
,
,
,
w
,
,
U
nseen
Forc e s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
w
human form ; and the human form through hich G od ex presses himsel f m ust be immaculately pure and fau l tless Jesus the Nazarene prophet fu rnishes i n hi s human form this per fect m e dium The Hebre race from hich Jesus came had a marvelo us history Fro m this race has come the greatest masters in spiritual science The highest reve l a ti o n s o f God o f man o f truth and love an d virtue and orld by these great thinkers duty were furnished to the and it was per fectly natural that this m arvelo us race should furnish to the world these g reat masters because fo r long centuries this race as the only race o n the face o f the earth that had the spiritual receptivity to receive the highest truth and notwithstandin g their repeated surrende r t o th e den se mental atmosphere o f sordid materialism that su r rounded them maj estic spiritual truth has al ays be e n p ro claimed by so me o f the sons of Abraham F or centuri es this race as subj ected to intense discipline ; for centuries hereditary law as handin g down from father to so n accu mu l ati n g te n dencies to ards spiritual susceptibility , and it ‘ is n o t t o be wo ndered at that Jesus a descendant o f A bra h a m S hould furnish in h imsel f the m os t per fect mediu m for the revelatio n o f the in visible G o d in h uman form Jesus the C hrist i s the re velation o f G od in terms o f ” fl esh and blood He said himsel f I am the truth ” P ilate said , I find n o fault in him He said o n another ” occasion He that hath seen me hath seen the Father S o t hat the i nvisible G od himsel f seems obedient to th e prin ci l e that we discover in all departments o f inv estigat i on p o pe n t o man , n amely : The in visible uses the v isi ble as the medium o f i ts expression This pri nciple bein g true , then the enti re external uni .
w
.
w
.
.
w
,
,
w
,
,
,
,
w
,
w
.
w
w “
,
,
.
.
,
.
.
,
.
.
U
64
Forc e s
n se e n
an
d H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
verse must be the expressio n of the invisible G od and at the same time a revelation o f hi s nature Just as the human body is the expression and revelation o f the spiritual man in external form so the visible u niverse is t he ex pressio n and revelation of the invisible God in external form The Bible says G od created man in h i s o n image The sp i ritual man must be the finite representat i on of the invisible G od and the physical form must be the finite representatio n o f the external un i verse T his conclusion is indorsed by sc1e nc e S cientists an nounce that man i s a microcosm o f the uni verse o r in other ords man con ta m s W 1thi n himsel f in finite parts al l the elements that are in the universe He t is the universe reduced o a small compass the text boo k o f Eternity the first lea f o f the Boo k o f Creation co n I f the foregoing be true taining the table o f co ntents then to understand G od and his relations t o the external universe e must study man and hi s relations to his exter nal form N o it is very com fortable to reflect that e have in ourselves the hole universe in miniature 1 I n the connectio n bet een the spiritual man and the external form or the body e se e the co nnectio n b e t een the invisible God and the ext ernal u niverse T he physical organism is built by t he Spiritual man and built ly along the lines o f gradual un foldment so the ex S lo ternal universe as built by the invisible G od and built slo ly along the lines o f gradual evolution T he physical organism is built up of infinitesimal cells — each cell pervaded by the force o f the spiritual man and controlled thereby so the material universe is built up o f infinitesimal ,
.
,
w
,
.
.
,
.
.
,
w
,
,
.
,
,
.
w w w
w
.
.
w w w
,
w w
.
,
.
,
w
,
.
,
U
n se e n
Forc e s
an d
H
o
w
to U se T h e m
65
.
'
atoms — eac h ato m pervaded by the force o f the infinite Creator and con trolled t hereby Again though the body i s pervaded by the S piritual man and controlled by hi m yet the body i s n o t the real man the real ma n i s the spiritual ego : so, tho u g h the material universe is pervaded by the i nvisible God and contro lled by him yet the material universe is n o t G o d for G od i s a spirit and they that worship him m ust worship h im i n ” spirit and in truth Further the spiritual man has his throne -roo m i n the body and by certain ell-de fi n e d m odes o f operatio n o r l aws he c a n make himsel f felt i n any portio n o f the body ; i n the external so the invisible God has hi s throne -roo m u n iverse a n d yet he ca n make his presence felt any here i n the u niverse In fact, j ust as the spiritual ma n instantly perceives sensation i n any part o f the body because he per vades every cel l thereo f so the in vi sible G od instantly perceives the slightest motio n of the smallest ato m o f th e “ universe because he pervades every atom A sparro w “ cannot fa l l t o the g rou nd ithout his notice The very ” hairs o f yo ur head are all nu mbered A gain the Spiritual ma n 1s 1m ma n e n t i n every part o f the bo dy a n d yet he transcends the body he can make hi s po er felt fa r beyo nd the limits o f the body : so the 1n v 1s1 ble God i s im manent in the material u niverse yet he infinitely transcends i t and can exert hi s om n ipotence “ infinite leagues beyo nd its limi ts Paul says : I n him ” e live and move and have ou r b eing Here is a state ’ ’ ment o f man s im manence in God and God s im man ence i n “ the universe At the same time i f we take the win g s o f ,
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
w
,
,
w
,
.
,
w
~
.
.
.
,
w
,
,
w
.
.
.
U
66
n se e n
Forc e s
H
an d
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
the morning and fly to the uttermost limits o f th e cr eated universe behol d he is beyond that A gain j ust as the body is the extern al expression o f the in ard spiritual characteristics o f the spiritual man , s o the external univer se is the e xternal expression o f the spiritual Impressed forces and characteristics o f the infinite G od u pon the outer universe e behold his po er isdom j ustice love for the hole universe is the out ard exter o f the 1n n al i z a ti o n ardn e ss o f the great C reator ; and further as the hu man body is only a fragment o f the ability ords o f the spiritual man i n external form only i n other a s mall measure o f his po er to achieve so the created universe is only a small fragment o f the infinite po ers and resources o f the invisible G od We only se e a small part o f his or k s the thunder o f his po er ho can u n ” de rsta n d ? T he i n v isible G od i s infinitely greater than hi s or k s Just as the architect is greater than the build ing he has planned and erected , o r as the engi neer is greater than the bridge he has s ung over the chasm cu t by the foaming torrent so the created universe is an ex h i bi ti on o f a small measure o f the infinite po ers o f the i nvisible God No ithin himsel f in small com Since man co ntains pass the plan O f the universe ; since man in other ords f the poc k et map creation and Since creation is dual O is the i nvisible and the visible man is dual — the invisible or spiritual man the visible or external man That great spiritual teacher the A postle Paul brings o u t the duality o f man in a number o f places in his letters to th e Christian congregations o f his time He says co ncerning himsel f : T hough the out ard man peri sh yet the in ard man i s .
,
w
,
w w
,
,
w
ww w .
,
w w
,
w
w
w
,
,
,
,
,
ww
.
.
w
w
,
w
w
.
,
w
,
,
,
,
,
.
w
,
.
,
w
U
68
n se e n
w w
Fo rc e s
an
d H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
death o f the Spiritual man Death only affects th e out ard and visible organism o f flesh a n d blood ; i t stri ke s do n the frail temporary d elling -place an d gives the spiritual occupant spiritual and eternal freedom These statements from the Bible have been corroborated by the conclusions o f prominent scientists Crichton Bro n says T he facts o f consciousness can never be explained by molecular changes i n the brain and all that e can do is to fall back u p o n an hypothesis o f psycho-physical parallelism hich assumes concomitant v a T here i s a p hysi ca l u n i verse ri ati o n s in mind and brain of hich only a frag ment i s kno n to us T here i s a sp i ri tu a l u n i v e rse in a corner o f hich e live and move and have o u r being We may picture these to o urselves as circles hich impinge upon each other at the first momen t hich intersect more and more as o f conscious existence ; li fe goes o n their largest intersectio n being reached hen li fe is at its full ; hich then ithdraw from each other as old age sets in and part company at death B u t hateve r image e may adopt e must hold fast to the truth tha t mind and matter are distinct essences irreconcilable i n their nat u re though mysteriously accordant in their O p .
w
,
.
w
w
.
w
'
w
.
w ww .
w
.
w
,
w
,
w w w
w w
.
,
,
e ra ti o n s
” .
w
Pro fessor Basco m says Li fe is not force it is com ” — bining po er a capaci ty to use force fo r definite ends Carp e n tar says : The convertibili ty o f physica l forces and their correlation with the vital a n d t he intricacy o f that nexus bet een bodily and mental activity hich cannot be analyzed all l e ad up ard to ards one and th e ” same conclusion : the sou rce of a l l p o er i s mi n d Herbert Spencer says in his discussion o f the relation s ,
.
w
w
,
w w w
,
,
.
w
U
n seen
Fo rce s
w w
an d
H
o
w
69
to U s e T h e m
.
w
bet een the brain and mind Here indeed e arrive at the barrier hich needs to be perpetually po i nted o u t alike to those ho seek materialistic explanation s o f mental phe h o are alarmed lest such explana n o m e n a and to those tions may be found The last class prove by their fears a s m uch as the first prove by the ir hopes that they believe that min d may possibly be interpreted in terms o f matter ; hereas there is n o t the remotest possibility o f so inter ” r e ti n g it p I could m ultiply quotations from the latest scientific writings but it is su fficient for o u r pur p ose to quote the above and it is a matter o f m uch satis faction to k no tha t the k eenest scientific i n vestigators o f this age in a l l their concl usions with regard t o the nature o f man corroborate the sta tem ents o f the Bible ' The in ferences we can dra fro m these q uotatio ns may be stated thus 1 That mind and matter are distinct and separate essences 2 That mind is the supre me po er 3 That mind is the organizing p o e r b a c k o f matter and the strong invisible builder o f the body 4 That mind a n d matter hile they are distinct i n their nature are accordant i n their O peratio ns W e can rest assured then that since man is the epito me o f the universe d uality inheres in his structure j ust as it inheres in the s tructure o f creatio n Again just as i n th e universe at large duality is seen in the mani festations hile the supreme cause is on e, so e Shall discover i n o u r stu dy o f man that duality enters into every part o f ’ f s man s el expressio n s while th e spiritual man , or eg o i s
w
.
,
,
w
,
.
w
,
,
,
.
w
.
.
.
w w w .
l
.
,
.
,
.
.
,
-
.
w
,
w
,
,
,
U
70
n se e n
Forc e s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
w
.
w
essentially on e Man then i n his deepest essence is on e, and yet he O perates in t o realms he d ells and operates i n the invisible and i n th e visible ; he moves in the orld T hrough the oute r o f causes and in the world o f e ff ects he comes into relation ith the external universe ; through the inner he comes in to Vital relations ith the internal universe through the physical senses man deals ith t he o uter Shell o f things ; through intuitio n he deals ith t he center o f things T he physical body i s Si mply th e materia l organ o f the living man ithin Through this visible i n strument man arrives at a kno ledge of hi s material sur roundings But man stands at the center o f the universe ; he is the registering center of all forces a n d all influences visible and inv isible nerves connect h im ith all material atoms and ith all Spiritual entities Because o f this ma n ho t alone com es i n to contact i t h material things o r t he outer periphery ; he comes into contact ith the spiritual orld ithin ; he is i n vital communio n ith G od ; he re ce i v e s co mmunications from other Spirits an d comes i nt o possession o f spiritual forces and principles thr o ugh th e operation o f spiritual la s that lie dee p beneath the t hresh o l d o f the externa l li fe T here is a Spiritual man and ” “ there is a physical man Th ere is the ki n gdom ithi n and there is the kingdom ithout The philoso phers theologians teachers and physician s a mongst the Anglo -S axon race have utterly ignored the Spiritual man and denied the existence o f the inner invisi ble orld here the Spiritual man is right fully soverei gn and the result has been con fusion and far-reaching damage A ll thro u gh the hist ory o f this rugged race they hav e fought for supremacy i n the outer orld O u r rugged .
w
.
w
“
w
.
w
w w
w
.
.
w
w
w
.
ww
w w
w
w
.
.
,
w
.
,
ww
, .
w
.
U
n se e n
Fo rc e s
and
H a rv
to U s e T h e m
1
.
w
w
ancestors in their savagery , as they d elt o n the banks o f the Rhine and along the shores o f the Baltic se a kne nothing about an i n ner universe an d an inner man Man hood to the m depended u pon the stre n gth o f the biceps and the ability to handle a hu ge battle-a x o n the battle fiel d O u r ancestors were splendid animals C aesar said ” they had large white bodies T he y n e e de d giant mu sc u lar strength and steady nerve fo r the ork that lay be fore them T heir business in the orld as to conquer th e external and thro the harness u po n material forces It a s their mission to gain supremacy over th e stormy seas and make the ocean the high ay for s i ft steamers to discover and colonize distant co ntinents ; to conquer and civi l ize barbaro us nations ; to dig fro m the bo els o f th e earth its mineral treasures to develop the resources o f the soil and become the purveyors to the orld An examina tion o f the history o f this race sho s h o thoroughly they h ave carried o u t their missio n From the standpoint o f great achievement in th e o uter orld no other race can equal the A nglo-Saxon They foun d England covered ith dense forests steeped i n boggy fens ith a cold and rigorous climate They have turned it into a garden bro ught minerals valued at count less millions to the sur face and turned these minerals into countless instruments o f utility They conquered the stormy se a and at o n e time England as ackno ledged to ” be the mistress o f the ocean fo r the hite sails o f her ships fl e c ke d th e blue o f all a ters The armies o f Eng l an d brought Napoleo n to his knees conquered India compelled the ameer o f Afghanistan to su e fo r pardo n con q uered Egypt , S o uth Africa and it m ust be ao ,
,
.
.
.
w w w
.
.
w
.
w
.
w w w w ww .
.
w
,
w
w
.
,
.
,
,
w w w
.
,
w ,
.
,
,
,
U
72
Forc e s
n se en
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
w been s w ept a w ay tyranny
k nowledged that every here these armies have gone sav ha s been abolished agery has ' and the blessings o f civilization have been di fl u se d The An glo -Saxon race colonized A merica They found it covered ith dense forests and in habited by vast hordes True to the instincts o f the race these o f savage Indians colonists too k up their great tas k an d hat glorious re sult e The grandest achievements o f the A nglo Saxon race in conquering the forces o f the outer orld have been itnessed o n this continent T he American is the highest development o f the Anglo-Saxon H i s ancestors in every generation had to engage i n struggle ith the giant forces i n an existence o f the u niverse o n the outer planes to T hey fo u ght ith beasts and Indians ; they fought ith French men and Englishmen ; they fought amongst them selves they conquered the forest the m ountain the y have rested from the stern grip o f n ature her t re asu re s y th ro n ’ the harness o f complete conquest o n Niagara s floods ; belted the continent ith shining trac k s o f steel thro n the leash o f per fect mastery over the lightni n gs and hav ing mastered all the outer forces ithin reach the American s i ghs fo r n e orlds to conquer I look upon o u r great captains o f industry as embo dying i n themselves the highest development o f the A nglo -S axo n race instinct — the con q u e st o f the outer orld Morgan h as the race instinct stamped upo n his deepest nature An irresistible tendency to ards th e conquest o f material forces is in his blood The hereditary influences o f a thousand years gained by conflict ith material forces m eet i n M organ and A mericans o f similar type and find in them perfect expression This is n ot asto n ishing The Hebre s ,
,
.
w
.
w w
.
,
.
w
.
-
g
w w
.
w
w
w .
w w
,
w
w
w w
,
.
w
w
.
.
.
w
,
.
,
,
.
w
U
n se en
Forc e s
an d
H
o
w
73
to U s e T h e m
er in training in spiritual science w
.
fo r
thousands o f years At every step in their progress they furnished great masters in spiritual things to the orld and at l ast t h e hereditary s treams o f thousands o f years of training i n the highest sc ience o f being m e t i n the C hrist a n d found in him thei r per fect embodiment Because o f this intense discipline in overcoming th e orld ith o ut hich every generation o f A n forces o f the glo -S axon s as compelled to e n dure, e do n o t onder that the A n glo -S ax on philosophers an d physicians teachers a n d theologians have a s a general rule ignored the spiritual ma n and denied the existence o f th e unseen universe ” Because o f this denial o u r psychology i s as P ro fesso r b u t a stri n g o f raw facts a little gossip and James says rang l e about O pinio ns a littl e classificatio n an d ge n erali z a ti o n o n the mere de scriptive level a stro ng prej udice that e h ave states o f mind an d that o u r brain conditions them but not a single l a in the sen se i n hich physics sho s ” u s la s B ecause of this inveterate tendency to ards the material hen o u r physicians are still employing m aterial remedies the experie nce o f tho usands of years demonstrates the fact that there are n o sure specifics in the hole category of rem e dies and that the entire busi ness o f g iving drugs is the pu rest empiri cism or i n other ords a species o f h um b u ggery Because o u r medical practitioners re fuse to recogn i ze th e m ental factor i n causing disease an d b rin ging about recovery they find themselves po erless i n the presen ce o f n umero u s diseases an d u tterly u n able t o e xplain the marvelous cures rought by divine healers C hristian S cientists an d other drugless meth ods e
w
.
,
.
ww w w
w
,
w
,
,
.
,
w w w
,
,
,
,
w
w w
.
w
w w
,
,
w ,
,
,
.
w
,
w
,
.
U
74
n seen
Forc e s
an
d H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
w
Because o f this tendency to ards the material o u r educa t ors have n o sc i ence in the system o f educatio n ; they com mence at the rong end they commence at the extremitie s ing individual instead o f at the center Phys o f the g ro i cal l y mentally and spiritually nature commences to un fol d the child into manhood from the center O u r educators by their material and sur face methods interfere ith na ’ ture s ork and in the educated products o f o u r colleges arrested develop e have thousands o f specimens o f ” ” ment or o n e -sided development Because o f this tendency to ards the material our Anglo S axon t heologians have thro n into material form the most spiritual system i n the un i verse— the Christian re i l gi o n T hey h a ve formulated Christianity into cast iron inflexible creeds and then lying do n in their o n sel f made mould they have forced themselves and their fo l lo ers in to con formity thereto ; and so e have the Cal V 1n 1a n type o f Christian the Armi n ian type the Q ua k er type the Episcopalian ty pe the M ethodist type and so on i n continual category S uch a process is agai nst the la s o f nature and the la s o f Christianity T he Chinese arrest the gro th o f the foot by strong shoes u ntil the average Chinese foot i s a useless appendage T he simple truth o f Christianity i s a central po er that enters and expands the gro in g Spirit o f man T hese creeds are mechanical strait -j ac k et s that fit o n the outside and arrest development These theologians have not alone cro ded men int o definitions ; they have attempted to cro d the living God into a mechanical definition and k ill h i m— at leas t thei r defined conceptio n o f hi m is a dead God They hav e
w w
.
,
.
w
w
,
w
,
w
,
,
w w
,
w
.
,
w
.
,
w
,
,
,
,
,
.
w
,
w
w
.
w
w
.
.
w w .
.
U
76
n se e n
Fo rc e s
an
d H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
w
w
w
o f flame itchi n g sinne rs headlong into this orld Kno p ill consume utter l y they h ave provided i n g that fire a gainst this emergen cy by investing the sinner ith an he can be held forever i n the a sbestos nature s o that fl aming hands o f the fi re -fi e n d and yet not be co nsumed These gentlemen have forgotten that every ma n cre ate s ’ h i s o n heaven o r hell ; that a man s heaven o r hell is t h e enveloping mental atmosphere he creates around hi m sel f ; and instead o f searching the N e T estament fo r th e s imple truth underlying its symbo l ic language t hey have i ncorporated in their descriptions o f hell the lurid pictures o f Dante and Milton T heologians may have been honest but I am assured t hat they ha ve mutilated the Simple and sublime teach i ngs o f Jesus and they have mutilated it by trying ith t heir mechanical methods to force it in to materia l forms It i s a matter o f much gratificatio n ho ever that the s igns o f the t imes point to a n e departure o n the part o f the Anglo -S axon race Having conquered the o uter orlds to explore and conquer a n d Sighing fo r n e e ' h ave come t o the outer edge o f the unseen u niverse ; i n f act our stud y o f the forces o f the external universe h a v e bro u ght us to the boundaries o f the internal universe and e have b een compelled to ac k n o ledge its existence A s e stand o n the i nner rim o f the universe o f facts at here the invisible forces emerge that produce t h e point of t hese facts e are compelled to admit the existence t he inner universe o f causes Withi n the next o n e h undred years the A n gl o-Saxon race ill have made great d iscoveries i n the i nner universe In o u r stu dy o f the l a s and forces o f this invisible realm ill receive e .
w
,
,
.
w
:
~
w
:
,
.
,
w
,
w ,
w
.
,
w w .
,
w
,
:
w w
w
w w ,
.
w
.
w ww
, .
U
n se e n
Fo rc e s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
w
great assistance from the works ritten by the dee p thinkers o f the O rient The occidental races have c o n q uered th e o u ter u niverse The oriental races hav e made their great conquests i n th e in ner universe We ill give the O rient the fi nished results o f o u r labor in th e ithout The orientals ill give u s the fi nished results labor i n the ithi n The oriental races hav e o f their orld already i th Splendid systems of furni shed the spiritual philosophy but to my mind the greatest maste r in Spiritual science i s Jesus the C hrist ; the greatest sys and the greatest book is the N e te m is Christiani t y Testament I o uld n o t ignore other great oriental thinkers that clamor fo r a h earing but their teachings are merely Side lights to the teachings o f Jesus C hris ti a n i ty as Jesus gave it to the orld unpolluted by the to uch of theolog i ans 1s all i nclusive the total summary o f all truth in the highest realms o f being In this volume I propose t o assist the reader i n obtain ing a more intelligent u n derstandin g o f ho the spiritual; man assimilates the truth given to the orld by Jesus ; ho the S piritual man by the O peratio n o f certain la s ea ves the li fe and tru th o f Jesus into the arp and oo f o f his character I propose to S ho the reader h o he ca n obtain sel f-mastery h o he can master all the force s o f hi s o n mind and utilize them ho he can master the forces o f hi s o n body and cure disease and establish the habit o f health I propose to sho w him the marvelou s ” “ extent o f the kingdo m ithin the i nfinite resources o f that kingdom ; h o to develop t hese resources and utilize them fo r the benefit of himsel f an d others I propose to Show hi m how to reach th e rich e st un foldment o f soul .
w
.
.
w
w w
.
w
.
w
'
,
w
w ,
.
,
w
,
.
,
~
,
,
.
w w w w
,
,
.
w
w .
w
w w w w w w w
w
,
.
78 ho
U
nseen
Forc e s
an d
H
a rv
to U s e T h e m
.
to master adverse circumstances and utilize w
favorable
ircumstances an d thus fulfil th e design o f hi s creation U p to the present I have been endeavoring to establish funda I have sho n the correctness o f the mental principles I have sho n that man and the un iverse d ualistic theory “ I have Sh o n that there i s a re built o n the same plan ” a spiritual man and there is a physical man ; that the s piritual ma n i s th e real ma n ; that the physical man i s the external organism through hich the Spiritual man In the next chapter I ill discuss the methods o perates o f Operation It 18 o n e thing to say that the Spiritual an an operates through the medium O f the physical organ ism it is quite another thing to Sho ho he operates ” “ T he ho is the supreme thing Kno ledge i s po er a nd if e k no ho the spiritual man Operates and k no ho t o control the ho ill have learned the first e lesson o f sel f-control From n o o n o u r central theme o f study ill be the d ual nature O f man advance beyond man it ill If e o nly be fo r the purpose o f Obtaining i llustrat i ons that m ay t hro light o n o u r main topic and the supreme f o u r study urpose ill be Obtain as thorough a k no l o o t p e dge O f the la s that govern man and the forces that m a de ithin him as e can possi bly Obtain because e desire to a ttai n to sel f-m astery and master ourselves e can not u nless e kno ourselves
c
.
w w
.
.
w
.
;
w w
.
.
w w ww w www w w w w w w w w ww
ww w w w
n
.
,
.
,
,
w
.
.
,
.
w
,
,
w
w
U
n se e n
Forc e s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
C HAPTER I V
.
.
F O R C ES I N THE U N IV E R S E A N D I N M A N — G OD — E G O — T E OU G H T F O R C E— N ERV E E OR OE -
-
TH E
.
w
Having established the fact that dualism i n h eres in th e s tructure O f the universe and man , e are ready to proceed i n o u r investigations We have established the proposi tions namely 1 The universe is dual : the in visible and the visible 2 The invisible eternal God is the originator an d su s t ai n e r O f the visible u n iverse 3 The invisible uses the visible as the mediu m o f i t s e xpressio n In other ords the external i s the out ard e xpressio n o f the invisible o n the visible plane S ince these propositions are true in regard to the uni v erse a t large and since man is the universe i n miniature t hey must be true in regard to man there fore 1 Man is dual : the spiritual man an d the physical .
,
.
.
.
.
w
.
.
w
,
.
,
,
,
.
m an
.
The spiritual man i s the builder and sustainer o f t he external form o r body : 3 The spiritual m a n uses the physical man as the me d i u m o f his expression I n other ords the body is the out ard expression of the Spiritual man o n t he visible lane p The n ext questio n that presents itsel f demandin g an a ns er i s : H o does the spiritual ma n O perate thro ugh 2
.
.
w
.
w
,
.
w ,
w
,
U
80
Forc e s
n se e n
an
d H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
w
w
the physical organ i sm W hat are the forces employed Where do thes e forces originate What are the la s tha t govern these forces ? H o can I k no these la s a n d Obey them and thereby gai n co mplete sel f-mastery I cannot ans er all the se question s i n this chapter The ans er to some o f them ill be reserved for future c hapters In this chapter I ill discuss the forces em ployed by the Spir i tual man and then so me o f the leading characteristics o f these forces F o r con venience I ill thro the substance O f this chapter into a fe propositions 1 Force in man i s dual : thought -force and nerve -force 2 T hought -force originates in the S piritual man and i s the Sp i r i tual man i n actio n 3 N erve -force or i g i nates i n the physical man and is th e body in action 4 The Spiritual man is master , the body is servant Thought-force masters n e rv e 7 force because the Spiritual man masters the body 5 Since thought-force masters nerve-force and Since nerve -force controls the body a n d Since the Spiritual man c ontrols and directs thought -force the n it is per fec t l yclea r that the spiritual man has ithi n himsel f the po er to isely direct and co n trol and b a lance all the nerve force s his body a n d thereby i n complete mastery ove r of himsel f T he supreme po er i n the universe is the invisible God , and the supreme po er in God i s thou ght God is the c auseles s cause O f all things ; to him there i s no past n or future ; he is the I a m Time and space are emanation s from G od ; they are the creatio ns o f his thought bu t G od is grea ter tha n his o n creations thou gh he may choos e
w
w
,
w
w
w
.
w
.
w
w
w
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
.
,
.
,
w
w
,
w
,
w
.
w w
.
.
w
,
,
Uns e e n Force s
an d
H
w
w
w
to U s e T he m
o
81
.
abide ithin his o n creatio n s Th o ught i s the mi g ht iest power in the universe becau se th e universe itsel f i s the ’ product o f God s thou g h t I f G od as the theologi a ns have described him had bee n perfectly satisfied he never o uld have created the uni verse A being that has reached th e point o f co mplete satis factio n having n o desires to satisfy never does any thi n g Achievement is impossible without aspiration aspiration is born in desire The infinite God desired ; h e aspired and achieved His achievement is this gloriou s universe S O the universe i s the co mplete expressio n O f ’ God s desire It i s the crystallizatio n O f the divine te n It is the externalizatio n o f th e divine tho ught de n ci e s “ forces M oses says : In the begin ning God created th e ” “ heavens and the earth David says : He S pake and i t ” h e com manded and it stood fast Joh n says as done “ In the beginning was the Word and the Word as ith All things ere made by G od and the Word was God the Word and witho ut the Word as not anything ma de that as made In Him as li fe and the li fe as the ligh t of men : this is the true li g ht that li ghteth every man tha t ” cometh into the world A ord is thought expressed it i s thought i n movemen t The divine thou g ht in movemen t preceded all things and ’ brought all thin g s into existence A man s t hought is his individuality movin g i n a certain directio n and fo r a sp e ’ c i fi c purpose God s tho u gh t i s h i s i ndividuality moving in ’ a certain directio n with a specific purpose S ince God s thought i s charged ith the full measure o f his i ndividuality, ’ then God s thou g ht m ust be o mnipotence in irresisti b l e
to
.
, .
w
,
,
‘
.
,
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
w
.
ww w w w w .
,
.
,
w
,
.
w
,
.
.
.
.
w
6
m
.
U
82
n se e n
Forces
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
action T his being true then thought is the mi ghtiest force in the u niverse W hat is l a but an ascertained mode o f movement T here cannot be any m ov ement ithout mind The la s O f n ature are Simply th e thought O f G od Operating u pon and through matter Matter i s the n egative pole Of the positive pole Matter i s there fore u niverse ; mind i s t he passive ; mind is active Matter i s al ays acted upon ; mind is the po er that acts The thought o f G o d acting upon and through matter produces ce rta in regular ell T hese movements are called la s de fi n e d movements N o it seems per fectly clear from an examination of the o rderly Operations o f the u n iverse around u s that G o d i s n ever in a hurry he has unlimited time at his disposal Eternity is his orking day and he n ever has any holidays Eternal progression is the order of al l creation A ll things ith a desire to push on ard and up ard I f a re invested G o d perva des every atom then this universal aspiration to move on ard must be a d i v i ne inspiration which fills the T his i nspiration is regular, Slo and patient in u niverse i ts movements Instan taneous creation is an exceptio n that is un k no n to this universal l a God demands o n e hun dred years to un fold the oa k to per fec tion He demands th ousan ds o f years to build a coral isl and He requi res m i llions of years to store a ay in the depths the coal beds M an i s ever in a hurry he ants everything done at once And o ur teachers in religion first created G od in their o n image and then publish ed the doctri n e that God created That t h e universe in S i x days o f t enty -four hours each description of creation in Genesi s i s a sublime poem and o u r te a ch ers in reli gion have fo r o tte n tha t every poet has g .
,
w
.
w
w .
.
.
w
.
w
.
,
.
,
w
.
w w w
w w .
.
,
.
w
.
w
.
,
w
.
w
w .
.
.
w w
,
w
.
.
w .
.
,
U
84
n se e n
Forc e s
an d
H
w
o
w
to U se T he m
.
w
advance a single step ithout the i nsp i ration of ideals W hat are idea l s but ideas and hat are ideas but thoughts Tho u ght the n in the form o f ideals embodied in men an d ritten in boo k s, has in every age been the supreme caus e O f advance The Hebre race as under the heels O f tyranny and in chains o f bondage fo r four hundred and thirty years in Egypt Without i deals they sank into the lo est d egra datio n Moses in himsel f and i n his la s, furnished th e Hebre s ith ideals and this nation O f Slaves became o n e and has fu r O f t he most illustrious nations o n the earth n i sh e d to m a n the greatest leaders in spiritual s c ience ’ ” What is meant by the con fusion o f to n gues at Babel s to er but d i fference in modes o f stating ideas variety i n expressi n g thought Want o f Similarity in expression di similarity O f e x p re ssm n Joined prim v i de d primitive man i t i v e man into clans a n d nations ; S O that the mode o f ex pressing thought dispersed the human race over the eart h populating it and this same cause united peoples into fa m ily and clan and nation and con federacies A n implicit belie f in ideas concerning the rotundity of — the earth ideas that ere completely at variance ith th e thought o f his times— a s t he po er fu l inspiration tha t guided Columbus as he sailed est ard o ver the trac k less Atlantic He expected to continue sailing until he com l e te l t h circled the earth and ould have done had S O e p y continent o f America n o t stopped his progress The dis cov e r i f A merica the result o f thought and in t s o as y bearing upon the advance O f the human race this even t a s o n e o f the most influential that ever occurred A ll great re formations ere born in thought It as the n ot
,
w
.
,
,
w w
.
ww
.
w
w
,
.
,
,
,
w
,
.
,
,
.
w w
.
,
w ww w
w
w
w
.
,
“
w
.
.
w
U t hou
Fo rc e s
n se e n
an d
ght embodied in Christ
H
o
w
85
to U s e T he m
.
an d
expressed by him t hat s wep t away the idolatry o f Greece and Rome and laid the — f oundations the g reatest empire ever established the o f In fact C hristianity i s a system o f S i m e mpire o f truth ple an d n aked principles — a system o f pure tho ught The Renaissance i n Europe as the result O f tho ug ht When the European mind ca me i n to co nta ct with the pure t hou g ht O f the O ld Roman and Greek thin kers this pure thought ro used the European mind gave it the key to open the golden gates t o grander intellectual freedom The German re formation as the result O f an idea Martin Luther as a lonely and silent m onk , buried i n H e as enga ged i n t h e depths of hi s cell i n a mo nastery a pro found study O f the soul and ho t o g et rid o f his misery and Si n He resolved to visit H o me the Eternal C ity and find abso lution and peace at the hands o f his Holiness the P ope The German reformation ith its de bates and excitements i ts pamphlets and passions ith its ars and excesses its conflicts and triumphs its evils t o gether ith its fa r-reaching and magnificent upli fting i n fl u e n c e s is fo und in o n e thought that entered the mind o f Luther as he climbed up the stairway o f Pilate leading to t he V atican and that tho u ght the j ust shall live by as ” faith W hen o n e thin k s o f the conflict o f forces that resulted fro m the preachin g o f Luther, he ill be c o n v i n ce d O f the fact that thought i s the mi g htie t power i n s the u niverse W hat i s architecture but thought visibly expressed in S plendid structures W hat i s sculpture but thought con m ealed in arble W hat i s painting but thought wrought g into the canvas ? A l l human advance o n the visible plane ,
.
,
w
.
.
,
,
w
w
'
.
.
.
w
w
.
,
.
w
,
,
w
w w ,
,
,
,
,
w ,
,
w
.
.
6
Un s
,
e en
Forc e s
and
H
wpreced d by thought and e
as
,
o
w
to U s e T he m
theZ fi n i sh e d
.
products
O f al l
advance are S i mply though t externalized T he human body itsel f is one o f the finished products o f thought T he human body is a res u lt and not a cause T h e spiritual man i s a part O f the eternal subst ratum o f the universe T he spiritual man i s T h e spiritual man in his very essence is eternal because he is a finite part o f the invisible God That t he vibrations o f the cells o f the h uman brain prod u ce tho u ght and li fe is pure folly A doctrine l i ke this finds l odgment no here save in the so ft brain o f the excessively credulous W hen I hear a man ays thin k Of the u rging the acceptance O f this doctrin e I al story o f the colored preacher and a member o f his congre H i a s o n the creation O f man ; he said s sermon a ti o n g A n de La d created A dam ou t o f red earth and leaned ” him up against de fence to dry O n e o f his congregatio n interrupted the fl o o f his eloquence ith the pertinen t inquiry : Massa p re achah yo use g ine too fast for us ; sa h fore yo u goes any furder ho e would like t o kno ” built dat fence A nd hen a man eloquen t ly asserts tha t vibratio n O f nerve cells in the brain causes thought I fee l “ li k e aski ng him , What causes the vibration The a n s er to the questio n over thro s the above doctrine T h e spiritual man sets these cells i n vibration pro duci n g thought intelligible to other S pirits enveloped in physical organisms I n fact since man is the microcosm o f th e universe the S piritual ma n builds the body j ust as G od hi s Fath er built the universe All man does i s to i mitate his Father ; he can attain perfectio n in n o other ay This i s the ay o f li fe The S piritual man , a part Of the etern al li fe comes o u t .
.
.
.
.
,
,
.
w
.
w w w
w
.
,
w w
,
,
.
w
w
w
.
.
,
,
w
w
.
,
,
.
.
,
.
w
w .
.
,
w
U
Fo rc e s
n se e n
an d
H
o
w
87
to U s e T he m
.
w w
'
the timeless eterni ty and e nters time ; he com es o u t o f the invisible into the visible ; he comes into the orld to gain a kno ledge o f the visible universe ; to ake up to a conscio usness O f the fact that he i s an individual that he i s a child of the invisible Father and that the O pulence ’ When O f the universe i s his because i t i s his Fath er s ” “ he co mes to himsel f when he realizes hi s position and “ relationships he then se e s that all things are his hether Paul o r A pollos o r C hrist things present and things to ’ come li fe death — all are hi s and he is C hrist s and C hrist ’ ” is God s N o the spiritual man enters this ti me orld to recei ve instruction and to a aken to a deep realizatio n o f wha t and here he is and hat he can beco me T O accomplish the purpose o f h i s comin g he must have a physical organism adapted to his earthly environ ments Herein arises the necessity for the hu man body I ts existence cannot be ex plained o n any other basis The body is an organism built by the Spiritual man o u t O f ear thly materials for temporary uses only When man under the l a o f eternal progress “ rises to a higher plane he ill be compelled to put Off ” “ the earthly tabernacle for flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom o f G od ; neither can corruptio n i nherit incor ” ruption Death then to th e man hose li fe is in line ith the eternal ill o f the i nvisible G o d is not a mi sfor tune to be dreaded I t is th e g o lden gateway swung ope n by an ge Ls in hite to admit hi m to the higher planes of a ri cher and g rander li fe Birth is a gateway ; death is a gate ay In this book I do n o t propose to spend m uch time o n the mysteries O f entra nces and exits I S hall O ffer my O pinion , of
w
,
,
.
,
,
,
w
,
,
,
,
w w
w
.
w w
.
.
.
.
.
w
,
,
w
,
,
w
w w
.
,
w
,
,
.
w
.
.
.
U
88
nsee n
Forc e s
an d
H
w
t o U s e T he m
o
.
w
w w w
but I shall n ot dogmatize A ll I kno is that someho man i s here an d birth seems to be the ga te ay through hich he comes ; death the gateway thro u gh hich he goes The ga te ay through hich the spiritual man passes fro m the invisible into the visible i s sh rouded in deep mystery I f a miracle is a phenomenon that occurs in O bedience to a law O f hich e as ye t have no kno ledge then every birth is a miracle for e kno very little o f the l a i n O bedien c e to hich the S piritual man emerges into time and commences the construction O f a physical organism Standi n g on the earthward S ide o f fo r h i s use hi l e here the phenomenon O f birth e have collected a fe facts and for m ulated a little kno ledge concern i n g the origi n and gro th o f the body but e k now very little Of the The origin o f the body S piritual side o f the question and the gro th o f the body are u n der the control O f the subconscious forces o f the spiritual man I am a are that the initial step in the formati o n O f a n e individual is a conscious on e taken by the paren ts ; then the ork from that m oment o n i s un der the co ntrol o f the Sub co n sc i ous in the subconscious realm In this deep and mys te ri o u s rea l m the living Spirit O f the coming individual begins the ork o f b u ildi n g, and begins as G od began t he build i n g o f the universe o r as he begins the building o f an oak tree— at the center A ll forms o f li fe com mence ith a cell and man is no exception to that l a The solar-plexus i s first formed and from this common center every organ and limb is built in accordance ith a perfect plan I n my humble O pinion the builder and the plan came from the invisible Spiritual un i verse He comes here Just as t he builder goes to the quarry to fi nd material to construct .
w
,
w
w
.
.
w ww w w w w w w w w w
w
,
,
“
.
,
w
,
.
.
w w w
.
w
,
w
.
,
w
.
w
,
.
.
w
U
Force s
n s ee n
an d
H
o
w
to U se T he m
.
w
w w
w w
d ellin g Fro m the earth ard S ide e can atch the pro g ress O f the ork and a fter the new i ndiv id ual ap pears o n this planet e can trace the grad u al steps Of the development We can see that th e body is com posed S lo ays form O f millions O f ce l ls arranged in a m ultitude o f in g bone and brain nerve and m uscle blood and fluid a compact and magnificently constructed organism , per fectly adapted to its en viron ment and per fectly respo nsive to the demands O f the S piritual man ithin All the arrange ments and movements O f the body are per fect and sel f acti n g C onscious co ntrol O f the b ody is limited to the voluntary muscles only We have discovered that the subconscious regio n O f th e bra i n 18 the absol u te g overning power in the body This subconscious reg ion governs the body and builds it thro u gh the intermediate agency O f the nervo us system The hole business o f building the body an d governin g it is conducted u nder the threshold o f co nscio usness The h e a rt t he lungs and all the internal viscera act automat i cal l y The heart i s the force -pump that sends the blood charged ith positive electricity and laden ith building material to every par t o f the organism The lu n gs are the supply station where the blood O btains the electricity ou t O f the air and converts it into nerve -force The sto mach i s the food depot here the b l oo d O btains the building material t o build up the cells The n erves are the builders and under th e control o f the subconscious brain centers these n erves are constantly buildi n g repair i n g and replacing N o in this g reat ork there mu st b e aste ma t erial u seless material and inj urio u s material We can se e h o hi s
.
,
w
w
.
,
,
.
,
w
.
.
.
.
w
.
.
,
_
.
w
w
,
,
.
,
w
.
.
,
,
w
.
w
w
.
w ,
U
0
nseen
Force s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
the various orga n s apparently select and rej ect The h u man body requires a certain k ind and a certain quantity o f material ; ther efore e se e the necessity fo r selectio n and rej ection A ll elements that do n o t enter in to the body must be cast o u t ; the precise q uantity of material needed must be assimilated and the overplus rej ected A ll this business requires onder ful discrimination and i s dom We discover that the business is attended to ith automatic accuracy and the eliminative organs cast out o f the system all the overplus the inj urious and the useless material In short the human body is a beauti ful palace per fectly equipped fo r all the uses o f the Spiritual occupant ithin T he indo s O f this palace look o u t upon maj es t ic scenes —mountains valleys the stars the changing Shi fting pan orama o f nature in all her moods This palace is the registering center for all the sounds o f the universe T hrough the auditory nerves troop the noise O f t he j ostling cro d the discordant sounds o f conflicting interests the roar a n d rush O f business the cry Of pain the moan O f f s u fl e ri n f o f the the roar thunder the noise ater all o g the thunder o f the aves the S ighing O f the s tor m the arbling o f the birds and i f this delicate registering cen ter in the human ear as su fficiently sensitive e could hear the harmonious music o f the orlds as they Spin and s i n g in their orbits and e could hear even the discorda nt ’ sounds o f earth caught by the magic dome O f God s over arching providence and resolved there into the s eetest concord Through this sel f-built sel f-moving palace the S piritual man comes into contact ith his entire earthly environment , and through it he obtai n s his k no ledge o f .
,
w
.
w
w w
.
.
,
,
.
w
,
ww ,
,
,
.
,
.
.
w ,
,
,
,
,
w
w w w w ,
,
w
w ,
w
,
w
.
,
w
w
,
92
U
n se e n
Forc e s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
w
The thou ghts that move in dynamic vibration fro m the ithin vibrate every cell in the h uman ma n S piritual body These vibrat i ons specially reveal themselves in the face A repetition O f these vibrations throw the muscles o f t he face into fixed attitudes thereby reveali ng the pre Just as the glo v e d omi n ant tendencies O f the in dividual ithin S O the c on forms to the structure O f the living hand face con forms to the ruling forces O f the S piritual man ithin S o we have the pinched face o f poverty the d ra n face o f the su fferer th e placid face O f the contented t h e b l a n k face o f the idiot the dark face o f the melan f c h ol the pale f ace f the student the illumin ted ace o a y the sour face of the cynic the aggressive O f the Spiritual face o f th e fighter the calm face o f the philosopher the d o ncast face O f the crimi nal , and so o n i n endless c ategory ’ A man s theological tendencies are revealed in hi s face Religious sentiments are the strongest sentiments in the s oul ; by virtue O f this they are the mightiest moulders o f the face The creed a man believes in i f yo u allo su ffi c ient ti me fo r it to ge t in its or k ill mould his face into con fo rmity to itsel f A narro creed contra cts the S piritual man , and this spiritual contraction narro s the face A broad , free tolerant and liberal creed broadens the s piritual man and the broadening tendency is eventually trans ferred to the countenance Being a preacher and a ssociati n g ith all kinds o f religious people for over s ixteen years I find no di ffi culty i n maki n g a fairly cor ’ rect diagnosis o f a man s th eological notions by e x a mi n ing the lines o f his face ’ In obedience to the same l a a man s occupation is re .
.
,
w
.
w w .
,
,
,
,
/
,
,
,
,
,
w
,
,
.
.
.
ww w ,
w
,
.
.
,
,
w
.
,
.
w
w
U
n se e n
Forc e s
and
w ‘
H
o
93
to U s e T h e m
.
ealed in his countenance It m u st be remembered that this ch i se l i n g o f the face re q uires time and the man must remain in a certain occupation for years be fore the muscles o f the face are fixed ; and S O have th e e ’ ’ ’ preacher s face , the lawyer s face the politician s face ’ ’ ’ the farmer s face the sailor s face , the business man s face S eeing then , that the material in the h uman body i s S i m ply clay in the hands O f the potter that the S piritual man moulds the body into con formity ith the nature quality and tone o f hi s thought-forces it looks reasonable that all disease must in the last analysis arise i n the thought “ It i s pro foundly true that the re cannot be a physical ” effect ithout a mental cause It i s also true that the body is the product o f tho u ght for the body is a physical e ffect All diseases then m ust ori ginate i n the mi n d I do not mean to a ffi rm that physical conditions play n o part in the creatio n O f disease ; physical conditions may furnish th e occasion , but in n o case can it be Sh o n tha t they are the cause There is a wide distinctio n bet ee n the cause an d the occasio n o f a thing Th e occasio n giving rise to the sepoy rebellion i n India as furnished hen the English army authorities greased the end o f their g un cartridges ith lard The hog i s an unclean animal to the Brah min , and the occasio n O f that a ful rebellion occurred hen a high caste B rahmin a n o fli ce r in the army disco vered he had driven his teeth through ’ hog s grease The cause o f the rebellio n as the deep Seated hatred that existed in the heart Of every i n habi tant O f India against En g land The occasion o f an explosio n in a powder ma gazin e may be the droppi n g of the spark into the powder but v
.
z
,
w
‘
,
,
.
,
,
w ,
,
,
.
w
.
,
,
.
.
,
w w
.
.
w
w w
w
w
.
,
w
,
.
.
,
U
94
nse e n
w
Fo rce s
w
an d
H
o
w
to U se T he m
.
w
w
th e cause Of the ide -sprea d destructio n a s not the it a s t he expa nsion O f the gases in the po der S park The occasion rouses the cause into action Physical c on d i ti o n s may act as the occasion but in the last analysis m e ntal condition s produce physical condi t i ons for the human body is a product of thought I ill explain my position o n this point m ore ex haustively further o n in this volume F o r the present I ledge s imply assert that the spiritual man receives his kno en vironment thro ugh the medium o f hi s physical O f his s enses I f the spiritual man receives i ntelligence either c onsciously o r unconsciously that disease exists in the com munity, or that he has exposed himsel f to certain con di ti o n s rendering disease probable in either case i f h e d oes not kno th e l a hereby he can t h ro O ff t hese impressio ns a nd forti fy himsel f at every point fear of tak ing the disease destroys resistive po er O pens all th e doors to the subconscious brain , and he is taken capti ve by the condition he fears He fears and shudderingly ex cts and it i s a great l a e intended O perate beneficially o t p upon man that all expectations persistently d elt upo n “ ill sooner or later be realized As a man thin k eth in ” his heart so i s he In his o n province it is eternally true that hat a man a ffi rms he creates Think disease an d disea se is the result think health and health is the result In the follo ing chapters of thi s book I pro p ose to deal ith this question more fully and reveal the Simple l a under lying it I have S hown that thought -fo rce is the mightiest po er in the u niverse at larg e and in the human province I have Sho n that thought -force i s the S piritual man in '
,
.
.
,
,
w
.
w
.
.
,
,
w ww
w
,
,
w
,
,
w
.
,
w
w
w .
w
.
.
w
.
w
,
w w w ’
,
.
.
U
96
n se e n
Forc e s
and
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
concl usio n arrived at by Dr Loeb is th i s I have posi tive proo f to the e ffect that positively charged atoms brin g ” about or create li fe Pro fessor Matthe s at the same time in conj unctio n ith Dr Loeb entered into a series o f exper i ments to di s cover the action O f electricity in the tissue o f the nerves and came to this conclusion Negatively charged atoms produce nerve contractions an d positively charged atoms ” produce the Opposite effect According to these conclu ” “ sions it seems clear that the enabling po er in all m us onlar movements is the actio n o f positive and n egative electric currents The experiments co nducted by these t o scientists are i n line ith o t her experiments all leading to the same conclusion S ome years ago a famous English p hysician conducted experiments ith rabb its that demonstrated the identity O f electricity ith nerve -force He took t o rab bits and fe d them ith the same quantity and quality o f food He then took one O f the rabbits and s evered the pneumogastric nerve bet een the stomach and the brain and sent do n the nerve a current O f electricity fro m a galvan i c battery At the end o f t enty-fo ur hours he k illed both rabbits and upon examining the contents O f the stomach O f each he found the food in the stomach o f the o n e whose pneumogastric nerve as severed as about as ell digested as the food in the stomach o f the other O ther experiments ere conducted by hich it as dem hole machinery o f the vital o rgans in o n strate d that the an animal could be O perated by the action o f electric cur rents sent do n the nerves that control these organs It is my O pinion that the body i s a galvanic battery Op e rate dt -
.
w
.
w
,
.
,
,
,
,
w
.
-
w
.
w
,
.
.
w
w w w w
,
,
w w
w
w
,
w
.
w
.
,
w w w w .
.
U
Forc e s
n se e n
an d
H
o
w
97
to U s e T h e m
w w
.
by the S piritual man throu g h the brain But the q uestio n naturally arises : H o and her e is this organic electricity When we attempt to analyze the or n erv e -force created ? Faraday , ho ho e are con fr o nted by a dee p mystery d iscovered the principle upon which all e l ectric dynamos G alvani are constructed co uld n ot answer this q uestion ho discovered the princi ple in Ob edience to which all galvanic batteries are built co u ld n o t answer ; n or co u ld Edison himsel f, the great izard in electrical science , solve this deep problem In the electric dynamo unlimited e n is developed where er n o power apparently exists for gy there i s n o v isible contact between the revolvin g sha ft a n d the poles Of the po er ful magn et It i s eirdly m ysterious to se e a S ha ft around which i n su l ate d wire i s coiled lo n gitudinally revolvin g at a point midway between the ends o f a bi g mag net revolvin g i n space n ot in contac t with th e magnet, and yet that sha ft, as it hirls, picks up u nlimited quan t i ties o f energy N o , I say that the q uestio n ho do these longitudinal coils o f ire cuttin g throu g h S pace develop this mighty energy i s a proble m that n o ma n can success fully solve Another problem e q ually as mysterious i s this : H o does a pile o f metal composed o f alternate pieces o f copper and zi nc steeped i n sulphuri c acid develop a current o f electricity I say n o man can succe ss fully explain ho this i s done I f there i s any di fference i n the mysteries then the q uestio n ho does the h uman b ody create organ i c electricity o r -f r ne ve orce i s in volved i s deeper mystery This q uestion , to my mind , is on e o f the ultimates in m ateria l science a s , the essence Of spirit i s on e O f the ultimates i n spiritual science The only thin g we can do i s “ to think ar o und .
w w
w
w
.
.
,
,
w ,
.
,
,
w
w w
w
.
w
w
.
’
w .
w
w
,
.
.
7m
.
U
98
n se e n
Forc e s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
”
w
edges When we come to the questio n here does man create this organic electricity o r nerve -force it i s my O p i n i on th at the pri nc i pal organ employed in the produc ; tion of organ i c electricity is the lungs I believe that th e skin absor bs large quantities o f elec tri ci ty and that large quantities are liberated during the rocess I bel i eve that j ust o f digestion as the spiritual p man is ens athed i n and pervaded by an atmosphere Of spirit , S O the physical man is ens athed in and pervaded b y an atmosphere O f electricity S cientists tell u s that ether an invisible impalpable element pervades the hole universe is the encircling a t mOS p h e re o f all orlds the element filling the interstellar ” spaces Ether is the illimitable ocean i n hich the ” whole creation of visible things is im mersed Ether is T l h s being true then the physical a form Of electricity ' ” lives mo ves and has his being in an atmosphere ma n W hat could be more n atural then than O f ele ctricity that the physical man , being negative to his p ositively charged atmosphere should absorb electricity through the S o that i f man i s the reg millions O f pores in the S k in i ste ri n g center for all sounds O f the universe he is the re c e i v i n g c e nter for all forces ; the spiritual man the re ce i v ing center for spiritual forces the physical man the re ce i v ing center for all electric forces During the progress o f digestion it i s probable that large quantities O f electric energy are liberated and seized by the blood But as I have stated above the pri ncipal organ in creati n g the organic electricity i s the lungs I u se the ord lungs in the si n gular sense as I am discussing their fu nctio n and so far as The lu n gs are thei r f u n c ti o n i s concerned they a ct as one the
,
.
.
,
w
.
w
.
w
,
w
,
,
,
w
,
.
.
“
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
,
.
w
,
,
.
,
U
10 0
n se e n
Fo rce s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
w
conti nuin g to S upply the nerves ith the element that e n ables them to discharge their functions The N e Thought philoso phy emphasi zes the impor tance O f deep breathin g and from this explanatio n we ca n se e the scientific accuracy Of i ts advice We are n o prepared to give a satis fac to ry explanatio n er called personal of that stran g e subtle and mighty po ” mag netism I t i s universally admitted that such a force exists The success ful business man ho sells yo u hi s good s even hen yo u do n ot ant them ; the physician ho cures mOre by his magnetic presence than by hi s drugs ; the gen eral ho can enthuse an entire army by the force of hi s per so n al i t h the orator can s ay an audience the storm as o y bends the tops o f the forest trees the a ctor ho can m ake an audience weep over fiction a s i f it were fact ; the musi ci an h o can play u pon th e emotio n s o f hi s audie n ce ith as much ease as he can play upon hi s instrument the politician h o can ith shre d persuasion incline even his enemy to vote for him the charming oman ho can compel admi r ation fr om foe as ell as friend , all these possess this strange po er to an un u sual degree But h o can e explain thi s po wer ? I ts philosophy i s simply a questio n o f nerves nerve-force circu latio n O f nerve-force and the ability to conserve and isely dire ct the resultant magnetism Tak e a bar O f co m mon iron in hich there i s n o active magne t i sm , ra p an insu l ated wire around it and then send a current Of electricity thro ugh the wire ; hile the curren t i s passin g throu g h t he ire the bar i s invested ith mag n e tic po ers and the magnetic po er displayed depend s u pon the strength o f the electric current No the bar O f iron ma h represent h material that enters into t e t e y
w
.
,
w
.
w w
,
.
w w
w
.
w w
w
w
w w w w w w w w w ww .
,
w
,
w
w
.
,
w ,
w
w
w
.
w w ,
U
n se e n
Forc e s
an d
H
a rv
01
to U s e T h e m
“
.
tructure o f the body the in sulated wire may represent the n erves ; the curren t o f electricity may represent th e f f force h O n urre t f nerve orce t e circulation th e erve n o c ith magne t hro u gh the nerves in vests the physica l man ti sm and the magnetic po er a man possess e s depends upon ’ force and th e man s abilit y to conserve amou nt f nerve o t he it and wisely direct it The man h o has reached sel f-mas te ry has reached the point wh ere he can co ntrol all the ” resident -forces o f hi s menta l and physical nature The ” “ er amon g st these forces i s the e go I have c entral po show n that thou g ht -force is si mply the e go sen ding o u t dynamic vibratio n s of hi s o n essentia l nature I have sho n that n erve -force i s or ganic electricity in dynamic actio n I ” have S hown that the e go bei n g the supreme po er ca n marshal and direct thou g ht -force and n erve -fo rce , and by s o doi n g the individual can reach the point O f se l f-co n tro l In the n ext ch apte r I propose to S how ho the i ndividual c a n do this I propose to ta ke u p the brain , the g reat cen ter o f al l operations , b oth mental an d physical I will a ttempt t o S how i ts functio n s an d la s i ts divisio ns a n d f fi ossibilities in the li g ht the latest scienti c co nc l usions O p a n d I will endeavor t o put into th e hands O f every reader O f this vo l ume the b ridle and reins O f hi s o n l i fe Be fore co n cludin g this ch apter I wou l d say that perfect s e l fco ntro l in v olves t o g rand c onditio ns 1 C omp l e te mas te ry O f the b ody and i ts forces by the S piritual ma n 2 C omplete mastery of the spiritual man b y the in fi nite s
w
w
,
w
.
w
.
.
w
w
.
w .
,
,
w
.
.
w
.
,
,
w
.
w
.
.
.
w
G od
.
Th is i s i n fu l l an d per fect harmony ith the ve ry stru c t u re a n d laws O f the u niverse The infi nite Father i s the .
U
10 2
n se e n
Forc e s
an d
Hare to U se T h e m
.
w w
w
su preme force i n the u niverse at large All the la s o f ’ n at u re e have seen , are G od s thoughts i n dynami c as action In the human province man i s the supreme force and the la s that govern the body are th e movements o f tho u ght-force in dynamic action S ince man i s a unit in the great organic hole harmony in ma n and harmony in the universe depend upo n the com plete subordination O f every u nit to the ill of the master mind o f the universe I f the above is true then Jesus the C hrist sta nds upon the page o f history as the highest exhibition in h uman form o f the per fect man H e had co mplete contro l over all the He as master o ver all the forces O f his mind and body forces O f nature and he as completely un der the s ee t mastery Of the infinite Father The man ho attains to sel f-mastery in its h i ghest sense must be con formed to the image o f Jesus the C hrist ,
.
.
,
w w
.
,
.
,
w
.
w .
,
.
.
w
w
VOLU N TA RY
N E ey e or MOT ION
N ERV E or S EN SA TION
D
IA G R A M
OF
B R A IN
AN D
SE N S O R I M O T O R A R C S
.
U
Forc e s
n se e n
an d
H
o
w
10 5
t o U s e T he m
.
w
the N e From the idealistic standpoint they T hou g ht philosophy a re sublime lo fty be auti ful ; fro m the stan dpoint o f lan f c uage they are racy l u id s eet charming but the ault , , g I find with them i s this : they leave the reader surrounded by g ran d ideals an d sublime visions ; they carry him u p into the seventh hea ven o f exalted and rapturous co n c e p ti o n s but the riters do n ot te l l him how to carry t hese ideals and visions do n to the earth plane and eave t hem i nto the str u cture o f a living character Nearly all t he kno led ge the spiritual man obtains h e A l l influences O btains throu g h the nerves and brain a l l s o unds all scenes all forces b efore they can reach t he , spiritual man m ust come through the brain an d nervous s ystem I n fact the n erves are S imply prolongations O f t he b rain , and since yo u can not ins ert the point o f the fi nest cambric n eedle into the body ithout to u chin g a n erve end the hole body may be looked upon as the b rain ’ The brain then i s the spiritual man s receivin g vehicle The brai n i s also the g reat instru ment th rough hich the S piritual ma n O perates : The Spiritual man builds uses a n d mo u lds the brain and the brain in turn modifies th e movements limits the power a n d influe n ces the actio n o f t he spirit u al ma n Just as the grub builds i ts o n chrys a lis o r the oyster b uilds i ts o n S hell , a n d the chry salis a n d shell become hard an d th ro around the e nclosed ani mal inflexible limitations so the spiritua l man builds and moulds the brai n and the brai n in the lapse O f time as s umes a ri gi d i nflexibility in con formity it h the n atu re ’ O f the S pi rit u al man s predominant thou ght -force We ” “ t alk abo u t men b ein g case -hardened a n d the B ible says , S ome marvelous books have been written
on
.
w
,
,
,
,
w
w w
,
w
.
.
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
w
,
w
,
,
.
w
,
,
,
w
,
w w
.
,
w
,
.
,
.
U
10 6
nse en
Force s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
w
all send strong delusion upo n them that they should believe a lie, that all might be damned ho re ce i v e n o t the love o f the truth but had pleasure in u n ” righteousness Tho u ght -force in dynamic action mo u ld s ith th e nature O f the thought th e brain into con formity for ce i n action and in the lapse o f time the brai n assum e s a rigid attitude hich is di fli c u l t to change The brain , then may have a re flex influence u pon the S piritual ma n , and hether it i l l influence him fo r good o r bad de p e nd s upon h o he has moulded it an d hat k ind O f thought This being true a forces he has allo ed to play upon it kno ledge o f the brain and the la s hich govern it i s o f supreme importance in any system that claims to teach sel f mastery Again a kno l e dge of the brain and the manner i n which the spirit u al man O perates through it ill sa ve u s from a great many mistakes concerning the nature o f man The real man i s the e go or the Spiritual man The phys ical man i s composed O f m aterial atoms All the move ments of l i fe that e se e in th e body are movements The S piritual or rea l man i s o n e O f the S piritual man All the intellectual po ers Spiritual forces and physical energies are varied mani festatio n s O f t he o n e S piritual man I co n fe ss tha t I have very little respect fo r a n y system that destroys the unity o f the S piritual man I have very little respect for any phi losophy O f God tha t arbitrarily separates the o n e supreme God into three a n d then makes o n e o f these Gods stand bet een man and the supreme G o d O f the three to save man from the ou t burst s o f rage o n t he part O f the s upreme G o d The invisible , “
G od
Sh
w
.
'
w w w w w w ,
.
,
,
w ww .
,
w
w
.
.
w w
.
.
.
,
.
.
r
.
w .
,
U
10 8
Forc e s
n see n
H
and
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
determined by i ts structure The entire body i s co n trolled by the S p i ri tu al man through the brain I am O f t h e Opinion that every cell in the body i s represented by a c ell in the brain The various organs O f the body are c omposed o f associated cells The brain contains withi n its compass groups O f associated cells representi n g the as s oc i ate d c e l l s o f the various organs The brain then i s the seat O f representative govern m ent and the entire physical man i s controlled by the s piritual man O perating thro u gh groups o f ass ociated c ells i n the brain T here a r e i n the bra i n ce l l s n u mber i n g f r om s i x hu n dre d mi l l i on s to a thou sa n d mi lli on s The brain s ubstance i s rapped u p in the form o f convol utions a n d as e Shall se e further o n in this chapter t he b rain is used by the spiritual man as the organ o f mental O perations as ell as physical The extent O f brain area is determined by the depth and fineness O f the convolutions The ex t e nt O f area i s extent Of m ental po er because extent i s extent o f capacity o f area A man may h ave a large head but the con vo l utions may be coarse a n d shal lo giving smal l capacity Another ma n may have a s mall head but the con volutions may be deep and fin e giving him large capacity Dr S c hofi e l d in hi s book o n the U nconscious M ind “ s ays B esides the Obvious divisions o f the brain into o r lesser reater cerebrum and erebellum and into r c o g right and le ft we may divide the brain into three regions c onsisting from above down a rd O f sur face brain , mid brain and lo er brain each O f these containing a larg e proportion O f the active agent in brain - ork kno n as grey matter which consists of masse s o f brain cells is
.
.
~
.
.
~
.
.
,
,
,
.
w
w w
.
,
,
,
.
w
.
,
.
w ,
.
,
“
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
w
,
w
,
,
w w .
U
n s ee n
Forc e s
an d
w
w
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
The medulla, o r l o er brain co nnects the spinal cord i be low ith the m d b ra in above and i s a s Herbert S pencer “ says the coordinatin g center O f most associated move ” It i s in fact the organizin g center for carryi n g ments ith the passive o r vegetativ e o n all the proce sses connected li fe o f the body All the processes carried o n here are fa r below the level O f co n scio us n ess The basa l ga n g lia Of the mid-b rain are principally three i n n um b er : the corpora q ua dri ge mi n a con nected ith S ight the corpora striata ith motio n , an d the optic thalami co n n e cted wi th sensation In this m i d-brai n e se e th e o r ganizatio n O f the functio n s o f anima l li fe s ubject t o t he hi ghest centers and conducted b e l ow the l evel o f conscious n ess Lastly , we c o me to th e surface bra in , the seat O f co n scious menta l li fe and the source o f all vo l untary actio n s A ccordin g to this the re are in the brain 1 Three re g io ns, the outer b rai n , the mid -brain an d the lower b rain 2 These three re g ions are intimately co nnected wit h each other, formin g parts Of on e whole 3 These three divisio ns govern , respectively , thre e distinct functio ns in man— namely , the v e getative, the a n imal and the intellectual 4 The lower brai n g o v erns the v e getative the mid b ra1n the animal and the uppe r brain the intellectual 5 The ope ratio ns o f the lower and mid -b rain are all per formed belo w the leve l of conscio usness 6 The o e ratio n s O f th e upper b rai n are all per for med p above the le vel O f consciousness In this b ook I S ha ll exami n e the brai n under t o di ,
,
,
,
.
,
w
,
.
,
.
w w
w .
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
.
.
.
.
.
w
U
110
nseen
Fo rce s
an d
H
w
to U s e T he m
o
w
.
visions, the conscious and subc o nscio us and I am go vern ed i n my dec i s i o n by t o re ason s F i r st According to the quotation above the Opera t ions O f the mid -brain and the lower brain are all conducted ' below the leve l O f consciousness and the O peration s O f ' t he upper b rain are conducted a bove the level O f conscious n ess In accordance ith this which seems to be the latest decl aration O f physiological scie n ce I S hall treat the mi d and lo er brain under o n e head — the subconscious brain , and the upper brain under the term the conscious ” brain We talk about the submerged tenth hen e s peak o f that portion O f humanity that lives in the S lums but o u r mental philosophers have been S lo to recognize the submerged n i ne tenths O f the spiritual man During t his t entieth century the most astonishing disco veries W l l l be in regard to the part O f man that is submerged be neath the threshold Of consciousness S e con d As e proceed i nour investigations e ill dis c over that there a re t o great la s Operating i n the realm O f the brain The portio n o f the brain that is submerged beneath the l evel O f consciousness i s governed by o n e l a a n d the portion O f the brain above the level o f conscious ness is governed by another l a In other ords, the hose O perations are c on c onscious brain o r the brain ducted in the sunlight O f conscious kno ledge i s gov e rned by the ill and the subconscious brain o r the brain hose operations do not rise into the real m O f conscious ness, is governed by suggestion Now because the limits ill are the limits O f the conscious o f the p rovince O f the brain and the limits O f the province O f su ggestion are the limits o f the middle and lo er brain , I S hall exa mine the ,
r
,
.
,
w
.
,
w
,
ww
.
w
w
,
.
w
.
ww
.
w
w
w
.
,
w
w w .
,
w
w
w
,
w w .
,
,
,
U
112
fra u ght
nse e n
Force s
ith many w
an d
H
o
w
to U se T he m
.
di fli c u l ti e s,
but it is pro foundly inter esting an d I hope to be able to g i ve the reade r a gli mpse into the vast region s O f the inner man and help him to ar rive at a clearer knowledge Of the la s that govern these realms And first e ill take up the conscious brain ’ 1 T he con sci ou s br a i n sta n ds gu a rd a t l if e s ou tp osts I t is through this brain that the spiritual man W ithin come s T h e spiritual into contact ith the external universe man O perates out ard in all directio ns thro ugh the nerv e centers Of this brain and the S piritual man O bta ins hi s knowledge O f the external universe through this brain A ay do n in the deep realms O f the subco nscious the gate ay O pens for the entrance O f the new individual H e remains in the S hado y antechamber to be robed i n a physical form fitted for earthly environ ments A fter n i ne months in the antechamber the gate ay to earth O pens and generally ith a groan the spiritual man arrives o n the earth plane to commence the struggle for per fection N o , it is my opini o n th at j ust as the giant oak tre e lies capsu l ate i n the acor n S O lying capsulate i n the u n con scious in fant is the plan O f a great individual Whether this ideal p l an o f a magnifice n t individual will be th ro n into external form or n ot depends largely upo n the e n It is an interesting study to v i ron me n ts O f the a fter -li fe atch the slow development of the child Holland asks the significant questions : ‘ W h o c an te ll h at a b ab y t h i n k s I W h o ca n fo ll o t h e gossa m e r lin k s ' B y h i c h t h e m a n iki n f e e l s h i s ay Ou t f ro m t h e sh o re s o f t h e gre a t u n kn o n ,
w
ww
.
.
.
.
w w
.
,
w w w
.
w
.
w
w
.
,
w
.
,
w
.
w
.
.
w w
“
w
B li n d
an d
I n to t h e
wili g a
n
ligh t
Of
w
w ,
l
a n d a on e
d ay
,
U
n se
en Forc e s
H
and
o
w
to U s e T h e m ’
w
w
113
.
It is impossible fo r us to reproduce the baby s experience f a u t o f the shado y realms O u n co n o a s he feels his y sc i o u sn e ss in to the light O f conscio usness b ut we can trace by O bservatio n the steps o f his Slow development The baby hen he comes here, kno s nothing O f his s u r roundin gs He remains in the real m O f unconsciousness until the co nscious brain i s formed The bones O f the head are le ft open to g i ve roo m fo r the growth o f the conscious brain The Spiritual man ithin can not com e into touch ith the external orld until the organ o f communication i s constructed This o rgan is the external H o the spiritual man slo ly e me rg or conscious brain ing fro m the deeps o f the i nvisible builds this organ is a questio n that defies sol ution That this bra i n i s slo ly constructed t o meet the ever -increasing demands O f the A s this brain is gradua l ly b uilt spiritual man is a fact ’ t h e child s conscious orld idens as Tennyso n says ,
,
w
w
.
.
.
-
w
w .
w
.
w
w
.
,
w
,
.
..
ww .
w w w
T h e b ab y n e t o eart h a n d S ky W h a t t i m e h i s ten d e r h and h a s p re sse d A ga i n st t h e c i rc l e O f t h e b r e a s t H a s n e v e r kno n t h a t t h i s i s I B u t a s h e gr o s h e gat h e r s m u c h A n d l ea rn s t h e u se O f I a n d m e A n d l ea rn s I a m n o t t h e t h i n g s I to u c h A n d o t h e r t h an t h e t h i n g s I S e e S O r o u nd s h e t o a S e p a rate m i n d F rom hen ce c lea r m e m o ry d o t h b egi n W h il e t h ro u gh t h e f ram e t h at bi nd s h i m i n H i s i so l at i o n gr o s d e fi ned ,
,
.
,
.
w
N OW
w
w
,
.
w w
the spiritual man comes here to disco ver ha t he i s to find o u t here he i s to be instructed i n h i s o n po ssi b i li ti e s and in the nature O f his surrou ndings , an d to de ,
8
m
,
U
114
n se e n
Forc e s
an d
H
o
w to
U s e T he m
.
individuality ; and Since theconscious brain i s the orga n through h ich he O btains a large Share O f this kno ledge then this brai n ought to be thoroughly e ffi cient and adapted to per form ith perfect precisio n its special ork This brain stands at the outer door O f the thro ne roo m here the spiritual man sits i n state T he busi ness o f this outer guard i s to guard the k ing against a l l i n ho ould see k t ru de rs inspect the credentials o f all audience and give the monarch ithin an acc urate de scription O f all that transpires ithin the limits o f his O b servation outside O f the palace Dropping the figure O f speech , e find that the conscious brain hen fully de ers that eminentl y v e l op e d is in possession o f all the p o fit it to protect the Spiritual ma n ithin in case O f attac k rong impressions O f the external a n d guard hi m against u niverse The function O f the con scious brain ’ It stand s guard at li fe s outposts Because o f this the spir itual man Operating through this material organ 1 C an reason By induction By the use o f these p o e rs th e By deduction Spiritual man Si fts and inspects By an alysis all impressions fro m ithout By synthesis 2 T hrough this brain the Spi ritual man exerts his ill f po er it is the seat O th e nerve centers that control all vol untary muscular movement It i s the domain O f ill Beyond the limits O f this brain the ill does not seem to have any po er 3 Through this brain the spiritual m an becomes con scious Of sensation it i s the registering center fo r al l con scious feeli n g v e l op
w
hi s
w w w
w
,
.
.
w w
,
,
w
.
ww
w w w ,
,
w
,
.
,
,
.
w w w w ~
.
w
:
.
.
w .
.
.
w
.
U
116
nse e n
Forc e s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
w
w w
w
A s the baby un folds and the conscious brain gro s in
re
~
spouse to the demands O f the gro ing spiritual man i thin in the co urse O f time the child begins to exercise the p o ers Of reason When the conscio us brain is fully devel oped the reaso ning po ers have reached th eir maturity T hrough this brain the spiritual man studie s the externa l u niverse and subjec ts a l l things that com e to him fro m t h e external universe to a thorough inspection O peratin g through this brai n the spiritual man can subj ect the que s tion under inspection to a rigid analysis a care ful synthe sis He can employ the inductive method or the deduc tive method In fact he can examine the q u estion from all standpoints and thereby co me into possessio n O f i ts true nature Through this brain the s piritual man emerges into the sunlight o f conscious action thro ugh it he O perates in a l l vis i ble realms ; through it he comes into contact ith his fello s T his is the brain he uses durin g his hours o f a k e fulness A ll the mag nificent retinue o f so unds and S cenes ideas and influences that see k to ente r t he thron e-room O f the Sp i r i tual ma n m u st stop here fo r e xamination All the retinue O f ideas and influences tha t the Spiritu a l man desires to externalize ought to stop here for examinati o n orld a good U n for tunately fo r the many O f us rush o ur s tu ff into th e mar k et itho u t stop ping to have it examined We ought to think t ice be ” fore e Speak once The sober second though t is al ay s ” the best I am O f the O p l n l O Il tha t nearly a l l the devil ment that shames h umanity and dar k ens the face O f society is planned in the conscious brain It i s i ll T he co n sci ou s bra i n i s the thron e r oo m of very important that the spiritual man during his hours o f ,
u
w
.
.
.
,
e
.
.
,
.
w w w .
.
,
,
.
w w
.
w
.
.
w w
.
fi
w
.
.
“
,
U
Fo rce s
n se e n
an d
H
o
w
117
to U s e T h e m
.
onscio us activity S ho u l d have around him the tools to When the S piritual man c a rry his decisions into action s its i n j udgment o n a question an d adj udicates it i n the light o f reason he then ann ounces h i s ill concerning it ill i s Simply the final decisio n O f the S piritual man T he i n dynamic action The baby has a ill b ut it has n o physical organ in the shape O f a conscious brain to carry that ill into actio n Th e baby is a bundle O f helpless otentialities It does n ot k n o hat t ith its han ds o do p It is suc cessful as a suction pump but its suctio n o r legs po ers are governed by blind instinct A S the conscious brain Slo ly gro s the child begins t o exercise ill power He begins to si t in j udgment u pon questio ns and declare his decisio n s Lo n g be fore he can intelligently explain hi s reasons he a ffi rms hi s decision The conscio us brain is ’ the Spiritual man s executive m ans i on he announces hi s ill here and th rough this b rain he carries hi s ill into exe c u ti o n During the months O f in fancy he is dO WIl i n th e subco nscio us realms and does not seem to care hat i s going o n in the sunlit regions above him A fter th e co n scious brain is gro n the spiritual man spends o n e third O f his time in the subconscio us realms fo r he retires i nto th e subconscio us brai n hen he g oes to sleep The ill is absolute master i n the consci ous b rain All the nerve centers that co ntrol the voluntary movements O f the muscles are i n the conscious brain During hi s ake fu l ho urs the spiritual ma n i s surro unded ith millions o f electric buttons in t h e S hape o f nerve centers These nerve centers control the voluntary movements O f every muscle and se t O f m uscles i n the body Any man can se e the marvelous isdom O f this arrangement While the c
,
.
w
w w
,
.
w
,
.
.
w
.
w w
w
-
,
.
w w
w
.
.
.
.
w
w
,
w
.
,
w
w w
.
,
.
.
w
w
.
.
w
.
.
U
118
n se e n
Fo rc e s
and
H
o
w
t o U s e T he m
.
spiritual man is O peratin g in the external universe the v o l u n tary m i i sc l e s are the tools he uses ; it beco mes necessary that he have all the tO O l S he uses ithin easy hand reach T he consci o us br a i n i s the sea t of a l l con sci ou s f e e l i n g I n other ords, it i s the registeri n g center O f all co nsciou s sensation Turn to the chart o f the brain and yo u il l fi n d an explanat i on o f hat I mean Insert t he poi nt o f a n eedle at the point A in the s k in The nerve of sensa tion carries the sensation up through the Spinal cord to the conscious brain center ; i f the sensation co uld be mad s to return by short circuit through any O f the reflex center s the individual o uld never perceive the sensation ; i f t h e feel i n g i s to rise into consciousness it m ust pass up int o the conscious brain and be registered there W hen th e sensation reaches the conscio us brain the individ ual b e comes conscious O f pain and since the conscious brain i s the throne-room O f ill and the spiritual man controls a II voluntary movements fro m this region he sends a com mand do n the nerve O f motion removing the needle o r ' ithdrawing the portion O f the body that is bein g p u n c N O sensatio n is felt until it rises into and is regis t ure d te re d in the conscious brain S trip off the conscious brain and the individual may live but he ill be void O f all co n scious feeling W hen the associated nerve centers con trolling sensation in any part of the body are paralyze d the po er to move it may remain but the po er to feel in that portion o f the body is destroyed The conscious brai n then is the seat o f all conscious sen sation Thi s being a demonstrated fact e can explain the action o f chloro form and other anesthe tics The brain is composed O f minute cells ; these cells must cohere o r come together
w
w .
w
.
w
.
.
.
f
w
.
w ,
w
w
,
.
w
.
.
w
w
,
.
,
w
.
.
U
12 0
Fo rc e s
n se e n
w
‘
an
d H
to U s e T he m
o rv
.
w
piano , but henever her fi ngers came i n contact ith the k eys sh e started playing like an automatic music-box and could not stop I f more alcohol be s allo ed the paralysis extends sti ll further do n ard and involves the portions O f the brain that control the associated muscles employed i n t he act O f standing an d the victim falls to the floor A ll automatic actions then cease th e man n o lo n ger Sings o r dances ; he ” “ is dead drun k hich means that the alcohol h as de stroyed the cohering po er O f all the nerve centers Of the brain ith the exception O f the extreme l o er portion the medulla hich still quietly carries o n the vital functions o f li fe N o i f the m a n could drink any more he ould die but he cannot drink any m ore at the time because the nerve centers that control the arm are paralyzed and fo rtu n a te l f him these centers are paralyzed be ore th e f o r y paralysis reaches the centers that control the vital organs T housands ould k ill thems el ves by drink every day ere it n o t for the interpositio n O f this Simple physiological l a The arm is first rendered po erless and the man can not raise the poiso n to his lips N O W hen this condition e n sues i f some companion ould pour the alcohol do n his throat the ma n ould die, because the paralysis ould i n volve the nerve centers o f the lo er brain thus depriving the heart and all the vital organs O f their motive po er A lcoholism or in plain ords drun k enness is the greatest curse a fflicti n g humanity because it paral yzes the delicate nerve centers O f the brain In the case O f the confirmed dru n k ard the brain is satura ted ith alcohol ' and h as become cheesy incapable O f dischargi n g its func tions as the responsive organ o f the spiritual man , and .
ww
ww
.
,
,
,
w
,
w w
w
w w
w
,
.
,
,
w
w w w w w w .
,
,
w w .
,
.
,
.
,
w w w .
,
w
U
F o rc e s
n se e n
an d
H
o
w
12 1
to U s e T he m
.
w
w
the man continues to drink the br ain tiss u e i s recke d ith destructi ve di se ase s and speedily t h e man is a fflicted t umbles into a premature g rave A ny dru g that h as a tendency to paralyze these delicate is dangerous M edical practitio ners are n erve centers hen they prescribe morphine and chloral o r any c riminal o ther drug that ha s a ten den cy to produce paralysis O f the ner v e centers o f the brain They sa y they do it to deade n Y e s but in thousands O f instan ces they put a kni fe pain S ometimes i n the hands O f the su fferer to commit suicide t h e physician i s compelled to give an anesthetic as i n t he In these cases h e ough t to be c ase O f sur g ical O perations very care ful fo r thousa n ds have been killed on the Operat i n g-table by poisonous drugs administered by reckles s practitioners S ome drugs , li k e cocain an d strych nin increase the c O h ering po er O f the n erve centers ; others l i k e alcohol m orphine and ch loral destroy the cohering po er In hich i nter feres e ach case there i s a disturbance created ith the n ormal operatio n s O f n ature and the result i f the practice is kept u p i s destructive Th e ad v ance O f medicine i s as Slo as molasses i n win ” ter Medical practitioners are paralyzed by the medical c reeds O f the past W hen ill th ey learn that there i s a natural a n d harmless m ethod provided by n a ture o f ren dering the patient unconscious O f pain A man can be p u t “ i nto a deep sleep by obeying a l a that operates i n his o n brain This is the n atural method A ll other meth o ds are artificial an d because they are artificial they are ’ i nj urious A ny departure fro m n ature s m ethods is more harm ful than help fu l That m ethod i s hypnotism Fur if
,
.
w
.
'
.
,
.
.
,
.
,
.
w
,
,
w
,
w
,
.
,
w
,
.
,
w
w
.
.
‘
w
i
.
w
.
.
,
.
.
.
U
12 2
n see n
Fo rc e s
an
d H
w
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
w w
w
ther o n in th i s volume I ill explain hypnotism and Sho that there i s n o di fl e re n ce bet een hypnotism and sleep for both are the result O f the Operatio n o f the sa m e la In hypnotism n o foreign eleme n t is introduced into the system A foreign element i s i ntroduced hen any cheni ical anesthetic is given W hen an element that can not be assimilated and become a natural part O f the living tissu e o f the body is intro duced into the body all the li fe -force s organize in battle array to drive the intruder o u t Thi s ” “ T he principle explains the S O called action o f medicine medi ci n e does n ot a ct on the p a ti en t ; the p a ti en t a cts on the medi ci n e All the vital forces are r o used into actio n to ej ect the intruder speedily and forcibly W hen hyp n o t i sm is resorted to in surgical operations the O perator obey s a natural l a in the brain producing unconscio usness an d by obeying the same law he can rouse the patien t to co n ill free from pain itho u t any inj ury to t he sc i o us n e ss at delicate nerve centers and ithout taxing th e syst em i n forcing it to eliminate any foreign eleme n t Furthermore the con sci ous bra i n i s the sea t of a ll con sci ou s kn o l e dge T his is per fectly reasonable because the consciou s brain is the regio n into hich the Spiritual man must emerge be fore he can become conscious O f anythi n g T he v a st region o f the subconscio us i n man may be li k ened to a deep under ground reservoir ; the conscious brain may be likened to t he stream above gro und that flo s into the reservo i r and flo s ou t Man i s a receiver and he is also a giver A re fusal to give vio l ates o n e o f the natural la s upon hich man is built Man receives to give and the more man gives the greater becomes his capacity to receive and the mor e “ he receives Jes u s the great teacher said : Give and i t ,
.
w
.
.
,
.
:
.
.
.
w
,
w
w
w ,
,
.
w
,
w
.
,
.
w
w
.
w
,
.
,
.
,
,
.
w
U
1 24
n se e n
ill ww
N OW
e
-
se e
Fo r c e s
H
an d
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
w
O n in this c hapter that the sub
further
onscious brain i s governed by suggestion and e have already seen that the c onsc i ous brain examines all thoughts and s u ggestions modi fying them correc ting them or t e e c ti n g them be fore they pass into the subconscious real m j ’ i f you can succeed in co ncentratin g a m an s atten No t ion u pon an idea and succeed in holding his attention there you can slip your suggestions into the subconscious b rain ithout hi s kno i n g a n ythi n g about it A l l men h o a re succe ss ful in influencing o thers for good or evil i n sti n c ’ t i v e l y Operate upon this princip l e T hey seize t h e man s h and place their han d upon hi s Shoulder loo k him in the eye concentrate hi s attention u pon an idea and the conscio u s brain being fully occupied does not perceive the su gge s t i ons as they Slip in and take f ull possession O f the sub ' c onscious brain A fter ards the man ill do the very t hi n g the oth er man sugges t ed he should do and thin k it i s his o n mind in Operation Pickpoc k ets instinctively Operate o n the same principle T his i s h y they mi x ith great cro ds bent o n i tnessing s ome interesting spect a cl e Slippery shre d and k een the h i ic k poc k et hunts victi m and aits h chance A s the s i s p h orses nec k and neck lashed by the j oc k eys come t hun d ering do n the trac k all the conscious po ers O f the i n divid u al are concentrated upon the exciti n g scene T he pick poc k et at this point r elieves the gentle m a n O f al l h i s v a luables The success ful hypnotist i n telligently Operates upon the s ame S i m l e pri n ciple He first gains h confide ce and con t e n p s e n t O i t h e subj e ct he then concentrates his attention upon ; s o m e O bj ect o r i dea and the s u ggestion O f sle e p is then
c
,
“
,
,
w
.
,
‘
,
w
w
w
.
‘
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
w
.
w w
w
.
w
.
w w w w w ,
.
w
,
,
,
,
.
.
.
,
.
,
U
n se en
Fo rc e s
a nd
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
5
.
given This suggestion enters the subconscious brain becaus e the attention Of the o uter guard is fully occupied and be fore the subj ect i s a are the suggestio n o f sleep per v ades th e entire regio n o f the subconscious brain and he falls i nto a state o f u nconsciousness ; and because the subco nsciou s brain is stronger tha n the conscious and is governed by suggestio n he can be held in that state by the ill o f the Operator It is important to reme mber that the co nscio u s brain can o nly enter tai n o n e idea at a time A gain the co n sci ou s bra i n ha s n othi n g di r ectl y to do .
w
»
,
w
,
.
.
.
.
w w
.
,
w
f the body ; i t ha s
i th the bui l di n g or k
the
i th
n o thi n g
o
c on t ro l l i n g f
the
o
to do di re ctl y
i n v ol u n ta r y moveme n ts
i It s f p f true that the process O f breathing is partially u nder th e We can up to a certai n c ontrol O f the conscious brain point stop the act O f breathing To stop the act o f breat h ing beyond this point ould j eopardize the li fe o f the body and because O f this the subconscious rushes to the rescue \ ill and the business o f breathin g is re o vermasters the sumed With the excep tion then o f the respiratory sys tem hich i s partially under th e co ntrol o f the consciou s brain al l the other vital organs O f the body are governed by the subconscio u s brain The digestive the lymphatic the reproductive the eliminative and the circulatory sys tems are dominated by the subconscio us brain All thei r Operations are cond u cted belo the level o f conscio usness A ll these functions are i ntim ately connected ith the li fe gro th a n d development O f the body and because o f thi s the machinery o f their movements is automatic and su b conscious There is mar v elous isdo m i n this arra n ge ment It ould be un for tu n ate i n deed i f all the mo v e o
the mu scl es
or
the
o
the
e r a ti on s o
vi ta l
orga n s
.
.
.
w w
w
,
,
,
.
,
.
.
.
,
.
.
,
,
.
,
,
w
w
w
,
.
.
.
w
.
,
,
w
,
,
» .
U
12 6
m ents
n se e n
F o rc e s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
w w
.
the blood t h e process o f digestion the proce ss o f e limination and the ork O f body -b uilding Should rise i nto the conscious realm Wh en the machinery is o u t o f o rder it is proper th at e become conscious O f the derang e But it o u ld be con fusion con fou n ded i f the regular anent n o rmal movements O f the subconscious machinery Should It ould be n u b e heard and felt in the conscious realm f ortunate t o o i f e ere compelled to k eep this machinery i n operation by a cont i nued act o f the ill U nder these c ircumstances e c o uld not discharge any o f the active d uties O f li fe T he conscio us brain m ust be free It is a ise arrangement to hand over the or k O f sustaining and b uilding the body to the automatic nerve centers o f t h e s ubconscious brain By this divisio n O f l abor the con scious brain can attend to the conscio us active duties o f l i fe hile it is true that the conscious brai n has noth No i n g to do directly ith the operations connected ith the building and sustaining O f the body it i s also true that the c onscious brain c an i nfluence the nerve centers o f the sub c onscious in directly T he sp i ri tu a l man is one and he O per a tes exteriorly thro u gh the co nscious brain ; he operates i nteriorly upo n the body and its functions through the s u b c o n scious brain N o the conscious and subconscious brain c enters are closely connected because O f this close connec tion hatever vibrates o n e ill vibrate the other Affi rma t ions made by the Spiritual man in the conscious brain by virtue O f this close connection bet ee n the brains reach a n d mou ld the subconscious centers i n con formity to the n ature and quality and force o f the a ffirm a ti o n and j u st a s the shoe con forms to the living fo o t i t hin S O the sub of
,
,
.
w
.
,
w
,
ww w
w
.
w .
,
w
.
.
“
.
.
ww
w
,
w
,
.
.
w
,
w
w
.
w
w
,
,
,
U
Forc e s
n se e n
fountain
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
at Lourdes by relics and charm s and variou s other systems o f cure are wrought i n Obedie n ce to thi s simple l a Absolute demonstratio n o f this assertion is furnished hen I say that a man can cure himsel f by obeying thi s la hile he rej ects as pure folly all the theories O f all th e champ i ons o f these systems of cure A man can auto-sugges t hi msel f into any state of min d o r body he pleases By repeated a ffirmations he can b e come an i n ca r n a te l i e or h e can auto -suggest himsel f into a n i n ca rn a te tr u th ; b e can become a n i n ca r n a te f a i l u re or a n i n ca rn a te su ccess ; he ca n auto -suggest himsel f into a se lf -cr e a te d he ll o r se lf-cr e a te d hea v e n he can auto -sugges t himsel f into a s tate O f chr on i c di se a se or into a st ate o f l erma n e n t he a l th The a never changes it or k s ith p a u tomatic precision and un varying accuracy Like a mill it ill grind o u t hateve r you p u t into i t Li k e the su n light i t ill photogra p h the Obj ect placed be fore it A man may deny the l a but h is denial by the O peratio n o f t he ill rite the denia l upo n the brain l a denied ” A S a man thin k e t h i n his heart so i s he is a grea t It scientific truth It is an u n changing natur al l a Shapes the material e furnish it into a form that accord s ith the qual i ty and nature o f the material furnished T hought-force is the ra material it uses and it ma n u fa c tures this ra stu ff into good or bad character into goo d The subconscious auto mati c brai n machin o r bad health ery is the loom o f li fe ; it eaves day and night T h e Spiritual man sits in the deep Shado s O f the subconsciou s at the loom his foot presses the treadle and the material to be o ven into the struc ture o f both body and soul i s ,
w
,
.
w ww ,
.
.
,
w
.
w w w w ww
w w
,
w
y
.
.
.
,
,
,
.
,
.
w
w .
w
,
w
w w
.
.
,
,
w
w ,
.
U
n se e n
Fo rc e s
an d
H
o
w
to U se T h e m
w
furnis hed
.
12 9
w
by the conscious brain That great teacher Pau l the apostle must have kno n so mething about this l a hen he said Finally brethren , hatsoever thi ngs are true hatsoever things are honest whatsoever things are j ust whatsoever th ings are pure, hatsoever t hings are lovely hatsoever things are O f goo d report , i f there be ” any virtue i f there be any pra i se thi n k on these thi n gs T hinking o n these things consciously furnishes the s u b conscious eaver wi t h Splendid material to build up a per m anent and magnificent character In the next t o chapters I ill examine the subcon scious brain , its functio ns and po ers
w ,
,
.
w w
,
,
w w
,
.
,
,
w
w
w w .
.
U
130
Forc e s
n se e n
an
d H
o
w
to U s e T he m
CHAPTER V I
.
.
’
THE S UB CONS CIO US B R AI N THE S P I R I T U AL M AN S M ENT I N THE I NV IS I B L E R E AL M
I N ST R U
.
w
w
The N e Thought philosophy i s sometimes called the ” New Psycho l ogy because it deals ith a phase o f th e mind the existence O f which as stoutly denied by the mental phi losophers o f the past T he O l d Psychology dealt exclusively i th conscious mental activity The i h ere conducted i n this real m v e sti gati o n s o f its teachers T heir specific purpose as t o discover the la s function s ’ and possibilities of this phase o f the spiri tual man s sel f-ex pression That the Spiritual man mani fested himsel f in any other direction they denied ith bitter vehemence and hen they attempted to S xplain all mental pheno mena on the basis o f their discoveries they failed miserably The reason for their failure is very simple The field o f their outlook as too narro The la s o f Spiritual O peratio n i n the conscious brain based o n facts discovered in that realm could explain all conscious men tal pheno mena but these la s could not explain phenomena that transpired in the realms o f the subconscious Hypnotism sleep insanity mental telepathy so me o f the phenomena o f spiritualism prodigies in music and mathema tics could not be explained by the laws O f the conscious brain and the honest a t tempts O f these great thi n kers to solve these occult phe h omena b the la s f the conscious al ays resulted in o y failure
w
,
w
“
.
w w
.
w
.
,
w
.
w
,
.
w
w
w .
.
,
w
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
w
.
,
w
U
132
n se e n
Force s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
w
man that the body and its brain are o nly temporary sca t foldi n gs fo r the Spiritual man in th i s time orld T h e N e T hought declares that the Spiritual man operate s in the unseen universe as ell as in the seen and that the giant possibilities o f man lie far belo the level o f co n sc i o u n e ss Just as th e body o f the S phinx exqu i sitely carved lies ben eath the shi fting sands so beneat h the changing scenes o f the external lies t he real man in all hi s giant po er and exquisitely balanced forces It declares that the achievemen ts o f the individual on the seen plan e are only a small fragment o f hat he can do and does do Man is far greater than he appears to be It is a one -sided and fragmentary study o f man hen e investi gate his conscious activity only and limit his po er to hi s spiritual movements i n the external T he activi ty o f the Spiritual man in the deep unseen sub conscious realms I S a far grander revelation o f his po er s than that furnished by his activity i n the conscious real ms All the forces that man exhibits in the conscio us m ust rise o u t o f the subconscious and n o man can put forth hi s full strength through the conscious brain it o uld rec k th e delicate nerve tissues W hen e se e an insane man smash i n g chains bursting through massive doo rs a n d per formin g gi ant feats o f strength e have a faint conception o f th e strength that resides i n man W hen e consider the i n te l l e ct ua l achieve ments of m e n o f genius in all departments it gives us a faint idea o f the vast treas o f human action ures o f intellectual po er that are in man But t he question naturally arises : H o does the N e T ho u ght philosopher propose to enter this deep and mysteriou s realm belo the plane o f the consc i ous to pursue his i n v e s
w
w
w
.
,
.
,
w
.
w ww w
.
.
.
w .
,
w
.
,
,
w
w
.
,
w
w
ww
w
w
.
U
n se e n
Fo rce s
an d
H
o
wU to
se
T he m
.
He has already entered through the doo r Hypnotism sustains the same rela o pened by hypnotism tion to the study of the subconscious as the light Shining A kno ledge o n the cadaver does t o the study o f anatomy T h e student o f anatomy can never be obtained from boo ks must enter the dissecting room armed ith scal pel and mi ‘ C I O S CO e and he must have be fore him o n the dissecting p tab l e the human body and he must m i nutely dissect every part o f the body be fore he can co me into possession o f the hich the body is constructed a n ato m ical prin ciples upon The human body is the text-boo k o f anatomy and th e s ubconscious brain is the text book o f the philosophy o f the subconscious and hypnotism is the means hereby e e nter the realms o f the subco nscious ; and i n t h e light fur n i sh e d by hypnotism e can study the O perations o f th e S piritual man i n the subconscious Hypnotism is a science Perhaps nothi ng illustrates better th e fact that hypnotism occupies a foremost p l ace a mo n gst the leading sciences o f t o -day than the report o f t h e International Congress o f Hypnotism which a s held in Paris August 12 1900 in the building o f the Congress o f Medicine T enty four di fferent nat ionalities ere rep resented i n this cong ress by ove r fi ve hundred delegates i ncluding college p ro fessors m edical men and scientists f ro m both continents Hyp n otism is n ot in itsel f the s cience o f the subconscious it i the science entrance s f o ; S cience is simply another ord for the ho Hypnotism does not cl aim to formulate h o the forces i n the su bco n s cious operate but it does claim t o sho ho to enter the domain o f the subconscio us Hypnotism has demonstrated beyond the possibility of a t i gati o n s
.
w
.
w
,
.
,
,
w
.
,
w w
,
w
.
.
w
,
,
,
.
w w
,
,
.
w w
,
.
w ww .
.
U
134
n see n
Fo r c e s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
“
.
doubt that the spiritual man can and does operate in t he realm o f the subconscious A part fro m the facts furnished by hypnotism the feats of the somnambulist and the phy s ical and intellectual per formances acco mplished i n slee p have g i ven 1n ti ma ti o n s that man can ex ert physical and intellectual energy hen he is not co nscious o f it But the vast array o f facts furnished by hypnoti sm have ban I do not ma k e this i s he d doubt o n this question forever assertion upon the testimony o f others merely I am an investigator mysel f an d I have succeeded in putting score s to Sleep My purpose in doing this as 1 To demonstrate to my o n satis faction that hyp n o ti sm as possible 2 To demonstrate that man can exert physical and i n te l l e c tu a l po er in a state o f utter unconsciousness hether the subconscious brain i s gov 3 T o discover erned by suggestion or not 4 To test the po er o f suggestion in relieving pain and curing disease through the subconscious bra 1n A fter numerous experiments under v aryl n g conditions I have demonstrated to my o n complete satis faction that hypnotism is a science that man can exert gian t strength both p hys al and intellectual and remain utterly unconscious o f it that the subconscious brain i s governed by suggestion and that pain and any form o f disease ill ield to the suggestive treatment y With these preliminary remarks e are prepared to a d vance to o ur study o f the subconscious brain F or c o nvenience sa k e I ill state the substance o f this and the follo ing chapter in the form o f propositions .
,
w
.
.
.
w
,
w
.
.
w
.
w
.
.
.
w w
.
.
.
w
w
,
,
w
,
.
w
w
w
.
U
136
n se e n
Forc e s
an d
S ince li fe is commu nication
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
ith enviro nment the w ,
fullest ,
rich est an d gra ndest li fe i n the physical sen se demands that the nerves and the brains be healthy that there be an abundant supply o f ner v e -force and that the S piritual man be s u fficiently strong to send forth po er ful thought aves to every portion o f the body No e have seen already that the part O f the brain that brings the spiritual man into direct contact i th the external When the spirit u niverse is the conscious o r sur face brai n u a l m a n retires from this brain the individual is asleep ; he has vacated the organ th a t brings him into communication ith his external surroundings and he is there fore bliss fully u nconscious O f them Insanity i s very O ften a disease S ome gre at grie f or inten se emo o f the conscious brain t i on has s ept i n po er ful vibration through the delicate n er v e centers o f the brain and rec k ed them T h e nature o f the insanity is conditioned upo n the e ffects W rought i n the nerve tissues by the ave O f intense emotion that has s ept through them In some forms o f insanity the e n tire machinery Of the conscious brain is thro n o u t O f gear and the Spiritual man cannot use it at all U nder the circ u mstances he is compelled to retire to t he su b co n scious I met a man some years ago ho in formed me that he had j ust come fro m the asylum here he had been “ for five years He said : T he strangest part o f my story is that I as not conscious a single moment O f the time and yet hile these five years are to me a complete blan k I filled them ith success ful achievements I rote and delivered orations to my companions I patented a nu m ber o f useful inventions and seemed to have the ability to ” discharge all the duties of li fe A case o f this k ind finds
w
,
w
w w
.
w
.
w
,
.
w
w .
w
.
w
w
w
.
.
.
,
w w w
w w
.
,
,
.
.
.
w
,
U
n se e n
Fo r c e s
H
an d
o
w
137
to U s e T h e m
.
imple explanation o n the theory that the Spiritual man c ould n o t use the conscious brai n because all its delicate machinery as th ro n o ut o f gear The material sub hich the spiri t ual man co mes i nto con s tratum through ith the external orld being recked the man t act remained i n an unconscious state for fi v e years The su b illi n g substitute fo r the c on c onscious brain acted as a -forces could readj ust it f cious brain until the li e s Death itsel f i s si mply the retirement O f the spiritual man fro m the brain and death is n o t co mplete until the Spir i t u al a n vacates the l ast cell O f the subc o nscious brain cen T h e subconscious brain is the last t o surrender t o t ers o f death t he l a i th en vi r on men t ; de a th i s the L ife i s commu n i c a ti on m a n f r om the c ha n n e l s of com l r e ti re men t o t h e s i i t u a r f p mu n i ca ti on T his bei n g so the advance o f O ld age and d eath becomes a problem easy O f solution W hen the child is born the s k eleton is composed of gela ti n T o build u p this frame or k and make it s u fii ci e n tl y s trong to sustai n the pull o n the m uscles n ature provides that ab u nda nt quanti ties o f lime be taken into the system T his lime changes th e gelati n into bone Instead o f the process o f ossification ceasi n g at the age o f physical maturity i t co n tinues A certain quantity o f lime is n eeded to re pair aste bone tissue The overplus ought to be elimina ted fro m the system th rough the kidneys This overplus i s n o t entirely elimi n ated and the process o f ossification c ontinues Limy deposits are formed in the skin and it becomes dry hard and rin k led Deposits o f lime are formed along the inside alls of the capillary system an d t h e blood must force its ay through T h e nerves become s
w w w
w
.
w w
w
,
.
.
m
.
,
w
w
.
,
.
.
w
.
.
.
w
.
.
.
.
.
,
w w w
.
.
U
138
Fo rce s
nseen
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
free
.
w Of
bony preventing the and easy nerve force T he heart muscles through lime deposits become sti ff an d non -responsive T he ossification continues until at length the brain is involved rend e ring its delicate tissue hard fixed and non responsive U nder these physical conditio n s the channels o f communication that the Spiritual man has ith the outside orld are gradually closed u p ; the extrem ities become cold and the process o f ossification drives the spiritual m a n back and bac k until he is compelled to v a cate entirely W hen a man dies o f O l d age e can say literally that he has been pelted to death ith pellets o f lime I f some man ould discover a method hereby th e process O f ossification hich co mmences i n the child co u l d be reversed h en the man reaches physical maturity the n human li fe could be indefinitely prolo n ged T he l a o f longevity from this vie -point o uld be dissolve the cal carec a s deposits s eep the m out o f the system retainin g j ust su fficient to keep the bony frame or k i n good repair It has been stated upon good authority that fruits o f all kinds and distilled ater ill dissolve the lime and assis t the eliminative organs in removing it from the system T he act o f dying is not complete u ntil the S piritual m an vacates every cell in the subconscious brain T he S piritual man is not il ling to retire and he fights fo r his supremacy at every step O f his re t reat and h i s last valiant sta n d i s mad e in the ramparts o f the subconscio u s brain In this age O f marvelous in ventio n and discovery e ” “ hear a great deal abo ut the conquest o f death A gre at many theories are furnis hed sho i ng h o death can b e banished from the ear th and man be co me immortal O n e ” man says : Inhale vast quantities o f oxygen A nothe r ,
flo
-
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
w
w
,
w w w
.
.
w ,
w w
,
w w w
.
w
,
w
,
.
ww
.
w
.
,
,
w
.
w w .
.
.
U
140
Fo rc e s
n se e n
w
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
w w
The N e T hou ght phi l osopher k no s that progress to t he higher holier and grander is through t he gates O f death T he S p 1r1tu a l man must step o u t o f the lo er to enter the W hen the spiritual man vacates this earthly h igher ” t abernacle it falls t o the groun d and under the l a o f d isintegration it is resolved bac k t o its or i ginal condition ? W hy should it disintegrate S imply because the po er t hat b uilt it cell by cell and held it together i n its integ rity is ithdra n and li k e any other old house vacated by its o ner and le ft tenantless it goes to pieces T ho u ght philosopher k no s that death to the T he N e h o is aspiring to reach the highest is a step in ma n The things that he obj ects to are a grander advance 1 Being Sic k He declares that sic k ness is unnatural a n d abnormal and that the Spiritual man can banish sick n ess I t is not necessary to be Sic k in order to pass u p ards through death L e t death come i n its natural order Li k e th e apple per fectly ripe dropping fro m the tree o r li k e the beauti ful butterfly un folding from the chrysalis death o ught to be a pa inless step in the u p ard advance 2 H e Obj ects to being p u t u nder si x feet o f e arth i n a blac k co ffi n be fore he has vacated the premises T O bury a man alive is a forcible ej ection and a forcible ej ection is al ays pain ful W hen you consi der that in death the c onscious brai n is first vacated and that the subconscious brain is the last vacated and that death is not con su m mated until the last cell o f the subconscious brain is vacated by the spirit u al man o n e can readily se e h o mistaking unconsciousness fo r death a man may b e buried a live In the natural normal order o f things it as designed t hat the spiritual man remain a tenant o f t he body u ntil ,
.
w w
.
,
.
w w w
,
,
,
,
w w
w
,
.
.
.
.
,
w .
.
.
,
w
,
.
.
w
,
.
,
'
,
,
w w ,
,
.
U
Forc e s
n se e n
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
w
w
w
14 1
.
he 13 fitted to take an adva nce step up ards U nder these circumstances it o uld be u n ise to give the Will direct control over the machinery that governs the v ital organs therefore 1 All the machinery that sustai ns a n d protects li fe i s governed by the Spiritual man thro ugh the nerve center s o f the subconscious brain 2 This machinery acts automatically instantaneously an d continually When a man commits suicide the dee p subconscious instinc tive desire for conti nuance i n the body is mastered by the presence o f o u t ard circumstances o r else the nerve centers are S hattered by disease o r recked by some po erful emotion S uicide is utterly repugnant to the healthy subconscious brain All its forces a re leagued against death The purpose o f the spiritual man operati n g through this brai n is to marshal all the fo rces in the body to ards o n e gran d end — n amely a stro n g vigor o us healthy li fe This subco nscious marshaling o f all forces i n th e body to ards health is hat the doctors call ” the li fe forces o f nature and they say that their ork i s ” to assist nat u re I deeply sympathize ith poor natur e ” “ hen the young doctor co mes aro und carrying his minia ture drug store under his arm Instead O f assisting natur e he fills the system ith poisonous drugs givin g n ature addi ti o n al ork t o remove this poison from the system T he best ay to assist n ature is to study and find ou t ho na ture does things and let all methods O f cure har monize ’ with nature s methods All the cures that ever have bee n Wrought have been rought by the li fe -forces O f the spir i tu a l man O perating through the subco n scious brain centers Th i s deep subconscious tendency in t he h uman brain to .
,
,
.
.
.
,
.
w
w
w
,
.
.
.
w
,
,
.
w w w
w ,
w
w w
.
w
,
.
,
.
w
w .
.
U
42
nse en
w ards health
Forc e s
an d
H
l
a o
to U s e T he m
.
proves that the subconscious brain centers ’ guard li fe s citadel A gain the fact that all the vital organs are governed t hrough the subconscious nerve centers proves the same proposition The entire conscious o r sur face brai n can be re mo ved and all the vital organs ill discharge their func t ions ith automatic p re cl s1o n Remove the subconscio us b rain and the h eart lungs stomach liver kidneys and all t he internal vital machinery ould stop A gain , the fact that the n erve centers that control the i nvoluntary movements O f the muscles are in the su b c on s cious brain demonstrates the correctness O f the pr oposi t ion I n the case of the dro ni n g man his first e fforts to save himsel f hen he finds himsel f in the ater are c onscious In a fe m1n u te s he loses consciousne ss a n d then the involuntary nerve cen t ers o f the subconscious b rain are brought into action and he automatical l y seizes his rescuer ith a grip O f ste el dragging him do n to d eath with him U nder these circumstances the Spiritual man Operating through the subconsci ous ce nters i s gov e rned by on e bli n d i n ten se i m u l se — n amely hold o n to any p thing that promises li fe The spiritual ma n mani fests gi ant ’ strength thro u gh the subconscious centers ; man s reserve po er lies in the subconscious The exhibitions Of mu s c u l a r power through the conscious are as nothing compa r ed ith the exhibitions O f muscular po er through the s u b ’ conscious S amson s strength as all subconscious The marvelo u s strength put forth in times o f emergency by men and women O f ordinary muscular development is all s ubconscious A lady told me some time ago that hen h e r ho u se as o n fire unassisted s he dragged a heavy ma .
,
w
.
w
.
w
,
,
,
.
w
.
w
w w
.
,
,
w
,
.
,
w
’
,
.
,
,
,
.
w w
.
w
.
w .
w
.
w
U
144
w
n s e e n.
Fo r c e s
and
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
alking piano -playing bicycle riding di fficult gymnasti c feats etc It ill be n oticed by the reader o f this volume that I al ays connect the mental act o f the spiritual man ith its corresponding physical e ffect The e ffect O f thought force upon the brain and through it upon the body i s a fact that is n o t dependent upon either a ffi rmation or denial The subconscious brain i s composed o f atoms o f matter ; the arrangement of these ato m s in cells and combinatio n s S ince their con O f cells is the result o f thought -force -f f struction and coordinati on is the result O thought orce their m odification is the resul t o f thought-force for hat ever has the po e r to construct has the po er to modi fy W hen a 1 A n a ffirmation is a conscious m ental act man says I i l l he directs a stream o f tho u ght-force in a Specific direc tion 2 An a ffirmatio n is thought-f orce in action in th e brain 3 Affi rmations fro m the co n scious brain reach the su b conscious by virtue of their close connection 4 A ffi rmations o r thought -force in action sets nerve force in action because thou gh t-force do mi n ates nerve force 5 These a ffirmations repeated and repeatedly carried into action send successive streams o f nerve-force through the brain directed to ards the musc l es employed i n the act 6 In the course O f time tracks are created amongst the nerve cells O f the mid-brain and the act hich as at first done ith effort and done clu msily is n o done ithout e ffort and ith autom atic accuracy T hese propositions Sho c l early h o habits are formed Invisible thought -force drives invisible nerve-force, and ,
,
,
w w ,
w
.
.
.
w
w w
.
,
w
.
.
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
.
.
w
.
.
w
,
w
w
.
ww w w w
.
U
nse e n
w
Forc e s
an d
H
o
w
to U se T h e m
14 5
.
these t o forces create tracks in the brain T hought and -force erve like all other fo rces, seek the path o f the least n resistance We speak ith scientific accuracy hen e say It is hard to get ou t o f the O ld ruts This l a as intended to O perate beneficially In making the subco nscious brai n a labor savin g a ( ) machine With all his mechanical skill man has n ot as yet succeeded i n constructing an au tomatic machin e S O onderful i n its orking S O intricate in i ts details an d ith so many c ountless adaptations as e se e here W hen by n umerous repetitio ns an act becomes automatic the spiritual m an thro u gh the conscious brain , can turn on the steam and the automatic machinery o f the subconsciou s takes full charge and th e spiritual ma n can turn his a t tention else here Because o f this arrangement a man ca n alk through a cro ded t h oro ugh fare deeply i mmersed i n though t and yet he ill not stumble over Obstructions or collide ith other pedestrians O n acco unt O f this ar rangement the piano player can manipulate the keyboard ith lightning rapidity and read the m usic and yet he is not conscious O f the keys o r the notes Because Of thi s the proo f-reader can glance do n a colum n o f type a n d tell ith automatic accuracy how many mistakes there are in the colum n Because O f this arran gement the orat or ca n charm the audience ith well balanced sentences rounde d rhetoric modulated intonation s or brilliant periods, and yet remain unconscious o f the ords or methods he is em ploying B ecause o f th is as I write I am not conscious o f each letter nor am I consc ious Of the ords I am emp l o y ing W riting itsel f and the hole business o f cloth in g ideas i n ords by repetition becomes automatic In short .
.
ww
w
,
.
w w
.
w
w w
w
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
w
w
w
,
.
w w
.
w
,
w
w
:
.
w
,
w
,
,
.
w
.
10
m
.
w
w
s
.
,
U
46
Forc e s
n se e n
w
an
d H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
this l a Operates in all departments o f human action ” Practice ma k es perfect Repetition creates trac k s in the brain and the thou ghts tend to run i n the trac k s they have themselves created a s intended his operates unceasingly and it b l T a ( ) to operate beneficially The l a does not seem to care it ill hand over to the subconscious machinery anything the Spiritual man g i ves it I f the Spiritual man h a nds over an a k ard method this a k ard method tends to become automatic Hesitancy in S peech o r stam mering by repe ti tion Shapes the speech centers in the subconscious creating a habit Fluency or ease in spea k ing obeys the same l a So a tho u gh t , reap an act ; so an act reap a habit ; so a habit reap a character ; so a character reap a de s ” tiny The entire philosophy of character-buildin g and success or o n the other han d o f cha racter -blasting and fai lure is found i n this sentence Operates B u t this l a and all a rmation s tend to become automatic u nc e as1n l f fi gy and hen e co nsider that the subconsci ous brain has com l f o control over all the vital o rgans the body and e t e p f o is also the absolute master in t he business body building as ell as character-buil di ng hole e may say that the philosophy o f heal th or disease i s fou nd in this sentence also Changing the phraseology a little e may say : S o a thought reap an act so an act reap a brain attitude ; so a brain attitude reap health o r disease It is i n deed very strange to me that e ill admit that this l a O perates in the realm o f ch aracter building and deny that it has any bearing u pon body -building ; but hether e deny it o r a fi rm it, the l a Operates Silently a nd sublimely The same brain that furnishes the physical .
.
,
w
w ww
w
.
w
.
.
,
,
ww
.
,
w
,
w w
w w
.
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
w
,
,
.
ww
,
w
,
w
.
w w w w ,
'
w
,
w w
w
,
ww .
-
w
.
,
U
148
n se e n
»
Forc e s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
w
drug becomes continued a fi rmati on s o f disease I f the a ffirmations that he gives himsel f that the drug ill cure him are stronger than the combined e ffects o f the drug and ill get ell fo r in the contest h l s morbid affirmations he ’ ays ins In the man s case o f forces the strongest al under consideration the eff ects o f the drugs and the morbid aflfir ma ti o n s are greater in their force than the a fli r mat i o n s The result is he daily gro s orse He o f improvement beco m es more morbid and studies the flaming advertise ments o f patent medicine and examines pictures o f diseased tissue T hese are photographed by the l a e are c o n si d n on the subconscious brai He becomes orse and e r1n g retchedly morbid He then de te rmm e s to plunge more deeply into the cause o f disease an d he reads medical or k s ith their coarse materialism and learns the erro n e o u s stu ff that the cause o f all disease i s bacilli T he air the ater he learns to his utter horror are f ull o f moving bacteria ; the hole u n 1verse is peopled ith millions o f mi c ro scO p i c animals— animals so small that a quadrillion could lie o n a ten -cent piece and not touch each other He learns that these monsters cause all disease T hey a re ’ armed ith pincers and cla s and teeth like a ild boar s tus k s They enter the human body i n countless hordes and tear a ay the tissue devo uri n g it leaving their o fl a l to poison the system He imagin es his body is the hom e O f cra ling millions O f these beasts ; he can feel them a s they march up and do n his backbone getting ready fo r the attac k T his sensatio n is trans ferred t o his su b co n scious brain and he becomes still orse The ma n is n o thoroughly frightened ; fear takes possession of him and thro s do n all doors and the man beco mes the roosti n g .
,
‘
w w ww ,
.
ww
.
w w w
\
.
w w w w ,
.
.
.
,
.
w
,
,
w
.
.
w w w
w
w
,
,
.
w
w
.
ww
.
,
.
w
U
n se e n
Fo r c e s
an
d H
o
w
14 9
to U s e T h e m
.
w w w
place fo r thousands o f morbid fancies Al l these fancie s are trans ferred and he beco mes steadily orse Eventually the subconscio us brain is entirely arped and t isted and m oulded into a chronic a bnormal Shape in con formity ith ’ ’ the nature o f the man s repeated a ffi rmations The m an s physical condition becomes o n e o f chronic disease and hen he passes beyond a certain limit recovery i s i mp os sible When the subconscious brain centers have assu med a permanent attitude in a morbid directio n e have chronic disease in the body This is hy chronic diseases have been prono un ced incurable and I am of the O pinion that any disease can become chronic and hen the brain centers have beco me permanently se t the condition o f the patient becomes hopeless When a C hristian S cience practitio ner collides ith a ma n hose subconscious brain centers are se t in the dirce tion o f disease it gives him pause and causes hi m to ’ thin k that there is so mething de fective in M rs Eddy s philosophy He h as been taught that all disease ill yield inst a ntly to the magic formula o f the Christian S cience cult He has been taught that the po er he turn s loose o n the patient— for cash — is the po er o f G od But this chronic condition produced by years o f co ntinued affi rma tions o f di sease ill not yield to hi s a ffirmations o f health T he patient dies and the demonstrator h o failed t o dem o n stra te consoles himsel f and patches u i h theory ith s p the thought that the patient did not ha Ve enough faith My experience in the realm o f suggestive therapeutics cb n v i n ce s me that it i s an easy matter t o arp th e su bcon s cious brain into an abnormal attitude by disease -lade n a ffi rmations and exceedingly di fficult; when the brai n h as .
.
w
.
w
,
w
.
w
.
w
,
,
w
.
w
w .
.
w w
.
w
,
w
.
.
w .
w
,
U
150
n se e n
Force s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
w
beco me hardened to ta k e the t ist o u t by a ffirmations o f health When t he subconscious brain is temporarily disar ranged by a temporary disease the cure i s easy fo r all the l i fe -forces are o n the alert to assist in the restoratio n but hen the li fe-forces themselves are saturated ith the poison o f disease laden suggestions and the spiritual man himsel f is shot through and thro ugh ith tens o f thousand s o f sug gestions O f disease the case is very di ffi cult t o tre at Ma orse than useless te ri al agencies in a case O f this k ind are The supreme need in a case of this kind i s a regular course in mental suggestion S o metimes e find a case here the spiritua l man is eager to be cured and all the Spiritual forces are ready to en gage l n the contest fo r mastery but the blood is thin the bo dy is attenuated the supply o f nerve -force is deficient and t he tissue of some o f the organs is asted In this case the practitioner must n o t expect instantaneous victory The process o f degeneration as gradual an d the process o f restoration must be gradual Re peated suggestions coup led ith the neglect O f physical exercise brought about the diseased condition s Repeated suggestio ns co u pled ith proper physical exercises ill bring abo ut the cure B u t the practitioner or the man h o underta k es to cure him sel f must remember that it is easier to fall do n the moun tain than it is to climb up T he first is done ithout e f ith much e fi o rt Besides fort ; t he second is accompanied the fall has so eaken e d the man that the up ard progress is accomplished ith much pai n Further o n in this vol ume I propose to enter into th i s question more exhaustively T he next question for consideration is the governing po er in the subconscious bra 1n T he govern i n g p o er i s ,
.
,
,
w
w
,
w
w
,
w
.
.
w
.
,
,
w
,
.
w
w
.
.
,
w
,
.
,
w w
w
.
w w
,
.
w w w .
,
.
.
w
’
.
w
U
15 2
n se e n
Fo rc e s
an
d H
o
w to
U s e T he m
.
c hildren and relatives and the li fe and reputatio n Of h i s nearest and dearest friends T he subconscious ill rej ect any suggestion that ou l d militate against any O f these h b T e spiritual man a cting thro u gh the subconscio u s ( ) brain ill reject any suggestion that antagonizes his ell fixed habits W e have see n th at all habits are formed by re A man a te d S u ggestions carri ed o u t into living action e p h o has established hab its o f ho n esty ill rej ect the sug gestio n to steal o r cheat o r de fraud A man ho has est ablished the habit o f abstinence ill rej ect th e su gge s tion o f liquor-drin k ing A oman h o has established the habit Of chastity ill reject all salacious suggestions A nd the reserve forces o f the subco n sci o us are ever o n the alert to assist t he Spiritual man in guarding himsel f against any and a l l su ggestions th at ould reck these established habits T his principle holds good in the case o f bad habits Bad habits are formed j ust as good habits are formed by repeated su ggestions carried into action The morphine habit the hisky habit the cocain habit the s earing habit the stammering habit the disease habit the lying habit all habits hether bad or good are formed in the same ay Repeated affirmations carried into living action thro the subconscious brain centers into fixed attitudes a n d the sugg estion that a n tagonizes the se t attitude o f the brain centers is rej ected But there i s this notable di fl e r ence to be observed in the application of the l a of sug gest i on in the real m of the subconscio u s to the re con struc t ion o f brain attitudes produced by repeated good s u s e gg tions o r repeated bad suggestions The S piritual man as made in the image of God , and the plan of the soul em bodies the idea o f moral and S piritual perfection All
w
,
w
.
.
w
w
.
w w w w
w
.
w
.
w .
.
ww
.
.
,
w
,
,
w w ,
,
w
.
,
w
,
,
,
,
.
,
'
.
w
w
.
.
U
n seen
Fo rce s
an d
H
o
w
15 3
to U s e T he m
w
.
good habits are therefore in full harmo ny ith the deepest and str on gest instincts o f the S piritual man all b ad habits are positively repugnant to him The spiritual man longs rong and inj urious This to get rid O f all habits that are bein g true all suggestions that tend to destroy rong and inj urious h abits fi nd a po er ful respo nse in the deep i n I f this p o sti n cts and aspirations o f the Spiritual man ro ng the Sin ful an d inj urious and e rfu l Opposition to the this internal aspiration fo r the true good and beauti ful did n o t exist in the deeps o f the spirit u al man th e preacher and the physician might as ell go o u t of business fo r they ould have nothing to ork o n S uggestion i s o n e o f the m o st i nfluential forces in the un iverse S uggestion is t h o u ght -force in living action S uggestion I S there fore a living movin g substantial re ality The visi ble and i nvisible universe ere s ung into existence “ in Obedience to suggestio n He S pake and it as done ; ” he commanded and it stood fast G o d said Let there ” be light and the re S uggestion has chan ged as light the front of hu man hist o ry th o usands of times S u gge s tions o f hate have roused nations against e a ch other an d made a thousan d battle -fi e l ds slippery ith blo od S uggestions of ambitio n have created orld co nquerors like Alexander C aesar and Napoleon S u ggestions o f avarice and greed have turned men into b rutes and ritten some of the da rkest chapters o f h uman history S u gge s tio ns o f pride ambition an d in fallibility h ave erected great ecclesiasti cal establishments clothed these s e ith political po er and sent forth i n to the tabl i sh me n ts orld the forces o f intolerance These forces ha ve stained ith blood erected th e Inqu isition th e s n ows o f the Alps .
w
w .
w w
,
w
.
,
,
w w
w
,
,
.
.
.
ww
.
w
.
,
,
.
w
,
.
.
w
w
w
.
,
.
.
,
w
w
w
w
,
.
,
,
U
15 4
n see n
Forc e s
an d
H
o
w to
U s e T he m
.
w
burned martyrs and turned Europe into a second Acel dama S uggestions o f freedom have rought revolutions ov erturned despotisms ritten immortal political docu ments and founded republics S ugge stions o f love have given the Christ to humanity established the church s ept a ay idolatries and given inspiration to all the p hi l a n thro pies o f nineteen hundred years S uggestions se t in motion by the rattle O f the lid of the teakettle as the steam escaped have given u s the lo comotive and th e steam engi ne S ug gestions aroused by the leg o f the sk inned frog touching the pile o f metal saturated ith acid have given us the telegraph and telephone and all modern electrical a p p l i The foundations o f all splendid character in man a n ce s or oman are made u p o f suggestions and the s up e rstru c ture is composed O f the same material The la yer em ploys suggestion in his appeal to the jury th e politician as he addresses his constituency the orator as he s ays his audience ; the mother as she trai fis her child the teacher as he imparts instruction ; th e physician as he prescribes his medicine the merchan t as he sells his goods and the preacher as he proclaim s his doctrine S uggestio n rules the orld S ugg estio n is the k ing at hose footstool e all b o and hose imperious scepter e all obey S u gge s tio n is omnipresent in human a ffairs T here is n o depa rt ment O f human action o r thought here suggestion is n o t The atmosphere e breathe is cro ded ith suggestion S uggestio n touches us at every point S uggestio n consti t a tes o u r Spiritual environment hile e live o n this earth plane and in the higher altitudes a fter death it ill still envelop us But the question n atu rally arises at this point I f su g .
,
w
,
w
.
w
,
,
.
.
w
w .
,
.
w w ,
w ww
w w w ww ww
w
.
.
.
.
w
.
.
.
,
.
w
U
15 6
n se e n
Fo rc e s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
w
w
it m u st be Observed that the conditions hich O h tain in the actual orld o f the present are a perversion O f the original design In the plan o f the u niverse and in the con struction o f man it as intended : a T hat the spiritual man should be supreme master ( ) ithin and ithout himsel f T h e ego is o f all the forces the mightiest force in the human provinces Man is a li v ing movin g Spiritual force He is a se l f-governing sel f-moving sel f-determining entity He has the po er to select and reject He has th e po er o f discrimination and c an subj ect all suggestions that come to him t o a rigid si fti n g process He can discern bet een the suggestio n that ill help and the sugge stion that ill hinder ; he can a ccept the o n e and rej ect the other b S uggestions are created by the Spiritual man and it ( ) aster h i s o n as intended that the spiritual man sh ould m cre a tions and n o t be m astered by them It as intended t hat the spiritual ma n should a bsorb the good in his men t a l atmosphere an d eave i t into the texture o f his u n fold “ i n g l i fe and rej ect the bad The sa cred book says : Prove ” all things hold fast that hich is go od Choose ye this ” ” day hom ye ill serve Buy the truth and sel l it n ot Man then ought to be a greater circumstance than all c i rc u m stances T he Spiritual man is the supreme force o n this planet A ll things that surro und him are subordinate to him A l l things are plasti c to the touch o f the master han d All forces— thought-force chemical force electric force organic force— are obedient to the imperious demand History furnishes u s ith a mag Of the spiritual man n i fi c e n t v ision o f the ideal man in the person O f Jesus the Christ He is i n deed T he M a ster He is the mightiest B ut
w w
.
w
.
.
w
.
,
,
w w w
,
.
.
w
.
.
w
,
.
w
w
w
w .
,
w w ,
‘
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
.
,
w
,
.
.
.
U
n se en
Fo r c e s
an
d H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
,
w
w w w
”
amongst the holy and the holiest amongst the mighty He as surro unded with an enviro nmen t that as n o t co n Nazareth d uc i v e to moral purity or i ntellectual grandeur as sit uated o n the great caravan roa d t o Damascus an d ’ orld s hoboes N azareth as i n as the resting-place o f the bad repute Nathaniel said Can anythi n g goo d come o u t But C hrist mastered his early environmen t o f N azareth ? and pushed it a ay fro m arou nd him risi n g into a nobler and purer realm He as surrou nded i th a mental en y i the accumulation s o f centuries o f ro n me n t o f o l d creeds thought M oses and the p rOp he ts an d the rabbis o f a tho usand years had created an atmosphere o f religiou s thought that environed him and to uched hi m at every point Yet he pushed all this a ay fro m him and rose superior to his age and to all the belie fs o f his times and poured forth a doctri ne broad as t h e human race deep as its needs hite as the sunlight pure as t he u n folding lily and sparkling as the fountains o f Lebanon He i s indeed T he M a ster All forces are obedient to his co mmand H e is absolute master of all forces ithin himse l f He i s the incarnatio n of per fect sel f-contro l He is never disturbed His sel f-balance is per fect In the ho ur o f tri umph h e never loses his steadiness I n th e ho ur o f disaster his moral equilibrium i s u ndisturbed He i s abso lute maste r over disease Having on per fect mastery in himsel f he i s n o able to master others Disease flies a ay as he a d vances H i s to uch o f harmony brings all things he touches into tune ith the music o f the spheres The di s ar ranged mental machinery of the demented as he speaks ’ runs smooth and the man sits at the Master s feet clothed in his right mind The stormy billows on the se a o f Gal .
.
w
w ,
.
.
w
w
.
,
w
,
.
w
.
,
w
,
,
,
.
w
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
w
w
.
.
w
.
w
.
.
,
,
.
,
U
15 8
nse e n
w w
Fo r c e s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
w
w w
ac k no ledge hi s sup remacy fo r as he speaks the i nds sink a ay into a dead calm and the aves crouch at his command li k e abashed spaniels i n the presence o f their master The regions O f the dead ac k no ledge his po er fo r the departed S pirits at his command come bac k to re animate the tabernacle o f clay Jesus the Christ the conqueror i s a revelation o f the i dea l ma n He is a rev elation O f the possibilities that are in man I f he is not then he is u tterly useless as an example and utterl y po er less as a n ideal It looks like folly for a preacher to pro claim Jesus as ou r ideal a n d example and then smite u s through ith despair by saying that e cannot imitate him in all the points o f his excellence I am a are that a s ou r i deal he is ever beyond u s and above u s but it is ou r duty and exal ted privilege to aspire to the golden heights o f character to hich he attained A n examination of his grand and lo fty li fe reveals these great truths 1 It is possible to un fold the s piritual man to the hig h e st degree o f per fection 2 The ph ysical man o ught to be subordinate to th e S piritual man and his responsive servant 3 T he spiritual man is absolute master o f all forces ithin and ithout 4 Being master the spiritual man can select th e good and rej ect the bad o ut o f a l l environments 5 M an can embody in his character the true , the bea u ti ful and good and he can create his o n atmosph ere ‘ 6 Man is responsible He is th e archi te ct o f his o n character The materials are u nlimited in supply and he is to blame i f he fails and will be rewarded i f he succeeds il ee
,
.
.
w ,
,
.
.
,
w ,
.
,
.
w
w
,
.
w
,
w
.
.
.
.
.
w
w .
.
.
,
.
w
.
,
.
.
.
.
w
,
,
.
U
60
n se e n
Forc e s
an
d H
o
w
to U se T he m
.
CH A P T ER V II TH E
S
U B CO N S CIOU S B R A I N—
w
.
CO
w
NT IN UED
.
my aims in riting this volume is to open the eyes o f my fello s in the struggle o f li fe to the grande u r ers they possess and to the infinite possibilities o f the po that lie l n the realms o f the unseen and subconscious Medicine by prescribing material remedies exclusively and neglecting the menta l factor ; theology by preachin g the doc trl n e o f human depravity and the po erlessness o f the human ill hymnology by setting the false theology to music ; and psychology , by i ts narro definition of min d have surrounded man ith a dense thought atmosphere composed of eakness helplessness depravity and fear Man has absorbed this atmosphere These suggestions have entered and become part and parcel of his bei n g ; th ey are inscribed u po n the convolutio ns o f his bra1n l n fact they have so modified these brain convolutions that by the la s o f heredity these suggestions have been handed do n from generation to generation W e literally live move and have o u r being in an ocean of suggestions that enslaves the ego , cramps the po ers o f the soul freeze s all arm aspirations and turns man into a cringing fright ” “ “ ened co ard a worm o f the dust a bro k en and empty ” singing that hymn that smells o f death and decay v essel “ Har k , from the tombs a dole ful sound T he a i m of the N e Thought philosophy is to s eep a ay this false environment and put in its place an environ One
of
w
.
,
,
w
w
w
w
,
w
,
,
,
.
.
w w
,
,
,
.
w
,
w w
,
,
,
,
,
w
,
w
.
w
U me nt
Forc e s
n se e n
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
16 1
.
of
tho u ght that i s an exact co unterpart of the trut h ’ o f t he universe and man s being I freely co nc ede that it is a herculean task but j ust as Hercules clean sed th e A ugean stables by turning the crystal streams o f the river thro u gh them so e propose to s eep a ay the false e n v i ro n me n t by turning upo n ma n th e crystal streams o f t rut h We propose to meet all obj ections in a S pirit o f sere n e cal mness S torm meetin g storm only adds to the fury o f the conflict Truth never engages i n st ormy argument Truth quietly m akes a statement and allo s error to orry itsel f to death in the vain attempt to overco me it Truth i s like all the o ther con q uering fo rces o f the universe ; like light fo r instance L ight never ar g ues ; it does n ot anno u nce i ts approach ith ban ds ban n ers or boisterous ness ; i ts co ming i s as S ilent as the foot fal l of a fairy A S it comes the darkne ss stag g ers turn s and v anishes like a frightened deer As it comes all li fe rej oices and all n a ture dons her festive garments As the truth advances e expect that it ill m eet with intense oppositio n but al l oppo sition i n th e lo n g run will vanish like the darkness T o Oppose truth is to commit ’ suicide Truth i s man s best friend Truth comes to man with her hands full of b l essing her he art full o f love, her lips dropping benedictio ns Truth i s a beauti ful angel to the man ho i s receptive to her graci ous tender ness, b u t sh e is the minister o f j ustice to the man ho obstinatel y refuses her gi fts Saul o f Tarsus held the c l othes of those cri mina l s ho slew Stephen the white souled the S il v er to ngued cham “ pion o f truth ; a fter this he breathed o u t threate ning s ” and slaughter a gainst the n e System la u nched by Jc su s .
,
ww
w
,
.
.
w
w
.
.
.
w
.
,
,
.
,
.
w
w
.
,
.
.
.
,
w
.
w
w
.
,
w
11 m
U
16 2
Fo r c e s
n se e n
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
Nazareth ; he resolved to destroy it and he Obtained letters of authori ty legalizing his mad rage and started fo r a distant city to carry his icked purpose into e ffect O n the ay the light of truth ith a brilliance that ou tfl ash e d the S yrian su n in its splendor shone u pon him and he fell to the earth and a voice out o f the maj estic splendor as “ h eard saying : It i s hard fo r thee to kick against the ” goad The goad as a Sharp stick shod ith sharpened steel used by the teamsters o f that day i n driving oxen S o truth is a S harp stick shod ith sharpened steel and the man ho thro s himsel f in to a hostile attitude to it inj ures himsel f but does not h urt the truth C hristianity be fore it re ce 1v e d the touch o f polluted hands as simple beauti ful maj estic tru t h and S aul o f Tarsus as committing suicide by attempting to destroy it S aul as an ardent and fiery champion o f Ju daism He had been surrounded ith a thought-atmosphere ex ish from his childhood He had absorbed e lusively Je this atmosphere and he became an incarnation o f that o l d system and on e o f its most noted exponents C hristianity aimed at the complete abolition o f this system o f thought, and Sau l flung himsel f for ard and fought t o avert the supposed calamity He might as ell have tried to stem Niagara o r drive back the tides He might as ell have tried to rein in the cyclone o r brush back the morning W 1th a broom T he N e Thought philosophy is a restatement o f the simple teachings o f Christ We demand that this teach ing be freed fro m all human O pi nio ns divorced from all c ast-iro n creeds clea n sed from t he p oison o f human error of
.
,
w w
w
,
.
,
w
,
,
w
.
w
w
w w
.
,
.
w w w w ,
,
.
,
,
,
w
.
.
,
.
w
.
w
.
w .
.
,
,
w
U
16 4
Force s
ns e e n
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
wsome great and noble thing high success busine in art the a true w oman children s gro w th in every great virtue the advance some good cause destruction some vested w rong th e triumph some glor ous principle the opportunity an immortal li and the strength and greatness that belie w ill pass int in
in
,
or
l ov e
,
of
'
,
’
his
of
,
of
i
ss
,
of
,
of
,
th e
of
fe ,
f
o
”
and become a living part o f the man We have already seen that the spiritual man comes h ere to find o u t ha t he i s an d ha t a re hi s p ossi bi li ti es H o can he un fold himsel f i f he believes that he is a poor mi s e ra b l e retch , orphaned ragged smitte n t h roh gh and through ith a million i n fi rmi ti e s These false ideas have ’ turned the orld into a poorhouse and God s children sons and daughters of the King into a race o f shivering co ardly retches The infinite Father in training his children has fu r n i sh e d innumerable object-lessons b u t these lesso ns have been tarnished by h uman hands History 18 a gallery filled ith splendi d portraits of men and omen ho were great from the standpoint o f character and achievement, but o u r teachers have told us that these great individuals wer e specially created and specially endo ed an d 1n sp i re d by God for a Special ork that e have nothing in common ith them and that it ere folly to attem pt to emula te thei r example I am of the O pinion that ou r teachers in the p u lpit and in the chairs o f theology have un ittingly a cted the part o f robbers fo r they have stolen fro m u s t he m emorab l e examples o f the master spirits o f the past by proclaimi n g that it i s a matter of impossibility fo r u s t o attain to such heights of achievement The infinite Father has also written upon the plan o f .
w
w
w w w w w
w
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
w w
.
w
,
,
w —
w
w w w
w
.
,
.
U
nse e n
Fo rc e s
an d
H
o
w
w
65
to U s e T h e m
.
soul intense aspiratio ns to ards per fectio n a pro fo und reverence fo r truth a holy respect fo r the g ood and a lo fty Th e theolo gy tha t turn s G o d a dmiration fo r the beauti fu l into a g reen -eyed mo nster o f j ealousy is a relic o f barba S uch a God is a purely hu man creation It suited r ism very well i n the days when men made their gods to o rder But the infinite Father cannot be j ealo us whe n his chil dre n u nfold their po ers and advance to S plendid aeco m i Is the painter j ealous painting tha l sh me n t o f his t p I s the musician c om ma nds the admiratio n o f thousands f ealous his music that charms the vast audience Is the o j author j ealous o f hi s boo k hen it chains the attentio n o f orld ? Is the father j ealous o f his so n ho by virtue t he o f hi s superior ability throws him i nto the shade ? T o these questions e all answer No S ha l l e then stigma t i z e the character o f God by ascribin g to him feelin g s hich we would con sider dis g race ful in man God is h onored hen man u n folds himsel f and marches o n to grander achievement i n the real m of action Man a s built to alk upright ith his face towards the stars and it is a crime against h u manity to freeze ambitio n to destroy aspiration , t o crush the instinct fo r achie v ement and paralyze the will The robes o f the pro fessor i n the divinity schoo l , the holy hands of ordination o r the bej e e l e d crown o f the kin g co n fers upon n o man the right t o c ru sh the legitimate aspiratio n s o f the soul in man The great teacher re fused to break the bruised reed or q uench ” the smo kin g flax He stren gthened the bruised reed a n d fanned the smokin g flax into a brilliant flame Just as the gentle su nlight ooe s the seed i nto li fe so Jesus ooed the s o ul onward towards per fection t he
,
,
.
.
.
.
w
.
w
w
w
w w
,
.
w w
w
w
w
.
,
,
w
.
.
.
w
.
.
w
U
16 6
n se e n
Force s
an d
w
H
w
o
to U s e T h e m
.
w w
w
’
Man stands next to God He is God s s on He as born i t h magnificent possibilities ithin him a n d the i h finite Father has surrounded h i m ith the opulence o f li fe love truth po er and isdom T h e universe as built for man and it i s his delight ful privilege to explore th e regions of his o n being and estimate his po ers ; to ex l s t re the realms o f the u n iverse and discover its la o o ; p open the storehouses o f li fe and take possessio n in th e ’ Father s name It must be remembered that man has no right to u se his po ers to crush his fello s ; he has n o right to u se the treasures o f the universe to grati fy selfishness S e l fi shn ess is a perversion it is a defiance o f all l a both human and divine ; it is a destruction of the principle upon hich t h e whole system o f things as constructed Love created th e universe love p ervades and enswat hes it A ll law is lo ve in sel f-expression Nature sometimes ears a stern and savage appearance S he is only stern and severe to ards those h o stand hostile to her program S ing 1n to lin e ith l a and it becomes your friend Oppose it and it b e comes your enemy All punishment is reme dial An everlasting hell of fire and bri mstone, where dam ned spirits fry o n b u rning coals forever may be o n the pro gram o f th e n arrow theologian but it does not appear on the program o f the infinite Father Punishment is inflicted but it is sel f-i n fl i cte d, and its ultimate outcome is k n o ledge and obedience Since love built the universe , and since all things are moving on ards up the path o f eternal progres s ’ through love s inspiratio ns, then selfish ness is an abortio n and o u ght to be banished It is the s upreme purpose o f th e N e Thought p hi l oso .
,
,
,
w w w
.
,
w w w
.
,
.
w
w
w
.
w
,
w
.
w w w .
.
w ww
.
.
,
,
.
.
,
,
w ,
.
.
w .
w
U
16 8
n seen
Forc e s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
w w w w w
w
’
man s observatory ; it is the throne -roo m o f ill the seat of j udgment a n d reason It is the brain into hich the spiritual steps he n he a akes o u t o f sleep it is also A ll ideas pa ss in revie here t he assorting-roo m fo r ideas and are stamped i t h the ord accepted o r the ord re f d and then allo ed to pass into the vast storehouse e c t e o j In this region the spiritual man eaves t he subconscious the ideas that are accepted and the rej ection o f the ideas that are rej ected into the living tissue o f body and spirit I f the idea re fers to the body it goes to the body and i f it re fers to the spirit it goes to the spirit The o n der ful eaver in the depths never makes a mistake The very same l a t h at eaves thought attitudes into brain attitudes thereby produci n g habits is the law that seizes all ideas hether o f acceptance or rej ection and eaves them into li fe ; and j ust as the tattoo marks remain permanently i n the body u nl ess they are replaced by some ne mater ial so th ese ideas re main in the subconscio us a n d in the living tissue o f body and spirit until they a re replaced by n e ones ; and even then the ego as he O per ates i n the subconscious c a n n e ver forget that at o n e time i n his experience he was in possession o f them The conscious brain is the department h ere the spirit ual man thro s into external for m his thoughts ords and actions The subco nscious is the storehouse from hence h e is furnished ith material as he needs it T hough t stu ff is the material There is so to speak a double elevator in movement all the time i n the brain on e carry ing thought-stu ff do n to the subconscio us the other carrying thought -stu ff up i nto the conscious Man is building his o n character , a nd he is furnishing material i tu al
,
w w w w .
.
,
.
.
w ,
w
.
,
w w
,
w w w
.
,
,
,
w
-
w .
.
w w
w
w
,
.
,
,
.
w w
,
,
.
U
n se en
Forc e s
an d
H
o
w
16 9
to U s e T h e m
.
to build the characters of others The co ncentratio n of thought -stu ff in the individual and the distributio n o f the T his law o f con s ame material are going o n a ll the time o f the universe an d c entration and distribution is a l a d oes n ot depend upon the hu man ill The human ill Here is here the stu ff O perates in the conscious brain that enters into character is inspected T he spiritual man ious brain is r esponsible for a ctin g as inspector i n the cons c the quality o f the thou gh t stu fl that he hands o ver to th e builder i n the subconscio us regions The la s o f charac ter buildin g are so mathematically adj usted to truth and j ustice that i f the spiritual man hands over thought -stu ff to the builder th at is u n desirable he inj ures himsel f beyo nd There lived a contractor i n a north ern city c o mput ation He as a dishonest man and hen he received a co n tract to erect a building his mai n ambition as to m ake as much money o u t o f the contract as he could To this end he u sed cheap and defective material and covered up the de fe e ts ith putty and paint His i fe as a oman o f noble type S he a s employed as a dressmaker by the i fe o f a U nited S tates senator h o lived i n the same city The senator resolved to make her a present so he called her h usband to hi s o ffi ce and told him to erect a com fortable and su bstantia l ho me o n o n e o f the lots owned by the se n a tor The senator ent to Washington an d be fore he ent he gave the dishonest contractor de fi nite instructio n s The co ntractor ent to ork and p u t cheap and de fective m aterial into the b uilding coverin g up all the de fects When the senator came home he examine d the house and t hen ha n ded the contractor a deed fo r the house an d l o t The contractor in surprise examined the deed and fo und .
w w .
w
w
.
.
.
w
.
w
w
.
,
.
w
'
.
w
.
w
ww w
.
w
~
w
.
,
w .
w w w ,
.
,
.
.
.
U
170
n se e n
w w
For ce s
an d
H
w to
o
U s e T he m
.
ww w ww w w
that it as deeded to his o n i fe a n d he unconsciously blurted o u t : What a con founded fool I as ; i f I ha d kno n that this house a s to be my o n I ould hav e ” put good material into it But it as too late then the opportunity as gone forever E v ery man is b uil ding his n character, and he is furnishing the m aterial to build o He is responsible for the timbe r the characters O f others he puts into the structure and the timber h e furnishes to others ithin the s eep o f his influence A s a unit in th e grand body o f humanity his main ambitio n o u ght to be to build up a strong hite noble soul o u t o f selected m ate rial and furnish his share o f similar material so that t he entire body may reach per fection Man timber is thought stu ff We have already see n that this stu ff is inspected i n the conscious brai n under the flashlight o f reason and j udg ment W hen it is inspecte d and approved it goes do n and the builder in the s u b co n scious silently transmutes it into character When it h as passed through this process it is ready to be given forth to the orld in visible o r audible form as pre pared material Every man that lives furnishes i n his conversation and f actions a transparent sho indo m hich are samples o the thought -stu ff that is in him The best k ind o f man timber i s tru t h rought into living form in the perso n o f some majestic individual Human creeds are compose d of orm -eaten decayed h uman Opinio ns This age de mands truth transl ated into magnificent lives We have n o arrived at the poin t here e can expla in memory in a simple ay M emory i s the a bi l i ty to ca l l up ' thou ght-stu fi f rom the r e a l ms of the su bcon sci ou s i n to the c ons ci ou s It is clearly impossible for a man to have a ,
w
w
.
.
.
.
w
,
w w
.
,
.
.
w
.
,
.
w
.
w w ww
w
w
.
.
.
,
w
w .
.
ww .
U
17 2
n se e n
w
Force s
H
an d
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
w ww
ww w
mouth elections‘ I was sh ut up ith him i n a carriage for t enty -four ho urs I ventured to as k hi m hat as the ‘ His ans er as : I r esolved hen s ecret o f h i s success to make everything I acquired b e ginning to read l a per fectly my o n and never to go to a second thing till I had entirely accomplished the first M any o f my com b u t at eek e ti to rs read as much in a day as I did in a p a s as fresh as on t he end o f t elve months my kno ledge the day it was acquired wh ile theirs had glided away from ’ t heir recollection Memory is the po er to call up from the subconscio us t o t he conscio us the thought-stu ff therein stored and S ir Ed ard S ugden i n the above cited case so concentrated his attention upo n each ite m o f hi s studies that the ideas ermeated his entire spiritual bei ng and ere impressed p u pon the convolutions o f his brain By co n cen tr a ti on he impressed them upon the subconscious brain and by r ep eti t i on he mastered the po er to recall them o u t o f the su b c onscious into the conscious Havi ng obeyed the l a o f memory he mastered the l a and that l a as ever a fter his illing servant and delivered up the thought stu ff hen t h e maste r needed it We n o se e clearly that a good memory involves Obe d i e n ce to t o g rand conditions con cen tra ti on and r ep e ti ti on A man may by concentratio n impress an idea deeply upo n t h e su b co n sc l o u s brain but unless he cultivates the po er o f calling it up by repetitio n he may apparently forget it C on cen tr a ti on is only o n e -hal f O f the l a o f memory E xp re ssi on i s the other hal f The l a o f memory may be stated thus : Con cen tra te upon the matter to be re m em b ered until it has pervaded the soul and has bee n i m .
.
w
w
’
,
,
,
.
w w
w
w
,
,
.
w
w
,
,
,
w
.
w w .
w w
,
,
ww
w
-
w w
'
.
.
,
w
,
.
.
w
w
.
.
U
n se e n
Force s
an d
H
o
w
17 3
to U s e T h e m
.
w
presse d upo n the ne rv e centers o f the su b co nscious brain ; then give exp r essi on to the thought in your o n lan guage Con cen tra ti on supplies the subcon scio us with th e thought E xp r essi on develops th e power to call it up i n to th e st u fl conscious brai n for u se Man i s a onder ful institution capitalizes thou g ht stu ff and exp ressi on dis t t i Con cen r a on tributes it Tho usands upon tho usands complai n of an i mper fect “ memory They say : N o matter ho much I fix my ” attentio n upon the subject matter I can not remember it T he reason they can no t remember it is because they have O f expression T he subconscio us failed to O bey the l a will n ot yield up i ts rich trea sures un less e obey t he I am o f the O pin i on that the spiritual ma n in th e la n s ubconscious never forgets anythin g he has ever kno He may n ot be able to br 1u g it u p into the r ealm o f co n sc i ou sn e ss, b ut t h is is n o proo f that he has for g otten it My experiments i n hypnotism have demonstrated to my mind conclusively that the spiritual man i n the sub co n scio us can never forg et anything he has ever known I n hypnotism the spiritual man retires fro m the consciou s brain into the subconscious When the subj ect i s in thi s st ate of u n conscio u sness I have by means o f su ggestio n enabled him to give expression to facts, ideas an d e x p e ri e n c e s that he co uld n o t reproduce i n his conscious state In dividuals h o have bee n rescued fro m dro m n g i n rel ati n g their experience have said that in the fe m o ments of aw ful stru ggle in the ater all the events o f their l i ne s passed in rapid panorama be fore them Evidently in a case o f this kind under inte n se mental a gony the s u b co n sc l o u s b rain delivered u i contents t s p .
w
’ .
.
.
.
w
.
-
.
,
w
w
.
w
w
.
.
.
.
.
w
w w .
,
,
w
.
,
,
,
.
U
17 4
Forc e s
n se e n
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
History records some strange cases corroborating the O pinion that the subconsciou s bra 1n can never forget any Here is a ell t hing that has been impressed upo n it kno n and o ft quoted story furnishing a case in point “ A ser vant girl in G ermany as very ill o f nervous fever ith violent delirium In her excited rav a ccompanied ings she recited long passages from classical an d rabbinical riters hich excited the onder and even terror of all ho heard them the most o f ho m thought her inspired o f a good o r evil s irit f S ome the passages hich o p were ritten do n were found to correspond ith literal W hen inquiries ere made e xtracts from learned boo k s concern i ng the history o f her li fe it as fo und that several h f f f l d ears be ore had lived in the amil a n and s e o o y y learned preacher in the country ho as i n the habit o f reading al oud favorite passages from the very riters l n hose orks these extracts ere discovered Evidently her mental e xcitement acted upon the subconscious brain h ust as suggestion acts upon subcon cio us brain in the s e t j c ase o f the hypnotized subj ect enabling her to give ex pression to these lon g extracts hich had bee n i mpressed u po n it by hearing the o l d preacher recite them ” “ Rev Timothy Flint in his Recollections records O f himsel f that hen prostrated by malarial fever he repeated a loud long passages fro m V irgil and Homer hich he had never formally co mmitted to memory and o f hich both be fore and after he could scarcely repeat a line The subconscious brain is a delicate and exquisitely se n s i ti z e d instrument Because of this it ill receive impres sions more easily and retain the m lon g er than the disc o f a phonograph
w
w
.
w
w
.
w w w w w
w w
,
w w w
.
.
w ww w w ,
ww
.
w ,
.
.
w
,
,
w w
,
.
.
.
w
U
17 6
n se e n
Force s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
A ga i n , the sp i ri tu a l ma n i n the
su bcon sci ou s
br a i n
n ever
w
f n scio u s In sleep the spiritual man retires rom the co p brain Duri n g his aking h ours th e spirit u al man O perates exteriorly thro u gh the conscious and interiorly through the subconscious In sleep he ceases to Operate exteriorly and all his forces act do nward a n d in ard S leep i s there fore re freshing an d invigoratin g because there i s an intensified stream o f spiritual and nerve energy operatin g upon the vital organs We have already seen in a former chapter that the spiritual man , through the subconsciou s brai n g u ards the citadel o f li fe To sustain life the vital organs must be kept in operation day and n ight ; there fore , the spiritual man never sleeps ; he keep s his hand u pon the vital machinery of the body every moment of existence I f there a s n o other evidence o f the activity o f the S piritual man during sleep save the continued and regular activity o f the vital organs this in itsel f ould be su ffi cient Apart from this e could furnish evidence in unlimited quantities I ill record a fe R L S tevenson the great novelist sho s ho his dreams increased in complexity ith h i s l i fe until hen he commenced to rite stories for publicatio n he got most o f his ideas fro m his dreams He “ says My Bro nies , G od bless them do o n e hal f my ork for me hile I a m fast asleep and in all h uman like l i hood do the rest for me as ell hen I am ide a ake a n d fondly suppose I do it fo r mysel f I had long been ’ anting to rite a book o n man s do ublebeing For t o days I ent about racking my brain fo r a plot of some sort and o n the second night I drea mt the scene in Dr Jekyll a n d Mr Hyde at the indo , and a scene a fter s l ee
s.
.
w
.
w
,
.
.
.
,
w
.
w
w w w ww w w w w w w ww w w w w w w ww .
.
.
.
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
.
,
.
.
U
Forc e s
n se e n
and
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
17 7
.
ards split in w in w hich Hyde pu sued took the w w der and u nder w ent the change the presence his pur ‘ suer In the C ount the mother cham ber the meeting the stairs the broke w indow w ere given to me i n bulk and detail as I have tried to w rite t
o
r
p
of
in
’
O ta l l a
.
,
,
,
on
o
O tal l a
n
,
’ s
,
al
l
”
them ” C oleridge is said to have dreamed K u bl a Khan a fter din ner during a nap and rote it down line by line hen he a oke A distinguished la yer had studied for days a most i m portant case O n e night his i fe sa him rise up in the night si t do n an d rite a long paper hich he put i n his desk and returned to bed Next morning he told his i fe that he had a most interesting dream that he de l i v ered a clear and l uminous o pinio n o n the case an d that he ould give anything to recover the train o f tho ught hich had occurred S he then directed him to the desk here to hi s surprise and j oy he foun d all that he had dreamt clearly ritten out “ Lord Kames in hi s History o f M an says There are various interesting operations o f hich e have n o co nsciousness and yet that they have existed is known by thei r e ffects O ften have I go ne to bed ith a co n fused notio n of hat I as st udying a n d have awakened in the ” morning complete master o f the subj ect These inci dents a fe o u t o f tens o f thousands that might be recorded demon strate beyo nd all do ubt the capa; b i l i ty of the spiritual man for action during sleep In fact, i f all these incidents ere W 1p e d ou t o f existence the facts furnished by hypnotism ould be more than su fli c i e n t to rove it M y n experiments i h pnotis m have shown o n p y .
w
,
.
.
w
w
w ww w w w ,
,
w w w w
.
,
.
w
,
,
.
w w w ,
,
,
w w .
,
w
.
,
.
12
m
w w w
.
U
17 8
F o rc e s
n se e n
an
d H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
w
me the marvelous i n tellectu a l po er o f the Spiritual man I have as he operates through the subconscious brain placed subjects i n a deep sleep and carried the m i n thought t o places they had never visited o n the t O p o f the Blue ” “ Ridge mountains in the land o f the s ky a nd made them describe the sunset beh i nd the mountains and th e I have carried m aj estic sceneries that stretched fa r belo them to the Corcoran A rt Gallery in W ashington in thought and heard them descri be in glo ing langu age the beauty o f a masterpiece in painting or a gro up in sculpture I have carried them in thought on a sailing trip over the Chesape a k e bay and heard them describe their sensations itnessed I have carried o f pleasure and the scenes they them in tho u ght to the opera house to hear the great band master S ousa I have atched the changing expression aves o f imagined music swept o ver the o n the face as the soul I have seen them cla p their hands as the music ceased an d heard them express their extreme pleasure S uch experiments as these have dem o n strated to my mind the marvelous capability o f the Spiri tual man fo r a o tion as he operates in the subconsci ous realms At this p om t e ill e x a mm e the philosophy o f dreams W e have already learned that the spiritual man operating in the subconscious i s governed by suggestion A ll dr ea ms ca n be exp l a i n e d b on si der i n g the n a tu r e of the suggesti on c y tha t r ou ses the sp i r i tu a l ma n i n to a cti on i n sl eep For i n stance , a dream ca n be ca u sed by 1 P e rip her a l S uggesti on It is a cold night the ther mome te r is hovering near zero and the sleeper as he turns tosses the covers to the o n e side exposing his body The cold ai r coming into contact i th the skin conveys the s ug .
,
,
,
w w .
,
.
w
.
w
-
.
w
.
.
ww
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
,
,
,
w ,
.
U
18 0
n se e n
w
Forc e s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
w ww w
ho led around the house , the night a s pitch dar k and the rain rattled upon the indo -panes I as fright ened ; the s u rroundings added terror to my fear I ent ith a visio n o f Satan playing upon th e bagpipes to Sleep surrounded by co fli n s That night I had a fearf ul dream ’ ” I dreamt that I a s Tam O S ha n te r flyin g for my li fe ith all the demons o f hell y e lling o n my o n a grey mare trac k The su ggesti on s aroused by hearing the ild tale recited operated upon the subco nscious brain in Sleep ro us ing the spiritual man i nto action The suggestion gave him the nudge and he did the rest I do n ot propose to combat the idea that the substance o f some dreams is conveyed to the sleeper by spiritu a l messengers Man 1s open to both the seen and the unseen universe He can be infl uenced fro m both or lds I am s i mply endeavoring to explain i n a simple ay the origin o f dreams I assert it as my firm belie f then that som e dreams are cau sed by sp i r i tu a l suggesti on Jacob fled away from home He Slept on e night U po n the mountains It must have been an ideal summer nigh t in that oriental land T he ai r as balmy and the moon sailed through silvery clouds W ith a stone fo r his pillo and the so ft moss o f the mountain fo r his b e d he had a beauti ful dream He dream t that he sa a ladder exten d i n g from earth to heaven and h e beheld angels ascendin g I believe that an a n gel touched a n d descending upon it the subconscio us brain O f the tired S leeper and , behold , the entrancing vision appeared Pe ter the apostle i s asleep on the housetop N o Pete r as a Je and all thro u gh his li fe he ha d absorbed an atmosphere o f tho u ght that made him present a hostil e W l nd
-
.
w
.
w w
,
w
'
.
,
.
w
.
,
.
.
w w
.
.
.
.
.
.
w
.
.
w
.
w
.
,
,
.
,
.
w w ,
.
w ,
U
nseen
w w
Force s
H
an d
o
w
18 1
to U s e T he m
.
attitude to all Gentiles A fter he became a C hristian he clung ith inveterate tenacity t o the belie f that Chris t ia n i ty a s fo r the Je s alone E v entually as he u n folded in hi s Spiritual li fe the n e i dea began to da n u pon hi m that Christianity as fo r all nations There as a confl ict ’ i n P eter s nature bet een the ol d and the new thought He did n ot kno W hat to do He as in a dilem ma He en t to Sleep arguing the q uestion ith himsel f The v do u uestion that pressed n ard an d in ard pon i t a s q the nerve centers o f his s ubconscious brain as he ent to sleep as Must I preach the gospel to the G entiles ‘ Are they n ot u nder b an by divi ne decree 2 Are they not d eclared unclean by the M osaic l a ? A S the apostle slept the suggesti on s i nvolved in these questio n s roused the spiritual man into action i n the subcon scious realms At this j uncture God entered upo n the scene and Peter b e h eld a visio n o f a Sheet let do n from heaven filled ith a l l k inds o f animals both clean and u nclean , and the c o m ” ’ mand as given : Rise Peter kill and eat Peter s stubborn prej udices ere still su fli ci e n tl y strong to rouse him into O ppositio n The sheet as let do n three times and the co mmand as given and the explana tion made What G o d hath cleansed that tho u must n ot call commo n ” nor unclean The sheet a s then dra n up o u t o f S ight a nd hen Peter a oke he found the Gentiles clamorin g fo r the gospel from his lips I am pro foundl y o f the impression that man is O pen to suggestions from all bein gs a n d fro m all real ms— from God the angels from the per fected spiri ts o f j ust men as well a s from living men and omen He is O pen to su ggestio n s that are embodied in the visible obj ects in the universe .
w w w w w w w w w w ww w w ,
.
,
.
w
.
.
.
.
w
w
.
w
w
,
w w
.
w w
w
w
.
,
,
.
w
w
,
,
w
,
.
,
,
w
,
.
,
U
18 2
n s ee n
Forc e s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
from
.
w
those enshrined in architecture pai ntings o r sculpture W ith this Vie o f man I find o r embalmed in literature no di fficulty hatever in believing that some dreams and v isions may have been the result o f spiritual visitation In the next place th e spiritual ma n Operating in the subconscio u s a cts a s the chemi st i n the grea t l a bor a tory of thou ght We have seen already that the spiritual ma n operating through the subconscious acts as the chemist i n He n o t alo n e th e process o f digestion and assimilation governs the digestion and assimilation o f food-stu ff fo r the body ; he digests and assimil ates the tho ught -stuff fo r the building of character or k per 1 T he most important par t of the mental formed by the spiritual man i s done i n the deep silences o f the subconscious Mythology tells us that V ulcan forge d the thunderbolts o f Jove i n the deep caverns beneath the mountain of 'O lympu s S o the spiritual man elds t he thought stuff furnished him in the deep real ms o f the su b conscious S olomon King o f Israel built a gorgeo us tem ple F or grandeur o f conception fo r symmetry O f str u ct ure, for per fection o f detail and beauty O f appearance i t has never been surpassed T hat temple rose i nto bea u ty ithout the sound o f the ham mer or the gratings o f a sa In absolute S ilence it rose into to ering maj es ty and i f the eyes had not beheld the workmen one ould have s u p posed that the temple was being built by angel hands Ho The architect had every piece o f as this possible ? material ready to be put into p lace Every sto ne and col u m n every j oint and fastening as per fectly adj usted and that adj ustment as so per fect that the orkmen could erect the temple ithout noise Far a ay from the site o f ,
w
.
.
,
.
.
w
.
.
.
w
.
.
,
w
w
.
w
.
w
,
w w
.
w .
,
w w
,
.
w w
,
U
18 4
n se e n
Fo rc e s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
w w w w w w w w w w ww w ww w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w ww w w w
w
responsibility ceases at the e dge o f the conscio u s brain fo r e have no consciousness o f ho the spiritual man in the subconsciou s turns the material into the finished ar ticle The only thing e kno is that the or k is done someho , and it is done ithout any re ference to o u r ill We kno ho e gather material and h o e approve or reject it All this ork is done in the light O f conscious But hen e hand the material over to the su b c on n ess scious it passes out o f the realm o f conscious k no ledge and control a n d remains a ay until it reappears in per fected form It is pro foundly and scientifically true that every ” He i s not re ma n is the architect o f his o n character sponsible fo r the p l an but he is respo n sible fo r the mate rial that enters into the structure A gain al l this or k o f thro ing material into fi nished forms i s done ithout e f fort ; in other ords it i s done a u tomatically The spirit ual man in the subconscious governs the vital organs keeps them in continual movement and builds the body itho ut any conscious e ffort In this realm he is proudly i n de p e n dent O f the ill and as he manu factures food -stu ff i nto a visible organism m a rv e l o usl y constructed and perfectly ad j usted ithout e ffort , so he manu factures thought -stuff into plan and philosophy measure system poem paint ing o r character itho u t any conscious effort o n his part at all The conscio us e ffort comes into play hen the S piritual man desires to give the fi n ished ork external form It ill be noticed then that the ork o f the spiritual man operating through the conscious brain is all external or k , hile his or k through the subconscious is all i n ternal With o ne brai n he or k s i n the seen ith th e O ur ,
.
.
.
.
,
.
.
,
.
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
.
,
.
,
,
U
n se e n
w w
Fo rc e s
an d
H
o
w
18 5
to U s e T h e m
.
ther in the un seen The business o f the Spiritual man as he orks in the consciou s is to exte r n a l i ze ; his b u siness as he orks in the subconscio us is to r ea li ze The hole philosophy o f li fe is su mmed up in these t o ords rea l i z a ti on and e x ter n a l i za ti on The Spiritual man as he Operat e s in th e conscio us o u ght t o furnish selec ted material and then give free an d spon ork o f the subconscio u s Pro t an e o u s expression to the v i de d the material furnished is good t h e fi nished products al ays beauti ful and per fect in o f the subconscious are themselves but they are o ften Spoiled in the act o f expres sion I f the material furnished as faultless and the p o e rs o f expressio n ere equal to the po ers o f subconscious per formance then all the achievements o f man that have a ssumed visible shape ould be faultless The Spiritual man in the conscious brain ought to e u de a v or to give free easy and unobstructed expression t o t hat hich is in the interior depths o f the so ul He ought not to attempt to modi fy or change Or correct by conscious e ffort the thoughts that rise fro m the depths and surge for ard seeking fo r expression I o uld give the su b co n ” “ s cious sel f free rein I ould loose him and let hi m go B u t some o n e O bj ects at this poi nt and says This ould ” n o t be policy It mig ht not be policy b ut it ould be hon esty The child be fore it is versed in the dishones t s ubterfuges o f society is honest f ree outspoken and spon tan e o u s in his utterances What is in hi m comes o u t He hides nothing He is per fectly transparent Wha t he i s he i s t hrough and through his bei n g He is Simple artless “ c andid and co urageous The great Master taught u s th at e must become li k e the child to enter the kin gdo m o f
o
.
ww .
w
.
w w
,
w
.
w w
.
,
w
.
w
w .
,
.
w
w
w .
.
w w .
.
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
.
.
,
w
.
.
,
,
,
U
18 6 ”
Forc e s
n se e n
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
T he
beauty o f childh ood is the bea u ty o f spon ta n e ou s utterance I am o f the Opi nio n that a l l dishonesty deception , s u b te rfu ge po licy and masquerading arises in the conscio us brain I f they had their origin in the depths o f the su b conscious man o uld not be responsible fo r them In the conscio us brain resp onsibility begins and ends Here is here the dee p u tterances o f the soul are changed and modi fi e d and chiseled to suit the convenience o f the ho ur and the false con ventionalities o f the occasion Here is here th e mas k s are taken Off o r put o n In the silenc e o f the inte rior man is true ; in the noise o f the ex terior he i s false O n t he Spirit u al and 1n V 1S 1b l e plane he is in l 1ne ith the program o f G od o n the human and Visible plane he i s in line ith the program o f soc l e ty Shakespeare uttered a great truth hen he said heaven
.
.
,
,
w
.
.
w
.
w
.
.
w
w
w
.
hi e d th
To t
An
T h ou
n
o
en
l f be t w f ll w
it
n se
w w w w w
,
the
o
s as
be
f a l se
o
ca n s t n o t
r ue
.
to
n
igh t
an y
t h e d a y,
m an
” .
w w w
is hy I pl ead fo r spontaneo us expressio n T hro Externalize the internal Thro th e soul out ard as it is a ay all mas k s and let the V 1si bl e be a transparent i n do out o f hich the soul ill loo k Banish the unreal and let th e real assert itsel f Carry all the gigant i c poten t i al i ti e s o f the re a l ma n o u t into the O pen air and turn them to use on the visible plane T he subconscio us is natural the conscious is inclined to be artificial T he subco nscious deals ith the real ; t he conscious ith the u nreal O n e deals ith the spiritual and eternal ; the other ith the material and temporal I t T his
.
.
.
w
.
.
.
w .
w .
w w
.
U
n se e n
w
Force s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
love as e learn to s k ate or play the piano Love has its source in the subconscious ; it is the Spontaneous out ’ fl o i n gs of the soul s a fli n i ti e s Love never publishes its f f i ts A harities the le t hand k no eth S it dispenses its c g ” not hat the right hand doe th Love never demands pay fo r its services Love gives fo r the joy o f giving L ove is not hemmed i n by conscious limitations It breaks o ver and through all barriers o f Sect and creed and party Love is a divine impulse and does not recognize the arti fi c i a l distinctions o f the exte r nal orld Love thinketh ” n o evil It can not co nceive o f evil because in itsel f it is e ssentially pure W hen love becomes co nscious o f itsel f a n d begins to glory in its o n excelle n ce then it becomes s elfishness and loses its luster and charm All true eloquence is an o u tfl o i n g fro m the s ub con The etymology o f the ord is proo f o f thi s ; it s cious ” “ means to spea k o u t o f Eloquence is the soul i n a c tion It is a stream o f speech from the deep i nterior o f the s oul It is a surging torre nt o f tho u ght at hite heat W hen the orator is at his best all th e po ers o f his being a re brought into requisitio n T he cons ol ons 1s su b ordi nate to the subconscious The soul rises i n its maj esty and marches out into the external fo rm It flashes fro m the eye quivers on the lip vibrates in the vo i ce and s ays the entire body T he artificial is absent the natural is present the h uman is cro ded bac k the divine stands re In true oratory the impact o f the soul upon the v ealed a udience is irresistible Naked soul touches naked soul and the orator seizing the deeps carries the audience hithersoever he pleases T he true orator li k e t he true poet , is born not made to
.
w w
w
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
w
.
.
,
w
.
,
w w
.
.
.
.
w
.
,
w
.
.
.
w
.
,
,
w
.
,
,
,
.
.
w
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
U
Fo r c e s
n see n
an
d H
o
w
18 9
to U s e T he m
.
He cannot be fashioned by the culture o f the schools T rue eloquence cannot be produced by artificial methods The shado o f conscio usness mars the beauty o f the sOu l Man can build an auto maton dress him u p and cause hi m al k , but e can se e the heels springs and stri n gs o f to the machinery S o a man by conscious effort can speak ell but hen he Speaks hi s piece it h studied gesture e can easily discover the artificial Nature can n o t be coun .
w w w w w
.
.
w ,
,
w
.
,
w
.
te rfe i te d
.
w a thing beauti ully grandly whe does it Talent
w
A ll the marvelous achievements o f genius are the o u t A gen i us 1S a man ho does fl o i n gs o f the subco nscious .
w
w
per f ectly and does not kno , ho i s th e ork o f the conscious ; genius is the per formance of the subconscious Talent is artificial ; genius is natural T alent i s rule ; genius i s li fe I f S hakespeare could tell exactly h o he wrote his dramas , each man could become a S hakespeare by l e arn 1n g the art he I f Raphael could give minute directions as to ho painted all could learn the art and the world o uld be cro ded ith mas terpieces I f M ichael Angelo co uld tell ’ h o he thought o ut the plan o f S t Peter s all h o ished could learn these rules and beco me great architects B ut gen i us has no r ules Th e formulatio n o f rules i s the wor k O f the conscious brain The subconscio us i s a law unto itsel f ; —i t rides roughsho d over all metho ds bor n o f consciousness s eeps o u t grandly and declares i ts supe r i ori t f f l Genius is the deep g rand ma estic li e o the sou y , j i n magni fi cent mo vement Every man is a Sphin x to all others an un solved rid ” dle an agent fro m his cre ator ith sealed orders S hakespeare canno t tell us the secre t o f hi s power H e f
,
,
.
.
w
.
.
w w ww
.
ww w ,
.
,
.
.
.
.
,
w
.
,
.
w
,
.
.
U
190
Fo r c e s
n se e n
wessentially great
an
d H
o
w
to U se T he m
.
w
w
and because he a s great i t as nat T he deep subconscious u ral fo r hi m to do great things li fe poured itsel f o u t through him in matchless drama S ha k espeare drank in from nature ; he unco n sciously and hat he sa and heard and then c onsciously assi milated o rganized in visible for ms o f dramatic art the li fe o f the orld The k ing the courtier the prince the pe asant the fo p the fool manhood and omanhood pure and omanhoo d black ith s imple and beauti ful manhood and im purity passio n and policy every for m o f li fe that ithin the range o f his fa r-s eeping vision he c ame T hen b e associated them invested them a ppropriated i t h l i fe and motive and then he embodied in dramatic onderful brain a rt the dramas they had played in his a s S imply the aman S ha k espeare in his co nscious state u e n si s fo r the hidde n creator in the depths o f the s u b co n s cious A S S hakespeare as the unconscious m edium fo r the expression o f the highest drama so B e ethoven as the u nconscious medium fo r the expression o f the richest har m ony Beethove n could not tell us the secret o f his art He could not sell it for millions ; he could not i mpart it fo r a mine o f gold The inspirati on o f his art had its s ource a ay in the deeps belo the level o f consciousness He as organized for mus1c Music as part and parcel O f his being ; it pervaded the fibers o f his subconsciousness Because o f this be attracted harmony from the hole uni v erse ; it rushed to hi m and demanded expression It as a s natural for him to create a s m h On as it is f r the o y p y pea fo l to array himsel f in a blaze o f b e au ti fu l co l ors Raphael could n ot barter his skill for a throne He as
,
.
.
”
w
.
w
w
w w w
,
,
,
,
,
w
,
,
w
,
.
,
,
w
,
,
,
w
w
.
w
.
w
,
.
.
w w
w
’
.
.
w
.
w
.
w
.
w
‘
.
.
U
192
n se e n
Forc e s
an d
H
o
wU to
T he m
se
.
w w
all k inds have been and are being set up to inter fere ith free spontaneous expression T he conscio us external orld is a orld of limitations regulation s b y la s red tape arti fi ci a l i ti e s respectabilities customs creeds crys ‘ t a l l i z e d ideas and definitions Some O f these things are necessary I o uld not s eep the m all a ay I ould retain all l a and rule that are in accordance i th th e ’ nature o f things and the l a O f th e soul s movements, but the balance I ould s eep into limbo for they are Simply bleached and hitened skulls that obstr uct the flo of the deep li fe from the interior A genius is a man th rough hom the infinite li fe o f the subconscious fl o s u nobst ructed and hen such a man appears he has a rough ti me o f it When he begins to speak the orld demands that he shut up or su ffer the penalty T o the orld o f men and o m en moulded in the formularies o f creed and dogm a custom and respectability such a man is a foreigner and an enemy The i n ard li fe o f the sou l Spea k s i n Isaiah and custom -made respecta his b i l i ti e s become exceedingly mad against him and sa body in t ain it h a ood e n sa The vo 1ce o f the i n fi n ite spirit o f truth spea k s thro ugh the lips O f John the Baptist and a lech e rou s oman at the command o f an adulterous k ing receives his bleeding head in her lap God Spea k s through the lips and the magnificent li fe o f Jesus the Christ and the authorities o f Church and S tate h o had gro n rich by the destructio n o f truth nai l ed him to the Cross Truth see k s expression throu gh Galileo and the authorities o f his time rolling in ealth by the destruction o f freedom force d hi m to deny his statements under the threat o f death John Wesley
w
w
,
.
-
,
,
,
,
w
w w w w w w w w
.
w w w
,
,
,
w w w
.
.
,
.
,
.
w
,
.
w
w w
,
.
ww w w w ,
,
.
,
,
.
,
w
w
,
,
,
w
.
,
,
,
.
U
n se e n
Force s
an d
H
o
w w
w
193
to U s e T h e m
.
becomes a medium o f a trans forming message fro m the U nseen and the orld pays hi m for h i s services by drag ging him through horse ponds a n d p e l ti n g him ith m ud and missile The orld o f men and omen moulded by custom brutalized by bi gotry and enslaved by creed smites do n the han d that holds to its lips the chalice containing the aters of Eternal Li fe There as a man sen t f r om G od hose name as ” Joh n Th i s is the language o f the Bible and I am p ro “ fo u n dl y o f the impression that every man i s sent fro m ” G od He comes o u t o f the deep unseen u niverse into the S e en universe ith a message distinctively hi s o n W hen he emerges he finds himsel f barred in by ten thousand li m i ta ti o n s thicker th an the alls o f Babylon He must either force his f a through makin g a ne channel or his y tho u ght or else allo it to run i n the contracted channels built by his ancestors Thus it happens that the b oy i s forced into an occupatio n fo r hich he i s not fitted , an d th e artificial moulds the free movements Of the soul The round man ought to avoid th e square hole The yo u ng lady makes her d but into the social world to hav e her i n dividuality destroyed by the mo ulds Of fashion and cus to m The young studen t enters college to be pressed in to shape an d hardened in the intellectual moulds of dead ” “ methods The young C hri stian i s born again into the ch u rch here hi s freedo m is destroyed by ru l es and hi s ma nhood i s d ar fed by forms and his free , spontaneous S pirit u al gro th is inter fered ith by creeds that were made by men ho liv ed a tho usand years ago When ill the church learn that every so ul born into this world i s a ne creation sent here to work ou t his o n salvatio n ,
.
‘
w w w
,
w
w
,
,
.
w
w
.
,
w
w
.
.
w w w
w .
,
,
w
.
.
'
.
.
w w w w
.
,
w m
18
,
w
,
.
w
w
U
194
n se e n
Fo r c e s
an
d H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
w
in obedience to the universal la s o f truth and love No other ma n can thin k o r decide o r act fo r him He stands forth in his O ri lonely individuality o n the plains o f li fe in the immediate presence o f G od to build his o n char acter and determine his o n dest i ny W e have too much l a ; e are organized to death T hought philosophy stands fo r the universal T he N e and the universal is al ays simple In re l igio n e are the T he soul is crucified on the v ictims o f over -organization cross o f cree d and form and the Christ is smothered i n the In govern ment the voice of v oluminous folds o f liturgy e are strangled i th red th e people can not be heard ; tape and governmental expedient In social intercourse contact o f soul ith soul is impossible because o f a millio n interven i ng frigid arti fi ci a l i ti e s T hought declares that the soul is the o n e T he N e There i s no complexity i n e ter nal simple o f the universe the soul and i ts methods Because of this the N e Tho ught stands for Simplification S impli fy government, simpli fy religion si m pli fy social i nterco urse simpli fy educat i on In a ord si mp l if y lif e Give the soul a chance Give us more elbo room Give the so ul room to expand to its grandest and fullest expression T he N e T hought philosopher does n ot orry over the a ctu a l condition o f a ffairs He k no s that the history o f hu manity i s expressed in o n e ord — e volu ti on and that t h e successive advances o f humanity are mar k ed by long stretches o f dead methods tossed up on the shores o f t ime H e kno s that the tides of li fe fro m the infinite ocean o f the unseen are ever li fting humanity to n e heights o f attainment
w
.
w
,
w ww w
w
,
,
.
.
w
.
,
.
,
w
w
.
w w
.
.
w
.
.
.
w
,
,
w w
.
.
,
.
.
.
w .
.
w
w
w ,
.
w
U
196
n se en
Forc e s
w
and
H
w
o
w
to U s e T h e m
h e t e m pl bl t h t h l a f mh n ith a d m m Sh t th Till t h t l gt h t f l ea i g t h i ’ B y li f ti g
Le t
e ac
u
n
ee
ro
e, no
e av e
en
ou a
e s u n re s
ar
er
re e
se a .
n
an o
e
e
st ,
o re v a s t ,
v n
”
.
n e out
gro
w n
She l l
w
The n oblest type o f man is h e in hom the conscious and the subconscious Operate i n perfect harmony In hi m logic does n o t destroy the products o f intuition ; i n fact the products o f intuitio n are so faultless and so free from folly that they al ays stand the test o f logic In him logi c does not in fringe upon the province o f intuition nor doe s i ntuitio n in fringe upon the province o f logic In the per fe c t man each o f these po ers acts in th e s eetest harmony I n him intuitio n is logi cal and log i c i s intuitional o n e corroborates the other at all points In him there is n o discord bet een the external a n d the i nternal in obedienc e to the simple natural l a o f spontaneity the internal is ex pressed through the external and the internal 1s so in co n formity ith truth that it never desires to express anything that ould be condemned in the courts o f commo n sense T he per fect man cannot give birth to an abnormal thought There ought to be no discord bet een the conscious and the subconscious The co nscious and the subconscious a re the t o hands o f the ego that bring o u t of the organ o f li fe per fect harmony It is pro foundly true that ou t o f the abundance o f t he ” heart the mouth Spea k eth A ll though t li k e lig ht i s colored by the medium through hich it passes A n ill balanced mind ill al ays produce a system o f though t that dips a ay from the level I f the conscio u s a n d sub conscious are the t o han ds o f the ego bri n ging o u t o f ’ li fe s keyboard harmony is it not un fortunate hen only .
,
w
.
,
w
w
w
.
.
.
w
w w
,
.
w “
w
.
.
.
w
.
ww w w ,
,
,
.
.
w
U
Fo rc e s
nsee n
an
d H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
197
.
w
hand is used and still more un fortunate hen that hand strikes discordant notes It follo s from these remarks that the individual h o underta k es to instruct the orld in the highest science o f li fe the science o f harmonious un foldment must be a f The author C hristian S cience has a mind e rfe ct bei n g o p that dips away from the line o f per fect balance Her ild claims are outla ed by the facts and the products of her intui tion are diso ned by logic S O fa r a s I am perso n ally co ncer n ed he h o instructs me must claim and demonstrate hi s o n intrinsic per fe c ti o n and per fect sel f-balance Jesus the Christ stan ds o n the page o f history unchalle n ged — th e perfect bei n g He claimed and demonstrated perfection He as the the incar n atio n of love, e mbodiment o f stainlessness the exhaustless so u rce o f li fe, the grandest demonstra t io n o f truth the lo ftiest ideal o f goodness th e hi g h e s t mani festatio n o f po er an d the most perfect example o f sel f-balance the orld has ever seen In him there as no discord The external as a perfect mediu m fo r the out ard expression o f the internal and the i h t ernal a s so in line ith truth that it could desire th e e xpression of nothing else In him the consc ious and su b c onscious wro ught i n beauti ful harmony The system o f s imple truth he has given us i n his match lessly per fect li fe has never been surpassed The system is per fection be c ause he is per fection The libraries o f the orld are filled ith volu mes o f com mentaries and sermons and cre eds bu t n one o f the m have added a single truth to the system he furnished us ith It as impossible to add to the science h e gave u s fo r it contains ithi n itsel f the su m-total o f al l o ne
,
w
w
.
w
,
,
,
.
w w
.
w
,
w w
.
.
w
.
,
w w
,
w
w w .
,
w
.
w
,
.
.
.
w
.
w
,
w w w .
,
.
U
198
F o rc e s
nse e n
H
an d
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
truth in the highest science o f the u niverse the science o f the perfect li fe He not alone gave us the s u m-to tal o f the science ; he gave us in his great and lu minous li fe the A ny attempt to 1mp ro v e u po n su m-total o f the art also the system he gave us al ays has resulted i n a miserable caricature Calvini sm Arminianism Mormonism Eddy m iserable caricatures , abortions born o f ill bal i s m are a n ce d brains I have sho n that the spiritual man i n the deeps o f the subconscious is the chemist in the great laboratory o f thought I h ave shown that th e subconscious is the source I h ave S ho n that the spirit ual man i n o f all inspiration the subconscious i s the silent architect of character and that the spiri tual m an in the con scio us must furnish the materia l fo r character co nstruction ra i n concluding this part o f o u r study o f the su b co n No scious I would say tha t e have co nscious access to the simple records o f the li fe o f C hrist and e have his do c t rine reported by his disciples I f a n ybody can furnish ' me i th a lo ftier book than that collection o f documents k no n as the N e Testament I ill illingly discard it But I have come to the conclusio n that as a storeho u se for timber fo r the development o f the highest type o f c h a racter its excellence has never and il l never be surpassed In this book e have th e science o f the per fect li fe taught by ’ the orld s master teacher and e have the art illustrated i n his exquisite li fe I ould advise all the readers o f thi s volu me ho are in search o f the most beauti ful and most enduring thought -stu ff to use i n character -building to read this boo k and cro d N e Testament ti mber into the su b conscious and under the automatic la s o f character ,
.
.
w
,
.
,
,
,
.
w
w
.
.
,
w w
.
,
'
,
w
,
w w
w
.
w
ww
w
w w
w ,
.
w w
ww
,
.
.
w
U
200
n se e n
Force s
‘
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
impossible In the visible realm time is measured o ff by the motion of the earth upon its axis and around the sun Man then is an inhabitant o f t o realms and hen he O perates through t he c o n sci ou s brain he operates in the v isible and he requires both time and space to embody his th ought-forces in visible form In other ords hen he orks in the extern a l he is limited by time and space and m u st con form to their la s W hen he operates through the subconsci ous in the i n tern a l he Operates in the invisible and in this realm he is so superior to time and space that they exist as i f they ere not In the visible man is lim i te d by the finite an d hemm e d in by i ts la s I n the i n v isible he operates i h the infini te and to the infinite the fi n ite exists as i f it ere n o t But some o n e asks : H o can a thi n g exist and yet ex ist as i f it ere not ? I ans er by saying the sta rs and the moon e xist G o out at night and yo u behold them in glittering array cro ding each other on the midni ght s k ies But i n the daytime they disappea r ; they exist and yet they exist as i f they ere no t The su p e r1o r e fl u l ge n c e o f the su n has ann i hilated them In the real mo f communication time and Space have been ann i hilated because man has lear ned to direct a fo rce that is superior to both time and Space Marconi , th e electrical izard has ascended i nto a real m here time and S pace are u nkno n and ma n ipulates a force that does not recognize either Marco ni sen ds o u t his message by lightning flash and the i n s tant it i s sent it is received thousands o f miles a ay Time and space are nonentities in the presence o f that i nvisible potential energy mastered by Marconi No the po er that masters is greater t h an “
.
w
,
,
w
,
.
/
w w
,
w
.
,
w .
,
w
w
.
.
w
w
w w .
w w
.
,
.
,
.
.
w
.
w
,
,
.
,
w w w .
.
w
U
n seen
w
Fo r c e s
an d
H
w
2 01
to U s e T h e m '
o
.
w
po er mastered The tho ught o f Marconi and his associ hich the scientists a tes mastered this mysterio u s energy ” “ -force i s mightier than ether and i f all ether Thought c ether i n vibratio n does not recognize time and space , much less does thou ght -force i n vibratio n recognize them Coming back to my ori ginal prop osition : W hen the s piritual man operates in the realm o f the subconsciou s he d oes n ot recogn i ze time o r space Z erah Colborn could tell instantan eous l y th e s q uare root as 32 7 an d the cube root o f as 6 4 5 of Be fore the q uestion of th e n umber o f minutes i n forty ritten o u t he ans ered by saying e ight years co u ld be ’ He gave ithout a mo ment s hesitatio n as 94 1 an d 2 6 3 and hen asked t h e factors o f fo r the factors of he an s ered there are n o ne for i t i s a prime number He cou ld n ot te l l ho the a n s ers c a me to hi s mi n d and h e could n o t per form o n paper a s imple s u m in m ultiplication o r division ’ The element o f time enters i nto all ma n s per formances o n the visible plane b u t hen he O perates o n the invisible plan e time does n o t seem to be a factor at all Thousands o f times it h as happened that all the events and e x e ri p ded ithi n the co mpass s u ces o f a li fetime have been cro o f a Single instant Individuals ho have bee n rescued f rom dr o ni n g and others ho have escaped death in an a ccident in relating t heir experience have said that in a s econd they have lived over agai n their entire past lives In t hese rare and mysterious m o ments the S p i r i tual man O pe rated on the invisible tho u g ht -plane here time and space as factors are n ot recogn i zed We have already seen that in the ho u rs o f sleep th e t he
.
,
.
.
.
.
,
w w
w w w w w ,
,
.
,
.
,
w
.
w
.
w
ww w ,
,
.
w
.
U
2 02
n se e n
F o rc e s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
Spi ritual man has retreated fro m the consc i ous brain and ceases to mam fe st himsel f o n the vi si ble planes o f actio n W e have also seen th at t his temporary retiremen t by n o means destroys his activity and although he may be utterly unconscio u s o f his material surroundings yet h e continues to mani fes t himsel f o n invisible planes T his invisibl e activity o f the spiritual man in sleep is revealed in dreams T he mental movements o f the spirit u al man i n dreams ar e more rapid than the lightn i ng stro k e S o metimes in dreams a n entire tragedy is enacted in the fragment o f a seco nd an entire li fe is lived i n a moment or a multitude o u ld fill a volume are pac k ed ithin th e o f even ts that limits o f a n instant A l l these things go to sho that in the invisible thought realm time and space exist as i f they ere not T he Spiritual man in this deep and ma rvelou s real m is u tterly independent o f all the limitatio n s o f the external universe To the spiritual man i n this realm there i s no past and n o future ; there i s n o here and no there Here and there pas t and future belong to the visible realm ; they form the li miting barriers o f the u niverse o f exter n al s b u t i n t he deep interior spiri t ual universe none o f these t hings exi st In concluding this chapter I ould remark 1 T hat man is a onder ful being and stands surrounded ith matchless Opportunities He stands o n the edge o f the material at the point h ere the invisible forces o f eter f n it rush orth be embodied in visible orm in the realm f t o y Thus h e stands bet een the visible and the i n o f time visible and he embodies in himsel f in finite form the quali ties o f both ; there fore he is responsive to all the force s that move i n the real ms o f both Man is open to the forces .
,
,
.
.
.
w
,
.
w
w w
-
.
.
.
,
w
.
w
w .
w .
.
w
,
.
U
2 04
nse e n
F or c e s
and
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
w w
w
w
noises ; come into living contact ith the invisible God become surcharged ith his po er and love a n d isdom ; then go forth into the op en Of the external and achieve great t hings fo r humanity A ll the great movements o f h u man history that have been fra u ght ith infinite blessings to human i ty ere conceived a n d born in the dee si l en c e Christianity i n its beauti ul f p s im licity as the most gracio us mo vement that ever entere d p human history Christianity freed from all human O pin i ons i s the divine thought-force i n action in the realms o f time It is a ave O f light and love and po er and j oy a n d freedom and puri ty from the vast realms O f the i n v i s i ble Its author as a man h o habitually entered into the si l e n ce W hen the tired orld as hushed in slumber he a s up amidst the solitudes o f the m ountains comm un ing ith the invisible It is recorded that o n on e occasio n he entered into the silence O f commun i on ith the invisible ith three O f his disci p les and behold the resplendent maj esty O f the invisible forces shone in e ff ulgent glory t hrough his body his face shone as the su n and hl S ra i ment as as hite as the light and the glorified spirits o f the maste rs o f history Moses and Elijah conversed it h “ him and the voice O f G o d as heard saying This i s my ” beloved S on hear ye him The matchless achievements Of the Christ are to my mind a per fect demo nstration O f the fact that he was a per fect medium fo r the display o f the infinite forces tha t I n him the p erf e ct i de a l o f man r eside in the invisi ble that exi sts in finished form in the eternal orld as exhib In hi m the infinite God found a per fect i n i te d in t ime strument fo r the display O f the o mnipotent energies o f the ,
.
w
w w
.
.
,
w w
,
.
.
w w w
w
,
w ww
.
w
.
,
ww
,
,
w
,
w
,
,
,
,
.
.
.
,
ww
f
Forc e s
U n s ce n
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
w
2 05
.
invisible Through him vibrated ithout O bstructio n the thought-forces O f God The maj esty the tru th th e dig the truth an d po er O f th e n i ty the calmness the love invisible ere absorbed by hi m i n the si l en ce and this i s hy he shoo k the orl d and chan ged the fro nt O f history His miracles h is resurrection and his ascension were per fe ctl y natural to a being O f h is type S uch divine achieve ments belonged to him as naturally as m u sic belonged to M o sa rt or drama to S ha k espeare or invention to Edison Chr ist as the divine in external form His miracles hi s resurrection and ascension ere not done i n violatio n to th ey ere rought i n Obedience to l a All the la s la hen a superior force b e O f in ferior forces are an nihilated gins to operate C hrist as per fect master O f the highes t He moved o n the highest plane forces o f the u niverse He as the per fect mediu m O f the energies o f o m n i p o tence and because o f this his achievements ere in per fec t keeping ith his character The C hrist o f history can never be duplicated He stands forth u po n the pages O f history i n lo nely and silent grandeur Because O f this he i s the g reat Example and the l o ftiest I deal He gave u s the science and art O f the perfect li fe , and as he habitually entered into the silence for inspiratio n and power S O must .
w ,
w
,
w ,
,
.
,
w
,
.
,
.
w w ww
.
w
w
.
w w
.
w
,
w
w
.
.
.
w
,
.
.
.
.
w
w
e.
All th e great men O f history since hi s ti me ho hav e benefited the World by their lives and achieveme nts have been men h o habitually entered in to th e si l en ce Of the invisibl e Martin Luther re m a i ns i n the silence o f hi s cell i n the monastery co m munin g ith the invisible and hen h e comes o u t he shakes E urope and the vibrations o f his voic e
w
-
.
w
,
w
U
2 06
n see n
F o rc e s
H
an d
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
verturn the thrones O f despotism cause tyrants to trem ble emancipate the mind O f man from the slavery o f cen t u r i e s and give birth to a thousand movements fraugh t ith blessings to th e ra ce John B u nyan is fl u n g into the si l en ce O f Bed ford j ai l ith a bundle o f stra fo r a bed a n d cold stone fo r T here ith th e invisible in a table he enters in t o communio n the Silence and there he Obtains the inspiration to rite a ’ ” b o ok called T he Pilgrim s Progress a boo k th at h as a perennial charm and has li fted millions fro m the slough ” f f despond and placed their ee t upon the su n bathed o summits o f a lo fty character T he clouds O f disaster hang heavy in the Skies o f Amer ’ ica s history In the ba ttle for freedom the combatants are u nequally matched The a r mi e s o f England are mighty h e r treasur y contains unli mited supplies T he colonial army is ragged and hungry ; the treasury is deple ted ; dis c ontent i s i n the atmosphere a n d despair makes the he art ’ O f freedom s de fenders S hiver ith dread G eorge Wash i n gto n the general O f the colonial army upo n hose S houlders rests the responsibility o f ac hieving i n de e n d p He retires into the e nce i s sa d and hi s heart is heavy deep silence and falls upon his knees a n d communes i th A ave O f light s eeps a ay the t he i nvisible God clouds O f fear and despair The ma n in the silence is i n He has a vision O f victory and he rises fro m his s p i red knees a conqueror In that moment the grandest, the strongest and mightiest republic the orld has ever seen as born and George Washingto n has been fi tl y named ” the Father Of his country I n short all history stands ready with volu mes O f evi o
,
,
w
,
.
w
w
,
.
w
,
w
,
,
.
.
’
.
.
,
w
.
,
,
’
,
.
w
.
w w w
.
,
.
w
.
w
,
.
,
w
U
2 08
n se e n
Fo rc e s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
enter the invisible and behold i n su bsta n ce things h Op e d ” ” “ fo r and see i nfin i she d f or m things not seen A s G eorge Washington entered into the silenc e and re mained there i n communion ith the invisible he had a vision O f a mighty republic ; the p l an as there the fi n i she d ideal i n seed-form as already existing in substance Washington sa it and it gave him a confidence that no de feat could destroy and an inspiration that no barrie r could daunt A ft er this visio n W ashingto n a s i rre si s t i ble He as organized victory in himsel f The man h o enters into the silence and beholds the vision O f the per fe c t cannot be vanquished He sees the per fec t plan and he kno s that i f the plan is ever carried for ard and ex te r n a l i z e d in ti me that this ork must be done by human agency I f o n e se t o f i n di v id u a l s re fu se to carry the plan fo r ard and exter n alize it o n the planes O f the visible a n other se t O f in divid u als ill h ave the opportunity T he plans and specifications o f history are fin i shed and the ma ho te ri al is rea dy in ample quantity and quality but those ta k e the contract must comply ith the condition s The Je s re fused to comply ith the con dition s o f extending the k i n gdom o f G od and the G entiles received and em braced the Opportunity I i the structure is finishe d ith de fective material man is to blame Man is surrounded ith th e O pulence o f etern ity so far as material is concerned ; the plans are match l essly perfe ct and the instructions full and definite i f he puts bad material into the structure he has n o one to blame but himsel f But I ould have the rea der to n otice i th special atten .
w
w
w
w
,
.
,
w
w .
.
w
.
_
w
w
.
w
,
.
w
w
,
.
w
,
w
w
w
,
.
,
.
.
w
.
w
w
w
U
n se e n
Fo rce s
an d
H
w
o
w
209
to U s e T he m
.
w
tio n this fact : the man ho enters the invisible and has a ith it v isio n o f the finished ideal generally falls in love and falls in line ith the pu rpose Of the eternal Architect, and thus beco mes a living moving part O f the plan , and so fa r as hi s or k i s concerned in carrying th e plan for ard into time he is i nvinci ble He i l l n o t be held responsible fo r the failure o f others The supreme thing for the individual however i s the f f n oldment a pure ell balanced lo ty character This f o u , business O f character -building can n ot be accomplished i n a day o r a month o r a year It i s supreme fo l ly to imagine that a man can live i n hourly disobedience to the la s O f character-building for seventy o r eighty years and then hen hi s hole character is a mass o f ruins, expect to have it reconstructed in a mo ment upo n hi s death -bed The la s O f character building like the la s o f h istory building are the la s O f G od and they are inflexible ; n o ma n can play fast and loose ith them What are these la s 1 The man must enter i n to the silence and stand with receptive soul in the presence O f the perfect ideal 2 He must do this habitually and concentrate al l h i s po ers upo n the visi on until the automatic la s O f the subconscious eave the q u alities O f the vision into his li fe 3 He must then march o u t into the open and crystal lize those q ualities into a transparent character on the planes o f visible action The man m ust first tarry at Jerusalem , enter into the u pper room and hide h i msel f in the S ilence and when th e visio n Of the per fect C hrist appears he m u st O pen hi s hole n ature in the spirit O f per fect recepti v ity t o i ts trans form i n g
w
w
w
,
w
.
.
w
,
,
.
,
w
.
w
w w
,
,
w
w
-
,
w
,
w
.
,
.
.
.
w
w
.
w
.
.
.
,
14
m
w
U
2 10
w
Fo r c e s
nse e n
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
w w w
po er He m ust do this habitually u ntil the automatic machinery O f the subco n scious Shall eave the Christ quali ties into the li fe When he becomes surcharged ith the li fe -forces o f the Christ his tho u ghts ill create a holy atmosphere around him and his to ngue ill become a flame then he ill march forth in to the open and p reach O f love a n e gospel that ill sha k e Jerusalem and all Judea and Samaria and reach the outermost edge o f the earth and that gospel ill be that the Christ is the su m-to tal O f ” all truth and the po er O f God u nto salvation Every man has ithin himsel f this p e rfect i de a l The historic Christ externalized o n the page O f history corre sp o n ds to the invisible Christ that exists in the depths O f “ every man ; fo r This is the true light that lighteth every ” “ and Paul says T he man that cometh into the orld word is nigh thee even in thy mou th and in thine heart I f yo u con fess even the ord o f the gospel e preach ith your mou th the Lord Jesus and believe in your heart that G od hath raised him from the dead you shall be sav e d W hen a man surrenders to the highest ithin himsel f he surrenders to the highest o u tside O f himsel f and the highest outside O f man is the historic Christ W e need the ” “ matchless portrait o f the Christ in history to interpret ” “ T he Christ the Christ ithin itho ut i s the Christ ithin ritten o u t in terms o f flesh and blood O n e is the tenon the other is the mortise ; they are complements O f “ each other Jesus himsel f said He that is O f the truth ” h eareth my voice A gain in the mat ter O f u n folding a heal thy body the same con ditions must be complied i t h .
.
.
w w
w
w
w
,
w w
.
.
w w ,
w
w
,
.
,
,
w
.
'
,
.
w w
w
w
.
.
,
.
,
.
,
w
U
2 12
Forc e s
n se e n
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
CH A P T ER V III LA W
TH E
.
TH O U G HT P R O JEC T IO N
OF
-
w
U p to
.
w
.
w
the present e have been dealing Specifically i t h fundamental facts and p r1n c1p l e s It a s necessary that e enter into a thorough i nvestigatio n O f these funda me n tal s fo r a full understanding O f this and the follo in g chapters ould have been impossi ble apart from aclear-cut k no ledge O f the fundamental facts and p r1n ci p l e s in the u niverse and in man At this point I feel j ustified i n say i ng that the results O f ou r study have led us to o n e grand “ — T hat the hole universe conclusion namely itho ut ” and the hole universe ithin are governed by l a T his ’ is G od s u niverse and in it there is n o such thing as chance ; there i s no such thing as luck ; there are no slip shod methods The infinite s u perintending mind is absolute per fection ; the la s O f the universe are the outgoings O f this infinite m ind and since that mind is per fection the la s must be p e r fection also W e h ave seen that the business O f uni verse-building and universe government are achievement s rought in Obedience to l a We have seen that body building mind-building and character -building are rought in O bedience to ell-o rdered and never -cha n ging l a We have seen that the attainment o f physical health and soul O pulence the attainment O f perso n al sel f-contro l perso n al attractiveness and po er and the attainment O f success O f the highest type are all O btained by O bedience to barmo
w
.
w
w
w
,
.
w
w
w
w w .
,
.
w
w
,
.
w
w
w w
.
,
,
w
.
w ,
,
U
n se e n
w
Forc e s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
2 13
.
w
nions ell ordered never changing la s There is noth ing arbitrary i n the universe There is no such thing as — i o f n avoritism The doctrine election s a libel o G od a f c l umsy theory fabricated to support a false assu mption By O bedience to l a all the forces o f the universe ithi n ’ and all the forces O f the universe without become man s illing servants By disobedience all these forces become ’ man s enemies By Obedience to l a man masters l a Through disobedience l a masters him B y O bedience all Thro u gh disobedience l a conspires to make ma n free man forges the chains O f his o n slavery When to l a man obeys all forces crown him When he disobeys all ’ When a man s li fe i s in harmony ith forces crush him ’ the program o f G od the serenity o f heaven s re pose ’ reigns throughout the dominions O f man s inner kingdo m W hen his li fe i s run i n accordance ith th e program o f selfish n ess the discord o f hell rei g ns through the same do minions The same principle O btains in the universe that O btai n s in human l a — namely : Ignorance o f the l a excuses ” I f a man does not kno the l a and obeys it n o on e he reaps the benefit I f he does n ot kno the l a and di s obeys it he receives the penalty A ll departments o f hu man action are governed by t hese u nchanging la s and a man may O bey the la s that Obtain i n o n e sectio n o f human actio n and reap the rewa rd hile he may disobey the la s that govern another section and receive the penalty T here are fo r instance la s governing character -build ing and la s governing fortune-building A ma n may by strict obedience t o the la s that govern business success a mass millions hile at the same time he may disobey th e -
-
,
.
,
.
.
w
w
w .
w
.
w w
w
w
.
.
.
.
w
.
w
.
.
,
w
.
,
.
w w w w w w w w w w w w w w
,
.
.
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
U
2 14
w
n se e n
Force s
and
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
la s o f soul enrichment and in the matter o f character buildin g he may be a dismal failure O n the other hand a man may Obey the la s o f soul enrichment and from the standpoint o f spiritual un foldment he may be gloriously success ful hile at the same time he may fail to fulfil the conditions o f business success an d remain poor all his li fe A man may obey the la s o f physical health and bec ome stro n g and vigorous hil e at the same time he may fail to comply ith the co nditions o f spiritual health and b e come a moral rec k The converse O f this is also true A man m ay obey the la s o f Spiritual un fold ment and be come a Spiritual giant hile he may fail to comply ith the conditions o f physical health a n d become a physical reck Harmonious development along all lines— i n spiritual un foldment mind building body building and achieve ment u pon the planes o f the visible— — depends upon habitual Obedience to the la s that govern these real ms According to these remar k s the supreme thing fo r man is to kn o the l a a n d obey i t I believe that all thi n gs are possible to the man h o ’ k no s all l a and obeys all l a The measure o f a man s po er is the measure o f his k no ledge O f and Obedience to The advance O f man is exactly commensurate ith la his k no ledge o f and obedience to l a When a man kno s ho a force moves he ca n then cons truct a machine that ill in all the details and general plan o f its constru o tion con form to the manner in hich that force moves ; through this machine he can harness and direct this force and co mpel it to do his biddi ng Man has fou n d o u t ho electricity moves and he builds his machi n es and dynamos
w
’
,
,
,
w
,
w w
,
w w
.
,
,
.
,
w
.
w w
.
w
.
,
,
w w w w w w w w ww w
r
.
w w .
w
.
w
.
w
.
,
w
.
w
U
Fo r c e s
n se e n
w
an
d Ha rv to U s e T he m
.
may be sho n by the achievements o f Marconi That the reader may fully understand the marvelous per formance o f “ Marconi I ta k e this d escriptio n o f his or k from T he Ne Yor k W orld Marconi consented to ta k e the ne s paper correspondents into the operating room and exp l ain the process by hich the Hertzian aves are started o n ’ ‘ t heir a y through ether T he room is about thirty feet square Near the door i s a raised plat form upon h ich the Operator stands hile sending the message T he k ey is on a shel f and on the all there is a s itch hich turns o n o r shuts O ff t he po er from the dynamo First sendings by the ireless methods ere done by means o f a ooden lever hich operated pump-handle fashion T he n e k ey devised by Marconi hile several times larger than the regulation telegraph k ey i s li k e it in many respects It is about t elve inches in length made o f brass has a gutta percha button and platinum contact points T he play bet een the points is about o n e inch This o f course can be re gu l ated but a considerable play i s necessary to prevent stic k ing T he greater part O f the Operating -room floor Space is occupied by co ndensers T hey are about aist high and form a square i n the room Crossing them from corner to corner are t o pieces O f sheet zinc about a foot ide and ten or t elve feet long A t the le ft end o f the room fro m t h e entrance are the electrodes ith three square Oil ta n k s for cooling purposes and t o sil v ery globes about the size O f a croquet ball T here is a space o f about four inches bet een these globes and it is the crossing o f the electricity over this air bridge that gives the spar k s and the loud re ports he n the Operator is busy ith the key O n e O f the .
w
w
w
w
w
w
-
w
.
w w w w w w w w .
ww w w .
,
.
.
,
.
,
-
,
,
.
w
.
,
w
.
w w
w
.
.
w ,
w w
w
.
,
w
.
U
n se en
Fo rc e s
an d
.
w ww w
w
w w
17
Ha rv to U s e T h e m
lectrodes is co nnected i t h the gro und ; the other ith th e ires above ground When the electricity as s itched a er i al ire i nto the condensers it gath e re d f o rce passed i nto the n to the electrode The Opening and closing o f a n d do ires to charge an d discharge and the t he k ey caused the umpi een the elec n g o f the current across the S pace bet j tro des gave the pulsations hich vibrated the ether an d as ” c onveyed to the other side o f the Atlantic Here yo u have 1 A machine fo r cro ding e l e c tri c i t v i nto small co m pass hich man co ntrols and directs 2 A machine through t his condensed force hich man by liberating this 3 A machine through c ondensed force sets the in ner atmosphere o r ether i n vi bration 4 These vibration s a re O f almost inconceivable rapid e
.
,
w
.
w
w
,
w
.
.
.
.
.
.
w w w
,
,
.
.
w
The la s o f time and space seem to be an nihilated i n t h e p resence o f th i s mysterious energy 6 O n the invisible ings o f this s ubt l e energy man can s en d his thought to any distance The p oi n t tha t it is i mportant for us to remember i n o u r e xamination o f the inventio n o f Marconi i s this : Here i s an invisible i ntangible force concerning the essence o f hich man kno s n othing— a force harnessed and directed by man this force leaps into the saddle upon the back o f ” “ a nother invisible intangible element called ether and r ides ith in c onceivable rapidity to the receiving i n stru ment here the message carried is automatically recorded T his onder ful invisible rider cares n o t for i nd n o r ave , 5
.
w
.
.
.
w
,
w w w
,
w
,
,
w w
.
U
2 18
n se e n
Fo rce s
an d
Ha rv to U s e T he m
.
w
w w w w
roc k nor mountai n H e finds an unobstructed path ay through all things W hether he inds his ay around the atoms o f m atter or drives through them e do not k no ” “ — h e gets there j ust the sa me O n e thing e do k no Prior to the discovery o f Marconi man a s compelled at great expense to build a Oopper high ay at the bottom Marconi has fo un d o ut o f the sea fo r this invisible rider that he does not need any elaborate high ay constructed by man A lmighty G od hen he created him created at the same t ime a n invisible high ay fo r hi m through the M arconi has adj usted his machines so as to send u nivers e this s i ft rider o u t i n his o n invisible trac k and has thereby done a ay ith all visi ble and tang ble high ays T he transmission o f thought to great distances itho u t the use o f visible intermediate ins tru mentalities i s a n a c
w
.
.
w
w a
,
w .
comp
l i she d
ww
.
.
w
.
.
w
w w w
,
,
i
w w
.
fa ct
.
scientists have buried forever the doctrine o f coarse T hey have Opened the door into the unsee n materialis m T hey have demonstrated that the u nseen real m u niverse is the source from hich issues all the omnipotent poten t i a l i ti e s o f eternity The utiliz ation o f electricity as a means fo r transmitting ” “ thought o n the aves of ether ill speedily be fo l lo e d by the utilization o f a still s i fter force I refer n o to the rays that fl o fro m that ne ly discovered metal called ‘ ” “ radium A ll o v e r t he orld scientists are experiment ing ith this marve lous substance Sir Wm Croo k es the discoverer o f the X ray Lord Kelvin Pro f Henri B e cq ue ral Mada m and Pro fesso r Curie Pro fessors P e gram Pupin and T hompson are dc l v ing i n to the fascina ting mystery o f its po er These sci e n Our
.
w
.
-
.
w w
w .
,
w
.
w
_
.
-
.
,
w w w w
,
,
.
,
,
w .
2 20
U n s e e n F o rc e s
an
d Ha rv to U s e T he m
.
w
My purpose in recording this description o f radium from h o h ave been studying its t he reports of the s cientists properties is to g i ve t he reader the conclusions arrived at by these men ho have every facility fo r arriving at a j ust T h e conclusions are as follo s e stimate o f its properties 1 Radium is a substance 2 Its rays are substantial parts o f itsel f 3 T hese rays move faster than electricity 4 M atter in its d e nsest form O ffer s no obstruction to its passage Radium then is a mineral It is composed o f an aggr o a t i o n o f minute particles o f matter It belo ngs then to g the Visible external u niverse It is subj ect to the la s t hat govern the material universe It occupies Space and time i s a factor in its movem ents fo r it consumes time i n its rapid flight It is unquestionab l y the rarest mate rial substance yet k no n to science T h e rapid flight o f i ts infini tesimal particles through the universe is probably the highest and most rarefied form O f matter i n ex i stence But ith all its marvelous properties i t is still a form o f matter ill al ays remain in its o n realm a nd When e a sce n d in o u r investigations through the coarse material forms to the more rarefied and from the more rare fi e d to the still more ra refied the e eventua l ly reach o utermost edge o f matter and e fi nd that here another realm begi ns W e call this realm the realm o f spirit W hile the i nmost essence o f spirit and matter defies o ur mightiest po ers o f analysis, yet e k no that matter is not spirit and S pirit is not matter W e kno that S pirit is the cause and matter is the e ffect Spirit is t he creator
w
w
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
w
.
.
.
,
.
w
w ww w
.
.
w
.
w w ,
,
,
.
.
w
.
w w w
U
n se e n
Fo rc e s
an d
H
a rv
to U s e T h e m
221
.
w
ww ww w w
and matter is th e created We kno that Spirit is obedient t o i ts o n la s o f movement and m atter is obedien t W e kno that S piri t t o i ts o n la s o f movement creates matter and then mo ulds it i n o bedience to l a i n to co n formity ith its o n purpose W e k no that si n c e spirit is th e creator and governor of matter it i s infinitely superior to matter my argument is th i s : I f the thing created h as the No po er to send forth parts o f itsel f ith such marvelou s speed the creator can move ith still greater speed I f m atter in motion can a l most k nock o u t time and spac e spirit can knock them o u t a l together I f the most rarefied forms o f matter can pass thro u gh al l other forms o f matter th at stand belo them ithout any di min utio n i n the v e l o ci ty o f their flight then S pirit can pass through the most rarefied forms o f mat ter as i f it did n o t ex i st at all I f S pirit a s sent o n a chase a fter rad i um rays it would pas s thro u gh them as i f they ere stan di n g still With these consideratio ns be fore u s I ill state the su b stance o f this chapter in the form of propositio ns 1 S pirit i s the supreme force i n the u niverse 2 Tho ught i s S pirit in action 3 Thought in movement an nihilates time an d space 4 The realm where though t moves is th e rea l m of th e .
w w
w w w
.
.
.
w
w
,
.
,
.
w w ,
w
.
w
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
w
.
ete rn a l
w .
no
.
In this timeless , spac e less realm where though t moves matter does n o t exist 6 That the Spiritual ma n actin g in the subco n sciou s rea l m can proj ect hi s thou g h t o n the u nseen pla n e to a distan ce 5
.
.
.
.
U
222
For c e s
n se e n
an
d Ha rv to U s e T h e m
.
w
That this ability is conditioned u po n obedience to l a a n d is susceptible o f cultivation by exercise 8 T hat th e medium of co mmunication is th e Spirit at e all live and move and have our m os p h e r e in hich b ei n g A s e proceed i n o u r study o f this invisible force and i ts realm o f action e must remember that language is Language itsel f is simply the ex s ometimes misleading ternal shell o f invisible thought it is thought externalized It source is in the external O n the plane o f the visible the qualities that enter into its structure are all qual ities that inhere in the visible I f e could strip Off all ex ternal envelopes and s eep a ay all material enviro nments ould need no language a n d com mune as the angels do e T hen e ould need no explanatio ns o f the maj estic real ities o f the u nseen universe It ould not be necessary to attempt to sho that in the unseen universe there is no time and no space and that matter in all its forms is ab sent T he spiritual man standing i n the midst o f this great and mysterious realm ould need no argument to convince him T he order o f the invisi ble universe ould be sel f-evident But the situ ation ith us at present is different W e a re fleshed up spirits We reach each other o n the visible plane throug h the medium o f matter O u r language the vehicle fo r the co n v eyance of thought is material through o u t its structure and the organs o f speech are composed O f matter Because o f this— I say that the language e a re compelled to use in ex ressing the results o f o u r study p o f the unseen universe and the movements o f the spiritual man in that realm is liable to mislead I ould advise 7
.
.
w w
.
.
w
w .
.
w ww ww w .
ww
w
.
.
,
w
.
w
.
w
.
.
.
.
,
,
w
,
.
.
w
U
2 24
nse e n
Forc e s
an d
H
a rv
to U s e T he m
.
I find it exceedingly di fficul t to convince the average undeveloped individual that man is fa r greater than h e appea rs to be ; that hat e se e o f man is only a small part o f his vast and potential sel f hood I re fuse to argu e ith an individ u al h o h as never ri sen higher than th e animal plane in h i s conception o f man To argue ith such a ma n is asted energy A ma n o f this undeveloped type, ith his coarse and gross m aterialism , cannot a pp re ciate the m aj estic revelations o f the sp i r i tual man and h i s po ers A man cannot understand the highest truth much less appreciate it until h e has u n folded hi s highest nature T o the man ho has un folded his material nature o nly all spiritual truth is repugnant He O pposes spiritual truth because he has cultivated n o susceptibility for it His oppositio n is a vivid revelation o f hi s o n in ard coarseness and it is al ays best to leave such a man to th e ’ refin i ng influences O f li fe s discipl ine The maj estic realities of the u nseen universe exi st hether ma n a ffi rms or denies A fli rma ti o n or denial has hatever upon them The denial o f the exi st n o e ffect ence o f a t hing by the m an h o is constitutionally inca n o m eans destroys it perceiving it by The man l f b e o a p ith intense vehemence that h o has n o eyes may a ffi rm light does n o t exist, but the light S hines o n ith increasi n g luster, sublimely indi fferent to his afli rma ti o n The man ho has never attempted or is incapable o f sending his thought to a distant point may deny ith i n tense bitterness that such a thing can be done yet his denial does n o t destroy the fact Coming back to the original propositio n I restate it : Man can tra nsmit hi s
ww w
w
w w
w
.
w
.
.
.
,
w ,
.
.
ww .
w
,
.
w
,
w
.
w .
w
w
w
.
w .
w
,
.
U
n se en
Fo r c e s
an d
Ha rv to U s e T h e m
225
.
w
thought o n the subconscio us plane to a distant point ith o u t the u se o f any visibl e intermediate agency This ill appear beauti fully reaso nable 1 When yo u consider the nature and po er o f though t force Thought force in dynamic actio n i s the mightiest In the universe at large the d ivine force in the u niverse thought -force i s o mnipotence in action The universe at large i s the theater for the play o f giant forces Gravitation that silen t invisible energy o perates every here i n the vast expanses o f the visible u niverse Every ato m in the countless orlds that cro d the amplitudes o f ’ God s great empire responds to i ts touch
w
.
w
.
.
.
.
.
w
,
,
,
w
w
w w
.
.
Th e v e ry l a t h at m o u l d s a tea r A n d bi d s i t t r ic kl e f ro m i t s s o u r c e T h at l a p re se rv e s t h e ear t h a sph e re A n d g u id e s yo u p l a net s i n t h e i r c o u r s e ,
Gravitatio n poises the mote floating i n the su nbeam upo n its finger h urls fro m the crest of the m ountain the crush ing avalanche guides cou ntless orlds and su ns in their orbits and reins in the flaming comet The vie less inds hen they are roused are mighty The sto utest ships built by man are as nothing hen th e storm king reigns upon the ocean The winds in their fury seize the giant ste amship and crush it as a man ould — crush an empty egg shell , an d it sinks to the bottom , or dash it to pieces o n the rock -ribbed coast No thing can ithstand the fury o f the storm kin g o n the land hen he sweeps o n attended by the roar of thunder and the splitting S hiver o f the lightnings The t isting inds, rushing ith inco ncei vable rapidity to ards a com mon center as they s eep like flyin g demons across the
w
,
,
ww w
.
,
,
.
w
w w
w
,
15
m
w w
.
.
w
w
w
.
U
226
n se e n
Fa r c e s
an d
H
a rv
w w
to U s e T he m
.
w
o cean can t ist the aters into a rope rising hundreds O f feet into the air and as they s eep o ver the land they s itc h immense tree s up by the roots W i pe cities o u t o f existence and leave the strongest buildings erected by ma n a mass o f shattered ruins in their a k e Electricity is a gigantic force I am o f the Opinio n that the entire visible universe fl oats in a se a o f electricity and I believe that all storms and earthqua k es and volcanic eruptions are electrical movements A n electrical e x p l o sion in the su n is conveyed to the earth producing a cor ’ responding disturbance l n the earth s atmosphere and every star in the sisterhood o f plan ets feels the shoc k A n earthqua k e shoc k hen the earth trembles li k e a ship struc k by a ave an d cities are ove r helmed is simply a quiet effort on the part o f elec tricity t o ma k e itsel f more com fortable W hen electricity is ma k ing an e ffort to e qualize itsel f it leaps from the earth to the sky and from the sky to the earth and from cloud to clo ud in blinding flash and the shoc k o f its movement causes the earth t o quiver from pole to pole m etal disc overed by scientists called radium is T he n e a mass of condensed po er S ir W m Croo k es says that o n e crystal o f this strange metal contains eno u gh energy to li ft the names of England and France to the top o f Ben N evis mountain But behind all these giant forces o f the u niverse stands — the thou ght t he po er that brought them into existe nce This is the i nexhaustible source from o f the infinite G od hi ch all these forces fl o ; this is the po er that marshals s ustains and direc ts them I n fact I a m o f the Opinion ,
w
,
,
w
.
.
,
.
,
,
w
w
,
.
w
,
“
.
,
,
,
‘
,
w
.
w .
.
.
'
w
w
.
w .
w
,
,
U
28
n see n
Fa rc e s
an d
H
to U s e T h e m
a rv
.
w
w
transmitting machine he has i nvested it ith the po er to send thought to a distant point and have it automatically recorded hile A lmi ghty G o d in creating his tho u gh t transmitting machine ma n failed to i nvest him ith th e same po er I affirm that man is the most per fect machin e ever built for the business o f transmitting thought 2 T o assist u s further in seeing th e beauti ful simplicity and reasonab l eness of this theory I ould say that ma n th e tho u ght-transmitter can send his tho u ght ou t in t o ays — by the con sci ou s or a bove-grou n d method and by the
w w
,
,
w
,
,
.
.
w
.
,
w
w ,
,
and wman wmade in the im ge ays com nicating thought u t ww have w ays comm nicating his tho ght We k no w w ro m nature and history that G od employs w metho s
s u bcon sci ou s or u n dergrou n d
No
o
t
.
as
,
ha s t
method
o
a
of
mu
of
u
of
i f ma n
G o d,
hi s
,
u
f
G od m
s
.
t
d in
o
tho u ght-transmission He employs the visible metho d The vast array o f visible obj ects in the external u niver se are ideas arrayed in the garmen ts o f matter Beauty po er j ustice order harmony li fe sublimity isdom and thou san ds o f other gran d conceptions are presented to ou r senses by the vast panorama o f changing scenes o n the stage o f the visible un i verse T hese actors that play fo r o u r benefit an d they are eve r o n the plane o f the v isible n ever tire presenti n g somethi n g n e fo r ou r instruction T he page s ith the names o f great me n o f history are m ade brilliant and omen great because they represented in the m selve s and in their achievements the po er o f great ideas T he lives and achievements o f these great heroes and heroin e s ’ form a part o f G od s v isible method o f transmitting hi s tho u ght to man A ll the great truths that have been re corded in boo k s uttered in address oration o r sermon a re .
.
w .
,
,
,
,
,
w ,
,
.
w
w
,
,
w w
.
,
,
.
.
U of
parts ma n
Force s
d H
a rv
G od s visible m eth od
of
nse en
an
’
229
to U s e T h e m
.
transmitting thought to
.
B ut G od employed the invisible meth o d
transmitting h i s thought to man a l so Moses n ever obtained that mar velons condensation o f priceless isdo m contained in the d ecalogue by conscious study o f th e exter n al u niverse ; it c ame to hi m o u t o f t h e depths o f t h e invisible as b e c o m m u n e d ith G o d a midst th e solitudes o f S i n ai The great thin kers amo n gst the Je s an d other ancient s piritual n o t obtain the rich treasures o f truth eople did here ith p t hey have enriched the orld by the co n scio u s study o f the They obtained these priceless treasures v isible universe by entering in to th e sile n ce o f the i nvisible thought- orld a n d communing ith G o d Jesus the greatest teacher o f t h e centuries the man hose teachings have flooded the lives o f million s ith love and truth and light and free d o m never attended school an d re fused to enter the c ol l e ges o f the rabbis He entered into the solitu des o f the ilderness an d retired into the deep fast n esses o f the mo u n t ains and there co m muned ith hi s Father and obtained b y the invisible me t hod the great truths that made his o n li fe magnificent an d has li fted m illions into the hi te su n light O f Splendid character No man as ma de in the im ag e o f G od and as G o d t ransmits his tho u ght by the visible and invisible methods , s o can man here tho ught 3 In the i n v isible rea l m o f p u re tho u ght , is transmitted by the i nvisible method there are n o bar ri e rs to its movemen t In the external universe e hav e many barriers Lan guage itsel f is a barrier V ery O fte n instead of revealing tho ught la n gua g e conceals it of
w
.
w
w
.
ww
w
w
.
w w w .
,
,
,
w
.
w
,
w
w w
.
,
,
w
.
.
w
,
.
.
.
.
w
U
2 30
Forc e s amd
nseen
H
a rv
to U s e T h e m
w
w w w w
T ime
.
constitutes a barrier In audible speech e must ord by ord ; e must pause an d emph asize a n d u tter enunciate distinctly A ll this consumes time When e undertake to mak e k no n o u r tho u ght in riting e find di ffi culty i n selecting the proper word e mus t prune and conde n se here and enlarge there and hen e have don e o u r best the la n guage fails to adequately express o u r mean ing Space also constit u tes a barrier Mountains and val l eys rocks an d alls and noises O f a l l k ind s oceans and rivers f f i o inter ere th the act thought transmission But a ay do n in the deep si lences o f the invisible far belo the visible none o f these barriers exist Lan gu age is n o t n eeded ; vocal organs are not used Time is n o t reco gnized A tho usan d years in the thought-realm is a s ” S pace is absent ; o n e day and a day as a tho usand years matter is not there to obstruct the fl ight O f thought In this deep interior thought -realm G o d and man a n d man and man to uch elbo s T ouch elbo s — the union i s closer than that In this realm G od and man a n d man and man are i n te rsp he re d and yet preserve their o n in di W hen e consider the const i tution and or de r v i du a l i ty o f t h i n gs i n the tho u ght -realm the trans mission o f t hough t ithout the u se of visible intermediate agenci es I S simpli fied It i sthe n atural method The employment o f the means used in the visib l e realm ould be utterly i mpossibl e i n the invisible realm Because man is a ci tizen in t o realms he transmits his thought in t o ays i n the visibl e by the visible method by speech o r riting ; in the i n v i s ible by the invisible metho d or thought-tra n s ference He also receives thought in t o ays by the visible metho d .
w w w w ww .
.
,
.
w .
w ww w ,
,
.
,
.
,
-
.
.
.
.
w
w
.
w
.
.
w
w
-
.
w ww w ww .
.
,
,
w
.
,
U
2 32
n se en
Force s
an
d Ha rv to U s e T he m
.
w
broad and dee p in the shim meri n g sunshine o f the meado T hen the scene cha n ges a n d yo u have an impressio n that somebody is coming a friend o r re l ative that yo u have not seen for years and beh old the door opens and he enters “ elcome him yo u say I a s j ust a n d as you j oy fully ” O r yo u have an impres thinking that yo u ere comi n g sion that you ill receive a letter from a di stant re l ative and behold the histle o f the postman ro u ses you from your reverie and he h ands yo u a letter fro m that rela tive ill visit you O r yo u have an intimation that a stranger to-morro an d o n the morro the correctness o f your i n t i mati o n is verified Happy is the man h o can command these hours o f sel f absorption this complete relaxatio n o f all intense conscious e ffort this complete abandon o f the spiritual man as o n invisible lightni n g ing he s eeps o u t into the deep tho u ght - orld a n d brings i nto t h e ligh t o f co n sciousness s eet memories o f the past and bril l iant visions o f the fu ture In these hours o f meditation there is j ust a su ffi cient glimmer o f consciousness present to enable the ma n to se e his o n marvelous s eep po er and S OO p e o f move ment as he Operates in the subconscious and th e onder ful velocity o f t hought-movement in all directions during these hours o f sel f-absorption demo n strates the theory that tho u ght can be transmitted and received ithout the use o f v isible means Hypno tism has furn ish ed us ith tens o f thousands of ’ facts demo n strating beyond all do ubt the truth o f man s ability to transmit a n d receive thought ithout the u se o f v isible means What is hypnotism We can best defi ne hypnotism by .
,
,
,
,
,
w w w w ,
w
,
.
,
w
w
w ,
.
w
,
,
w
w
w
w
.
w
w w
w
,
,
w
.
w
w
.
,
.
U
n se e n
F
orc e s a n d
H
to U s e T h e m
a rv
2 33
.
t i
w
aying that its phen omena are th e results o f obedience to a ’ There is n othi n g abnormal o f man s being n atural l a No o n e save the ignorant o r s u p e rsti i n i ts phenomena tio us are a fraid o f it Dr u gs hav e slai n their tens o f thou hole history o f hypnotism n o o n e has s ands but i n the Nat u ral sleep an d the sleep ind u ced by e ver been h u rt the hypnotist are the results o f the operation o f the same la In natural sleep the i ndividual obeys the l a i th o u t assis tance In hypnotic sleep he obeys the same l a ith the assistance o f the Operator T hat th e l a produc ing natural Sleep i s the same as the l a in ducing hypnotic s leep can be demonstrated by the philosophy o f man a dv o o s ted in this volume a T h e spiritual man i s one ( ) b He Operates in t r alms the seen and th e unseen o e ( ) H 0 e operates i n the seen through the external brain () a n d he O perates in the unseen through the internal brain In sl eep the spiritual man re tires fro m the upper b rai n into the lo er brain N o i n natural sleep the Spir i t u a l man retires fro m the upper brain itho ut assistance I n hypnotic sleep he is assisted in this s tep by the opera S o that hypnot ic sleep is only another ord for nat t or u ral sleep
s
.
.
w .
,
.
w w .
.
w
.
ww w w
.
w
.
.
,
, .
w
.
w
.
w w
.
.
A ga i n , the
v ery sa
w
me methods
mp l oyed by the
e
er a tor
p sl e e i p f
o
i n i n du ci n g hyp n oti c s l eep i l l p r odu ce n a tu r a l Al l the m eth ods e mp l oye d by the i n di vi du a l hi mse lf
em ployed by the hypnotist are visible means adj usted to th e n atural order o f movement in the human brain and mind W hat is this n atural sequence o f movement ? S imply this a The upper o r conscious brain can only entertain o n e ( ) i dea at a time .
.
.
U
2 34
w
lo er
b T h e ( )
gestion
n se e n
F
or
o rc e s a n d
Ha rv to U s e T he m
.
subconscious brain is gover n ed by
su g
.
W hen ()
th e
’
sp i ri t u al
man Operating thro u gh the con scious brain concentrates his attentio n upon on e object o r idea continuously this act shuts o ff conscious mental action in all other directions The hypnotist occupies the attention o f the outer guard or conscio us brain by as k ing the subj ect to gaze blan k ly upon the bright Obj ect the attenti o n o f the oute r guard being fully occupied the s u ggestio n o f sleep steals i n and ta k es possessi on o f the subconscious brain e N since the suggestions that interpenetra e the su b o t () conscious brain al ays r i se into and domi n ate the conscio u s brain the s u ggestion o f sleep o verpo ers the Spiritual man and he retires gradually into the subco nscious subj ect to the ill of the Opera tor N o I contend that a ma n can obey this natural order o f ithout the assista n ce o f th e hypno tist H e move ment can concentrate his attention blan k ly upon an obj ect and i f he k eeps the act up fo r fi fteen minutes he i s bo und t o In concentrating he m ust remember that there fall asleep is a vast di fference bet een active concentration and passiv e concentra tion In active m ental concentration he ill re main m a gnificen t ly and alertly a a k e In passive men tal concentratio n he must fall asleep fo r he has thro n h i s mind into line ith the l a o f sleep T o illustrate by a familiar example the di fference bet een active a n d passive mental concentra tion Sit do n and commence to read a boo k s o long as yo u are k eenly inter osted and so long a s you gre e di l y absorb each idea a s it come s to yo u from the page yo u remain intensely a ake but the c
.
w
.
w
w
,
w w
.
w
.
,
w
.
w
.
w
w
w w w w
.
,
.
w
,
U
2 36
n se e n
Fo r c e s
and
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
esults in hyp n otism are obtain e d from the best trained m inds I have at this time given this plain and simple explana tion o f h ypnotism to Sho existing in the 1 That it is the result o f a n atural l a h uman mind and brai n that t he spiritual ma n in hypnotic sleep h as 2 T o sho c eased to act o n the planes O f the external u n iverse that hypnotic sleep na tu ra l sleep and se a 3 T o Sho -absorp tion such as th e N e f f f ons pr ound sel T hought o s o s tudent trains himsel f to assume are identical and are the res u lts o f obedience to the same l a 4 T o sho that i n these states the spiritual man operates o n inv i s i ble plan e s in the u n see n universe t hrough the s ub c o n scious brain and that he can tra n smit his thought to a d istance and receive thought fro m a distance in this realm ithout t h e use o f visible m e ans T he transmitting and receiving instrument is the s u bc o n s cious brain and the transmitter and recei v er i s the spirit u al man N o it is a pro found l a Operating in all realms k no n t o ma n that th e po er o f the invisible forces o f the uni verse is conditioned u po n the capac i ty and responsiveness o f the visible machine through hich they mani fest them s elves F o r instance yo u can take li fe Li fe is an invisible force B u t li fe can n o t mani fest itsel f on the visible plane ithout a physical s ubstrat u m and the po er exhibited by li fe on the visible plane is conditioned by the capaci ty and re sp o n s i v e n e ss o f the physical form through hich it expresses itsel f r
.
w
w
.
w w
.
.
.
.
w
w
.
w
,
.
,
w
,
w .
w
w
w
w
.
.
,
,
.
w w
w
.
U
F o rc e s
n se e n
i n
d H
a rv
2 37
to U s e T h e m
.
w
w
Almighty G od himsel f respects this l a When he o uld build a m agn i ficent oa k-tree he de mands a rich soil and favorable environ ments O a k tree li fe m u st be a giant force fo r it buil ds up cell by cell a magni fi cent tree de fying the l a o f gravitatio n and the destructive storm but t his gian t force can n ot build a S ple n did tree on a barren soil Electricity is an invisible force Its po er is appar ently unlimited but th e po er exhibited by electricity i s conditioned upon the size o f the dynamo the per fectio n o f its orkmanship and its adaptability to the purposes o f its constructio n Marconi could not handle t his giant forc e ithout a mach ine W ith his machine he can hurl it across the Atlantic In spea k ing o f his inventio n to a n e sp a per correspondent he said that hi s ability to sen d a me s sage around the orld a s co nditioned upo n the S i ze o f h i s dynamo the capacity o f the electrical co n densers and th e responsiveness o f the receivin g machine All h uman inventions are at best only clumsy imitatio n s ’ All the mechanical achievements o f o f God s creations ’ man are the resul ts o f man s study o f th e mechanism o f the visible u niverse Man is follo ing in th e tracks o f ’ The physical ma n i s God s Obj ect lesso n G o d hi s Father thought -tra n smitting machine The subconsciou s as a brain i s the tho u ght -conden ser ; the ill is the key to tur n o ff o r turn o n the stream o f thought The spi ritual man i s th e trans m itter The ph ysical man i th hi s brain and n erves i s also a thought -receiving machine The brain is the receivin g instrument ; the nerves con v ey the thought to the re ce i v ing instrument and t he spirit u al man is the receiver N o I am su fficiently bold to declare that the l a t hat .
-
.
,
w
,
w
-
'
w
,
w w
.
.
,
.
w
.
.
ww
,
.
.
w
.
-
.
w .
.
.
w
.
w
w
.
U
2 38
nseen
Forc e s
Ha rv to U s e T he m
an d
.
w
w
perates in al l other realms k no n to man operates in the realm o f thought also namely : that the po er exhibited by the invisible forces o f the u niverse is conditioned up o n t h e capacity and responsiveness o f the physical instrument hich they mani fest them selves T his bei n g true t hrough ’ t hen it fo l lo s that man s ability to transmit o r receive t hough t depends upon 1 T he capacity and responsiveness of the orain for the or k 2 T he ability o f the individual to shut off or turn o n t h e stream o f tho u ght A ll individuals are n o t i n possession o f equal po er in t his directio n In the visible universe e se e that every man has a talent fitting him fo r so me specific or k in li fe A ll a re n ot equally talente d O n e man has a tale n t for m usic another poetry another history another mathe m ati cs another business another politics another language a nother oratory T his same diversity o f talents exists i n t he invisible thought -realm O n e has the talent fo r far s eeing another for fa r hearing another O f predicting the future another that o f character analysis another mind readi n g another th e ability to send tho u ght to a distance S ome have great capacity to receive thought , but they have n ot the same po er to transmit it ; others have great po er to tra nsmit thought b u t their ability to receive it is l imited ; others have great n atural ability to transmit tho ught but they lack the per fecting po er o f training hile others have large natural a bility to receive thought but lack the po er O f discrimination and discernment A l l individuals ho ever possess a measure o f thi s po er t o transmit or receive thought i n the realms o f the invisible
o
,
w w
w
.
,
.
.
.
.
w w
.
w
.
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
_
w
w
,
w
w
,
w w
,
w .
,
,
U
F
n se e n
'
o r ce s
an
d Ha rv to U s e T h e m
.
ins pired right to put a l l other methods unde r the b a n o f condemnation “ 5 T he inspired right to make its theory o f the n o n ” existence o f matter the fo undatio n o f a movement called ” the Church of Christ ; 6 The inspired right to Oopyright a system o n ear t h that as invented and patented in heave n and ma k e thi s system the channel fo r the amassing o f millio ns ; I say su ch ild and u n founded claims such rabid i n to l e ra n ce o f other systems and such nonsensical theories provo k e vibrations o f riotous laughter Must I s allo the mass o f error because o f the mo i ety o f truth con ta i n e d therein ? Must I overlook the destructive couse ‘ u e n c e s O f the system becau se O f the beneficial tendencies q T o the monopolists that stand behind this system and r eap the financial benefits there is no thing solid in th e ” ‘ u niverse except the dollar They Obtain th e su b sta n tial by denying the existence o f the S ubstantial and as “ Mark T ain says they claim an absolute mo nopo l y o f turning o n the forces of G od th ro ugh the nerves o f the sick ” man — fo r cash T h e trust mani pu l ating t he move ment has a co l lege i n Mass achusetts and they charge o n e hun dred dollars a month payment strictly i n advance to instruct in the ho l y business o f curing di sease by s itch ing o n the omnipotent en ergies o f the eternal orld W hen the course hich continues three months is finished ” “ and paid fo r the trust gives the student a diploma a boo k o f private instructions and the right to put C S D “ a fter his name T hese letters mean Christian S cience ” Demonstrator but they mi ght m ean Catch Solid Dol l ars This ould be a more appropriate meaning for 4
.
T he
~
.
.
w
w
,
,
ww
.
f
.
w
,
,
'
.
,
w w
,
,
w
,
.
,
,
,
.
.
.
w ,
.
,
.
U
n se e n
F
orc e s a n d
H
a rv
to U s e T h e m
1
.
w
this seems to be the main purpose o f the men ho stan d behin d the move men t I repeat my affi rmatio n e have n o arri v ed at a poi n t i n o ur investigatio ns here e can explain i n a natural a y ” T o prove the v a C hristian S cience absent treatment l i di ty o f my content i o n e ill pursue in detail the meth o ds o f the demo nstrator as he proceeds to treat a patient at a dista nce He retires into a roo m and locks the door He S hut s ‘ He relaxes all o u t all visible obj ects by closing his eyes the muscles o f his body as m uch as possible He the n centers his thought upo n the patient In a fe mo ments he Sinks into a state o f sel f absorption ; i n other ords he retires from the active conscio us brain do n into the sub conscious He has n o reached the subconscious plane along hich thought can be transmitted He continues to thin k intensely directing his thought to ards the patient Eventually as this exercise continues he is ide ntified it h itho ut the hi s patient and he begins to affi rm silently sl i ghtest mixture o f do ubt such tho ughts as the se : Y o u ” ” ” are ell There is no disease S i ckness I S a delusion Y o u are an expression o f God and since G o d can not be ” sic k yo u can not be sick No during the per formance the demonstrator has sunk do n to the interior level o f the subco nscious He trans mits his tho ughts o n invisible planes and j ust as t he e l e c t ri c a l vibration s se t in motion by Marconi are caught a i most i nstantaneo u sly by the receiving instrument thousands ay so the thoughts sent for th on invisible planes o f miles a by the demonstrator are impressed instantly upon the s u b conscio us brain area O f the patient and as e have alread y
w ww ww
w
.
,
w
.
.
.
.
.
.
w
-
w
w .
w w
w
,
.
,
w
,
,
,
w
w .
,
.
.
.
,
w w
.
.
'
,
w ,
w
16
m
U
2 42
n se e n
F orc e s
an d
Ha rv to U s e T h e m
.
een the subconscious brain governs the body and is in turn governed by suggestion these suggestions continually i m pinging upon that brain i t responds to them and the patient gets ell and the Christian S cience churc h obtains another ardent member N o so fa r a s the practice o f sending freedom and o u t tho ughts o f health an d harmo n y j oy love i s concerned I can not find language su fficient l y strong to express my appreciation O f it T his is a b eauti ful ex and u nder the guidance o f the l a o f thought c roise proj ection and thought reception such a habit upli fts the i ndividual h o prac tices it and benefits the individual to ards hom the thoughts are directed A ll actions originate in thought Hate thoughts trans lated i nto action spell o u t stri fe discord ill temper bru tality and battle -fi e l ds slippery ith blood ; fear thoughts translated into action spell o u t gloom doub t despondency bad health failure and disaster love thoughts flo er out into great men and noble o men upli fting institutions asylums philanthr o pies a n d a million ministries o f mercy ; freedom thoughts develop heroes an d heroines and actual ize themselves into oppo rtunities privileges charters o f liberty declarations Of independence an d mighty republics here every man is an uncro ned k ing and every oman an uncro ned queen Thought is the supreme compellin g po er in the universe I f all men and o men could be t rained to spend some time each day in sending o ut thoughts o f love and j oy freedom harmo ny and happiness all h a te and selfishness slavery and stri fe and battle o uld spe e d ily pass a ay and the millennium ensue I obj ect h en Christian S cience claims the honor o f originating th i s beauti ful custo m It has been th e te aching o f C hr istianity
s
,
w
,
w
,
.
’
,
,
,
,
w
.
,
w ww
-
.
.
w ,
,
w
,
,
,
w
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
w
w w w ,
w
w
.
.
w
,
,
w
,
,
.
.
w
U
2 44
nseen
F o rc e s
w
an d
H
a rv
to U s e T he m
.
same po er o f the sp i r i tual man explains the phe W e have seen i n a forme r momena o f mind-reading chapter O f this volume that the subco nscious brain i s the record-boo k o f the entire li fe of the individual Nothing that the spiritual ma n has ever k no n is forgotten T h e individual may not be able to bring it up into the light o f conscious k no ledge but this failure to call it u p by n o means proves it is not there N o the mind-reader has the natural and trained ability to sin k do n to the subconsciou s plane come into living invisible touch ith the record o f the past life contained in the pages o f the subconsci ous a n d ’ fro m these pages read the man s past history bri nging b e fore him at times facts and events and experiences long forgotten ’ W ith regard to the mind reader s po er o f predictin g the future I have no hesitancy in declaring that eve n thi s strange as it may appear lies ithin the scope o f s u b conscious capability T he conscious brain is an instrument for use i n the realms o f time and space It ould be as reasonable to expect that the ca r could se e or th e eye hea r as to imagine that the conscious brain can predict the fu ture T he conscious brain has no such function I ts ith the visible universe Its functions begin and end business is to give expression to that hich the s u b co n scious delivers u p fro m the depths We have already seen that a ay do n in the depths o f the subco nscious there i s A n o here and no there ; there is n o past and no future million years are as o n e day an d o n e day a s a millio n years In this deep invisi ble realm are all the plans o f history and the li fe-plans o f the in dividual in per fect seed form T he mind reader as he sin k s do n into the depths o f t he T his
.
w
w
.
.
w w w
,
.
,
,
w
.
w
,
,
,
t
.
.
w
.
w w
w
.
.
w
.
.
.
.
-
,
w
-
.
U
Fo rc e s
n se e n
an d
45
Ha rv to U s e T he m
.
ubconscious state enters into th e timeless real m and stan ds ’ be fore the finished plans o f the individual s l i fe an d i f his ill astonish the S piritual V i s i on is clear an d u ndimmed h e i ndividual by hi s ability to predict the events o f the future The ability to predict coming events in the history o f the orld has been ridiculed by men h o did n ot u nderstan d i ts la s but o u r study o f the po ers o f the spiritual man a s he Operates i n the subconscious realms o f the universe d emonstrates that the po er to predict future e v ents is a function o f the spiritual man operating on invisible planes T he marvelous po er o f the m ighty seers o f the past i n predicting the great events o f history ith such marvelous revelation to me o f h o this natural po er a ccuracy i s a ' hen rein forced by c a n be made magnificently e fl e c ti v e Spiritual illuminatio n Almighty G o d adds no n e faculty t o the soul In sending forth his messages to the orld he u ses the forces and faculties that are already i n man I am o f the impressi o n that all the great seers o f th e past ere individuals o f fine nervous organization and this fi ne n ess o f organizatio n as rendered still finer by habitual ith the in visible I have observed that the c ommunio n most successful mind -readers are omen Wom en as a rule have a finer nervous organizatio n than men and live i n ith the invisible realm of thought and e mo c loser touch A success ful mind reader must have all the necessary t ion physical and mental quali fi catio ns fo r his business He must be built o n fine nervous lines The subco nscious m ust be exquisitely sen sitized and as susceptible to the v i b ra ti o n s o f a thought as the lea f i s to the stirring o f the breeze Mediums ith these n atural qu alifications do n o t find it n ecessary to avail the m selves O f a ny artificial assist s
,
w
,
.
w
w w
w ,
w
w
.
w w w
.
.
w
w
w
w
w w ,
.
w
.
w
.
.
.
.
w
U
46
F
n se e n
'
o rce s a n d
H
a rv
to U s e T h e m
.
w
w
conducting their experiments S edenborg the great philosopher and seer o f S eden could enter into th e deeps o f the i n visible at W il l ; and i t is my opinio n that the mighty prophets o f the past could enter into the pro ill fo u nd depths o f the i nv i si b le at U nquestionably man is a onder ful being When e obtain a clear-cut conce ptio n of the fact that the real ma n is t he spiritual man and that the Spiritual man stands a t the center o f things and operates externally in the seen an d internally i n the unseen and that the unseen contain s ’ history s finished p l ans and the finished plans o f individua l lives ; hen e have a clear cut co nception o f the fact that the Spiritual man can enter the unseen and stand be fore these plans prophecy is then stripped o f the element o f the miraculous and is sho n to be in con formity to l a T her e fact tha t i s there fore nothing incredible or strange in the the mighty spiritual giants o f the past the great prophets transpired o f Isr a el could describe long be fore the events o f Baby o n the planes o f the visible universe the overthro lon the do n fall of N ineveh the rec k o f Egypt the con quest o f Palestine the captivity o f the Je s and their sub sequent dispersion amongst the nations There is nothing ’ strange or miraculous in Nebuchadnezzar s dream or Dan ’ i e l s interpretation T h e k ing as he Slept beheld in eird symbolism the rise and fal l o f mighty empires and the e s ” the Christ o f God tab l i shme n t o f the Emp i re of T ruth by T here is nothi n g strange in the fact that the old prophet s in their predictions described the Christ i n all his beauty po er and influence his i gn o mi n o u s death his resurrectio n and the subsequent orld - ide s eep of his po er T hese mighty men o f the past lived in touch ith the invisible a n ce
in
.
,
,
w w
w
.
.
,
,
ww
w
,
w .
,
,
,
w
,
,
w
,
w
,
w
,
.
w
.
.
w
,
www ,
,
w
w .
.
U
2 48
nse e n
Fa rce s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
w w w w
w
f ishonest and un air methods that the so called prediction d O f history by the riters o f the Bible as o f the events o the events t iven subsequent g The care ful study of the po ers o f the spiritual man as he Operates in th e unseen h a s sho n that prophecy is and the l a o f prophecy to my m ind is n atural to man H ere it is v ery simple i ndeed 1 In the timeless u nseen universe are the per fected “ T h e Lamb a s slai n fro m the fo u n da i deals o f history ’ ” orld and Pau l Speaking o f God s promise t ion o f the “ t o A braham says G o d h o spea k s o f things that are ” ere G od is the I a m and Jesus n ot as though they ” “ be fore Abraham as I a m There is no ha s been s ays i ll be i n the invisible u n i verse a n d no 2 T hese ideals are externalized on the planes o f the seen u niverse here time i s measured O fl by the motion o f the e arth 3 T he Spiritual man O perating in the unseen can beh old these ideals intuitively and then give co nscious expressio n t o them in prophetic form centuries be fore they are actual i z e d in time A ll prophecies hatsoever can be e xplained by th i s S i m l l n e can tell By examining the seed hether the e a o p li fe that lies capsulate in the seed ill u n fold itsel f into T he t h e oa k or the pine the corn -stal k or the apple -tree here all the events that materialize i nvisible is the realm This state o n the visible planes lie in per fect seed -form ment o f the l a o f prophecy by no means annihilates the f ree agency o f the individual T he free agency o f the i n d iv i dual is to my mind o n e o f the elements that belong to and inhere i n the per fect ideals co n tained in the i n v i s ,
.
,
.
w w w w w w w
.
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
w
w ,
w
.
w
-
w
w
.
.
.
U
Forc e s
n se e n
an d
2 49
Ha rv to U s e T he m
.
The plans o f a great b uildi n g ma y be in existence i n finished form fo r h undreds o f years and generations o f orkmen may give these pla n s v isible shape ithout th e and in doing this s lightest deviatio n i n any particu l ar or k each m a n may have per fect freedo m o f action in th e u se o f his brain and tools and material ; or t o u se a better illustration I can conceive o f a master inve n tor ho i s in possessio n o f such o nder ful mechanical ingenuity that h e orkmen scattered over the earth c a n give t o a thousand k n o ing nothin g o f each other certai n parts o f a ma chine to construct and allo each man per fect freedom O f choice and action and hen each part is finished I can c o nceive o f him bringing all the parts together and by hi s ith them a gran d s uperior mechanical geni us building m achine smooth in all its movements and per fectly adj ust ’ God s creative and constructive s k ill is c d to i ts purpose ord infinite History is the un fold o nly expressed by the ment of h i s infinite plan o n th e p l anes o f the external uni The free ill o f the individual or k ers i s a part v erse and parcel o f th e ideal and a part an d parcel o f the un fo l d m ent o f the ideal There is n o co n fl ict bet een the free ill o f ma n and the sovereignty o f God ; both are facts t hat meet at the center and con verge to ards a co mmo n i ble
.
w w
,
“
,
w
'
w
,
,
w w w w
w
,
,
w
,
.
.
w w
“
w
.
.
w w w
e nd
.
w
In the next place th e thought -transmissive and th o ught receptive po er o f the Spiritual man acting thro u gh the s ubconscious explains all ki nds and varieties o f thought tm osp h e re s Man i s a though t-absorber and tho u ght distributer He i s a receiver O f thought -vibrations fro m o thers and h e is a giver o f thought -vibrations t o others The tho u ght-at mosphere surroundi n g an individual is the .
'
.
,
.
U
2 50
Forc e s
n se e n
an d
H
to U s e T h e m
a rv
.
cre ation o f the indivi dual himsel f and the nature quality and tone o f that atmosphere correspond to the quality and tone o f his predominant thought T he predominant th ough t o f individuals o f the Napo leo ni o type is ill Napoleon believed i n his o n destiny , and as the result o f that belie f he became the incarnatio n W hen the o fli ce rs o f his army tol d o f an iron resolution ” “ A lps said he h i m that he could not cross the Alps “ there il l be no A lps ; i f there is no ay I ill m a k e ” hy he became the autocr a t o f Europe T his is on e T his enabled h i m to move k ings and thrones as easily a s the player moves the ooden men on a checker-board H e carried ith him every here the compelli n g atmospher e created by his o n invincible ill ’ Cae sar s predominant thought a s ill His ill car ried him across the Rubicon H i s ill created around him a fa r-reaching compelling atmosphere that elded h i s army togeth er until it became a living unit expressive o f ’ C ae sar s purpose His iron ill creating an atmosphere o f force enabled hi m to crush all opposi tion and as the edg e crushes its ay through the rending log so he crushed hi s a y up to universal supremacy W ill is a mighty mani fe sta ti o n o f thought force and creates an enveloping at m o sp h e re o f po er but there is a mightier mani festatio n o f tho u ght force than ill Napoleon as crushed at W a terloo Cae sar fell by the dagger of the assassin T hes e men me t a combinatio n o f circumstances that ill coul d not surmount T h e mightiest mani festation o f tho u ght -force is l ov e A midst all the mani festations o f thought love is supreme It is greatest because the visi ble u niverse is ens athed i m ,
,
.
w
w .
.
w
,
w
.
w
w
ww ,
.
w w
.
w ww w .
.
.
,
w w
w
.
w
w
,
w
,
.
.
w
-
,
-
»
w .
w
w
.
.
.
w
.
~
U
2 52
n se e n
w
Forc e s
ill ail w
an
d H
a rv
to U s e T he m
.
ww
but the ma n hose i l l i s the ex ssi on of l ov e ca n n ev er f a i l re p When the predomi n ant thought i s f ea r fear bei n g a negative force creates a thought-atmosphere u tterly void o f all compelling po er Accordi n g to this l a there is n o resistive po er in the individual h o is dominated by fear S uch a a n d surrounded by an atmosphere o f like quality m an is O pen o n all sides to th e destructive forces o f the ” Li k e attracts like In accordance ith this ai n i v e rse l a the man gives a standing invitation to all the forces o f pessimism Disease ta k es possession o f h i s body Real disease h as sl ain thousands but f e a r has slain mil l io n s The fear o f ta k ing disease predisposes the hole nature t o ards disease I t thro s the body Open to the attac k and the army o f disease e n fi l a de s the trenches Just as th e fl ies see k the rotten parts o f the meat that they may de posit their eggs so disease germs riot in luxurio us li fe in the physical tissues o f the man h o is dominated by f ea r The entire body can be fortified against the attac k s o f di s er ful a ffi rmations T he body is e ase by persistent and po c omposed o f countless millions o f infinitesimal ce l ls Every ith the tho u ght that is c ell in the body can be charged originated by the spiritual man Fear thoughts send a n the spinal cord cause every cell in the body s hiver do to cringe and co er and lose its natural resistive po er T he m a n h o is domina ted a n d the man becomes sic k by f e a r becomes the incarnation o f fail u re G loom de h i and sadness s eep into rin k les s o n de n c s mind ; y p rite de feat upon h i s counte n a nce ; sorro pulls do n the discouragement t ists his shoulders c orners o f his m outh i nto a stoop ; despo n dency p u shes his h ead do n and de by
i l l mer e l y
f
,
’
.
,
w
w
w
w
.
.
w
w
.
.
.
.
w
w
w
.
.
.
w
,
w
.
w
w
.
w
w
,
.
w
.
w
w
,
w w w w w .
,
.
U
n seen
Forc e s
53
H a m to U s e T h e m
an d
.
w
w w w
w
spair overcasts the sky o f his soul ith the stor m-clouds o f disaster Every here he goes he carries ith him th e atmosphere o f de feat and he becomes the apostle o f pessi ’ ’ mism The man ho can t can t , and that is the en d o f ’ it The man h o repeatedly says h e can t unconsciously becomes the incarnation o f h i s o n afli rmati on The man h o objects constantly unconsciously becomes an i ncarnate Obj ection The man ho f ea rs a thousand i maginary ills ard in other ords u nconsciously beco mes a n incarnate co he becomes organized de feat I am intensely anxio us that every reader o f this volum e shall become the living incarnation o f po er ful a ffi rma tions I have explained the la s o f character -building I have sho n that they operate auto matically and co ntin Just as ato ms build t he universe so character i s u al l y the aggregate o f t ri fl e s Every though t originated by the Spiritual man o r received fro m others i f held in the min d and acted upon goes into the invisible structure o f charac ter The universe i s full o f the choicest m aterial A l mighty God has given u s the key to the storeho uses o f eternity We can open these storehouses and conscio usly select hat e ant W e ought to select the choicest m a love j oy peace gentleness goodness faith t e ri al ” courage isdom po er li fe We ought to a ffi rm tha t e a re in possessio n o f these maj estic qualities fo r al l i s ’ ’ ” ours and e are Chris t s and C hrist i s G od s W e are ’ G od s dear children and e live at home In the man sions o f the infinite Father n othing is too good for us T he Opulence o f the universe is o urs The man h o f e a rs i n s u l ts G o d or else he is n o t living a li fe that con forms to the divine program .
,
.
.
w
w
w
.
.
w
w
,
.
w
w
.
w
,
.
.
,
,
.
.
w ww w w w w .
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
w
.
.
.
,
,
w
.
U
F o rc e s
n se e n
H
an d
a rv
to U s e T h e m“
Paul says Rec k on yourselves to be dead indeed unto ” s i n and alive unto G od through Jesus Christ o u r Lord “ He says again S ee k those things that are above here C hrist sitteth at the right hand o f G od fo r ye are dead and ” our li f e is hid ith Christ in od G y T h e holy li fe i s a l ife of be comi n g ; becoming hat yo u a re i n reality The holy man a ffi rms until he becomes the incarnation o f his o n a ffirmations T he la s o f charac t e r building are such that a ma n al ays becomes the i n ca r n ation o f his o n a ffirmation l f nder the thought transmission an d thought a U o a ttraction hen a man by repeated a ffi rmations o f some t hought transmu te s himse l f into an incarnatio n o f that t hought he becomes the rally i ng center fo r thoughts o f t h e s ame k ind and fo r people h o are do minated by similar t houghts Money attracts money ; success breeds success ; failure produces failure ; isdom a ttracts isdom ; courage c reates cou rage ; o t arouses j oy love dra s love Chris j y T o him that hat h brings o u t this great l a hen he says : shall be give n and he shall ha v e much more abundance a n d from him that hath not shall be ta k en a ay that hich ” he hath W e have countless illustrations o f this l a Ma k e yoursel f the incarnation o f an idea and you become a magnet attracting to u fro m yo ur surroundings the o y e lements that ha v e a n a fli n i t f h I t e idea ith the idea y i s fi n a n ci a l su ccess for instance the m o mc n t you become organized financial s uccess in yoursel f you attract mo n ey a n d men ith money Morgan by belie f a n d a ffi rmatio n transm u ted himsel f into organ i zed financial success a n d men and money tumble o ver eac h other to ge t to him M a rconi by persistent e ffort belie f and a ffirm a tion m a k es
w .
w
,
.
w
.
-
,
w .
w w w
w w
.
w w w w
,
.
w w
.
w w w ,
.
.
w
,
,
w
.
.
,
.
,
U
256
n se e n
Fo r c e s
and
H
to U s e T he m
a rv
.
ithin and the control that k ingdom and then w other things w ill be added his po w er the spiritual man w w I am pro oundly opinio n that communion w ith angels and the Spirits j us made per ect is a glorious possibility The material man w hose entire attention absorbed in earthl hi gs utterly incapab le ollo w i g me as I enter int
do m
of
al l;
,
”
.
of
T
as
i ri t p
s
ha t i s kn o
exp l a i n s
mmu n i on
co
f
.
of
the
of
me n
n
t
”
f
.
is
t
n
of
is
y
f
n
o
a discussion O f this part o f my subj ect T he natura l ma n receiveth not the things o f the Spirit o f G o d they are foolishness unto him ; neither can he k no them fo r they ” T he great l a an nounced her e are spirit u ally discerned by Paul is this : T he f a cts a n d l a s of the sp i ri tu a l re a l m c a n n ot be u n de rstood mu ch l ess ap p r eci a te d u n l ess a ma n ha s deve l op e d the cap a ci ty to p e r cei v e them S ha k espeare said : There are m ore things in heaven and o n the earth ” than are dreamt o f in our philosophy It ill not do to cro d ourselves ithin the narro con fi nes o f any humanly defined conceptio n o f the unive rse Brother this littl e planet upon hich you and I re mai n tabernacled i n a body fo r a fe years is not all there is o f this great universe G O o u t on a clear night and l ac k up at the overarching dom e orlds and suns that o f the s k ies and beho l d the countless cro d the vast domains of space Do you mean to tell me tha t this vast assemblage is uninhabited ? This univers e for use fu l pu rposes a s built n othing i s u n n e c e ssarv utility is inscribed upon all things N o since all thi n gs have a use ful purpose it is reaso n able t o su p pose that the se countless orlds are o r ill be the homes o f n u m or c u s forms o f li fe T he realm o f the visible is the realm o f the be comi n f o f S ome these orbs may be a mass o g “
.
w
.
w w
,
.
w
w
w w w
w
.
.
,
.
w
w w
.
.
w .
.
,
w
w ,
U
Forc e s
n se e n
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
w
gases an d vapor of fire ; some may j ust be i n the process others may be the homes o f the lo est forms o f o f cooling li fe ; others may be fully prepared as the h ome o f i n te l l i gent bein g s hile others may be th e home o f beings that have reached a far high er state o f per fection than ma n has yet attained I am also o f the O pinio n that there are orders o f spiritual beings dwelling in invisible realms and that these spir i tual beings are n o t limited in their movements and are superior to al l the la s o f matter and the barriers o f tim e and space I furthermore believe that the spiritual ma n separated from the external form which is cast into the grave at death passes through the gates o f death into the invisible and rises into a fuller richer and gran der li fe With t hese vie s o f the universe and i t s inhabitants it becomes easy for m e to believe that the hole universe i s t h e home o f t h e in fi nite Father and that all beings hether they are in the flesh or o u t o f th e flesh hethe r t hey d ell o n this earth or i n fa r distan t wo rlds whether t hey live i n the in visible o r in the visible ar e members of the same great family and are pro foundly interested i n ’ each other s el fare The Bible hich contain s the condensed isdo m o f the f reatest piritual teachers the ce nturies sustains me i n S o g m y belie f ; it teaches the existence and ministry o f spiritual “ beings When the u niverse as finished the sons o f ” G od shouted for j oy S piritual beings conversed ith A braham a n d arned Lot A strong angel appeared to Josh ua and gave him the assurance that victory would a ttend his arms in the conquest o f Canaan Angels a re
w
.
,
w
.
a
,
,
w
.
,
w
w
,
w
,
w
,
,
,
w w
w
.
,
,
w
.
w
w
.
.
.
17
m
U
258
Force s
nseen
and
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
w
.
w
w ww
represented as guarding Jerusalem Whe n Chris t as ’ born the earth s atmosphere a s filled ith a company o f angels ho sang the first Christmas anthem G lory be to ” G od o n high and on earth peace good ill to ard man “ After his struggle in the ilderness an angel came an d ” “ strengthened him During his agony i n the garden an ” angel streng thened him A fter his resurrection angels guarded his tomb and announced the fact o f his resur rectio n to the omen h o came to em bal m his body With regard to the continued existence o f the glorified hen Christ as d ead and their interest in human a ffairs h o had t ra n sfi gu re d o n the mountain Moses and Elij ah been dead for centuries appeared and con versed ith him concerning his death hich as soon to ta k e place at Jeru salem A po er ful spiritual being h o declared hi m sel f ” “ to be one o f the prophets conveyed to John o n the lonely island o f Patmos the magnificent spiritual visions o f the s t ruggles a n d the ultimate victory o f the church over all her enemies These biblical instances o f the ex i stence o f angels and the spirits o f th e glorified dead a n d the pro found interest they ta k e in the progress o f h umanity dem ith spirits o n stra te to me the possibility o f commu nion T hese biblical facts demonstrate the substantial accu racy o f the conten t ion o f this chapter : that the spiritual man operating o n the planes o f the invisible universe can c ommunicate ith other spirits ithout the use o f visible m eans T h e communication o f though t o n the planes o f the visible by riti n g speech o r symbol is the communion o f spirit ith spirit O n the conscious pla n e Spirit com munes it h spirit through the mediu m o f matter Com munion o n the external plane is not possible by any o ther
w
.
-
,
w
,
,
.
.
.
w w
.
,
w
,
ww ,
w
.
,
w w w
w
,
.
w
,
.
w w w w
w
.
,
,
.
~
.
U
2 60
n s ee n
Forc e s
an d
w
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
and in absolute silence ; ith on e accord they concentrat e upon the thing desired h h i s in the co mpany one o i s a medium — a n c T ere ( ) individual S O delicately se n sitized that he 1S naturally i n living touch ith the invisible f e In a minutes the entire group d O f individual s ( ) Si n k back into a state O f sel f absorption T hey in othe r ords gath er themselves ithin themselves and by so do ing they all begin to O perate o n the planes o f the su bco n scious T he medium is then in living touch ith each O f the group o n th e s u bconscio us plane e t h We have seen tha t e subconscious realm i n man i s () the real m o f the invisible where th ere is no past nor fu ture here all the p ast lies stored an d all the future lie s T h e medium O peratin g capsulate i n the light O f th e n o ith each indi o n this invisibl e plane and in livi n g touch vidual ca n ans er questi o ns regarding the past and pre dict sometimes ith rare accuracy co ncerning the future S ome mediums u se car ds others use c ofl e e grounds T he oracle at Delphi sat on a three legged stool over a fi re that sent forth intoxicati ng vapo rs O ther ancient medi ums used the entrails o f birds ; others the flight O f a ha k A ll the methods O f all the oracles O f the past and medi ums O f the present are m ean s employed by the individual to reach the passi ve o r subconscious state With regard to the abilit y to suspen d heavy articles in the air o r drag the m about the roo m ithout visible contact I thin k th a t t his lies ithi n the po er O f the spiritual man acting i n the subconscious Matter can be moved ithout physical contact P ro fe s ’ s o r Savary d He has con O rdi a ri h as demonstrated this ,
w
.
w w
w
.
w
,
,
.
,
w
.
.
w
,
w
-
w
.
w w
,
,
.
.
-
w
.
.
.
w
.
w w w
,
.
.
U
nse en
Force s
an
d H
w
o
w
261
to U s e T h e m
.
w w
tructed a machine by hich a needle O f metal can be moved over a dial plate by a perso n O f strong ill He mploys this instrument i n his electro medical hospital at e atching the 30 S ilver street London W , England for emotion s an d diseases e ffects O f vario u s temperaments There is n o physical contact at all a n d i f the atmosphere is dry the i ndividual can stand ten feet fro m the i n stru ment and by concentrating his ill upon it cause the This i mportant inventio n n eedle to move over the dial d emonstrates that mind ca n move matter without physical I am O f the O pinio n that mind itsel f does n o t c ontact ith the needle but that mi nd c ome i nto living touch f sends out a strong vibration O nerve force o r organic elec t ri ci ty and through the instrumentality O f this organic electricity mind moves the needle T he reader ill notice t hat in the case O f this marvelo us inventio n the force that ords the m oves it is consc i ously directed it is, in other No we have d irect product O f the co nscious brain ‘ a l ready in anothe r chapter learned that n o c o mp ari s o n ca n be made bet een the po er hich the spiritual man ex h i bi ts through the conscious and the po er he exhibits t hro u gh the subconscious The po er O f the spiritual ma n a cting through the subconscious is almost unlimited Again e have see n that the spiritual man acting t hrough the subconscio us is super i or to all the la s an d properties O f matter Now one o f the proper ties O f mat ter is eight The spiritual man acting thro ugh the su b c o nscious has no consciousness O f eight Four boys it h their finger tip s i f they act in per fect u nison breathe ith o n e accord and concentrate upo n o n e thing can raise a h eavy man from the floor i thout e ffor t and witho ut any s
.
,
.
,
.
,
,
w
.
w
.
,
w w w
,
.
.
,
ww w w
w
.
w
w
.
w
.
w
.
,
.
.
,
w
,
w w
U
2 62
Forc e s
n see n
w
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
w
consciousness O f ei ght In an illustratio n O f this kin d you have an exhibition O f the po er O f the subconscio us my argument i s very Simple : I f an individua l No bringing the po ers O f his con sci ou s brain to bear u pon a needle at a distance O f te n feet ca n move it over a dial plate O f three hundred and Sixty degrees four m e n S ittin g around a table bringing the con centrated energy O f the forces O f the su bcon sci ou s upon it , ought to be able to sus ’ pend it in the air Pro fessor d O rdi ari has demonstrated the fact that a m a n can generate a su ffi cient amount o f i n visible energy to move a small body O f matter at a dis tance through the conscious brai n T he Spiritualists have sho n that man can m ove large bo dies O f matter ithou t Vis ible contact through the giant forces generated by th e subconscious brain In connection ith this subj ect e ill be materially as sisted in understanding ho man can generate a su fli ci e n t amount O f invisible energy to move a ponderable body by consi dering the nature O f the machine lately invented b y W e have already T homas H Williams an Englishman seen h o Marconi starts aves in the ether S O po er ful that they hurl themselves on ard through all obstruction s to vas t distances Will ia ms has invented an arrangemen t hereby he ca n catch t hese po er ful aves an d trans for m them into force to drive a street -car H i s model is o n ex He has a model car o n a circular trac k I n th e h i bi ti o n center he has an electrical generator ; by the use O f thi s generator he sends o u t po er fu l vibrations O n the car h e h a s arranged an i n strument that catches these aves a n d conveys the m through a tran s former to the motor causin g the car to fly around the trac k There is absolutely n o
w
.
.
w
,
,
,
,
.
w
w
ww
.
w .
w
w
.
,
.
w
w
w w w w .
.
.
.
w
.
w ,
.
U
2 64
n se e n
Forc e s
an d
w w
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
this spiritual izing po er could be raised a thousand de grees and i f this po er could be directed and controlled by man I can se e n o reason h y man could not then be absol utely superior to all the limitations and la s O f mat ter In accordance ith these remar k s the translatio n O f Elijah the tra n sfi gu rati o n an d resurrection O f Christ lie ithin the realms o f Spirit force An exclus i ve study o f the l a s of ma tter incapacitates a man fo r accepting the translatio n O f El ij ah and the resurrection O f Christ The ’ ra n ge O f a man s belie fs are measured exactly by the range T O accept the translation O f Elijah an d the o f his studies resurrection o f Christ a man must study the l a s of sp i ri t The resurrection O f Christ is the grandest demonstration o f the absol ute mastery O f the fully un folded spiritual man over all th e la s O f matter and furn ishes t he complete ” proo f O f hi s claim that he as the S on O f G od ,
w
,
w F
.
w
w
,
,
w
.
.
w
.
w
w ,
.
.
Uns e
en
Force s
H
and
to U se T he m
a rv
.
C HAP TER I X THE
CE N T R A L L A W
2 65
.
CU
OF
RE
.
Health Of body is o n e O f the priceless treasures of li fe Rocke feller o ffers one millio n do l lars for a healthy s tomach T he body i s the visible i nstrument through hich the spirit ’ ual man mani fests his po ers The spiritual man s po er o f sel f-expression is conditioned upon the harmonious rel a t ion O f all the parts o f the body t o each other and to the ’ Health is simply another ord for b ody s environment harmony The un foldment o f the spiritual man to h i s highest state Of development and the attain ment o f the most per fect results in the fields o f i ntellectual and spiritual a c t ion are dependent upon the harmonious action o f the body Death is natural b ut disease is un natural It is n ot necessary that a man be S i c kto die Death is a part i n the ’ “ d rama O f man s u n foldment This corruptible m ust put ” o n incorruption Death is a step up The spiritual man is an eternal being movi n g alo ng the path ay O f evolution a n d j ust as the seed disintegrates that the new li fe ithi n Shall burst forth into beauty and splendor S O this o uter e u v e l op e called the body must fall a ay that the spiritual man may rise into a higher realm I have noti ced frs u en tly that hen a man li ves in f ull accordance ith the q l a O f love he gro s O ld grace fully and he n the time comes fo r hi m to ascend into the higher rooms O f the pal a ce o f G od he elco mes the change and the cha n ge comes painl essly and naturally The m an h o has filled o u t the .
w
w .
.
w
w
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
w
w
w
,
w
w
.
w w
.
,
,
w
w
w
,
U
2 66
nseen
Fo r c e s
w
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
w
plan O f his coming here and ho h as enriched his spirit ual nature ith a l l the rich gi fts o f the spirit murmurs n ot hen death bec k ons him thro u gh the gates into the maj esti c realms beyo n d Some people argue that disease is in accordance ith the divine i l l I f this is true the n it is an act O f treaso n against the divine government to cal l the physician or to adopt an y m ethod to get rid o f it I f this is true then ‘ every physician and hea l er on e ar th a re rebels agai nst the supreme govern men t O f the universe ’ Disease to my mind is a declaration O f G od s abhorrence A ll the great la s O f the universe hav e O f disloyalty ards hich they u nceasingly an d o n e grand purpose to is harmony Diseas e u nerringly move and that purpose and pain are a declaratio n that the i ndivi dual afflicted h as disobeyed l a and s un g o u t O f line it h the p u rpose O f the universe T he realm O f cure is t he realm o f c on fusion here co n fl i ct is the l a and controversy i s the custo m T he m e n hose business it is to bring about harmony in the bod y age contin ual ar amongst themsel v es S chools o f phy si c i a n s call each other quac k s theory ars ith th eory an d method condemns method T h e sc i en ce O f medici n e exis ts no here save in the name S cience is a statement O f u n ified u n i versa l a xi oma ti c and e ter n a l l a based u pon irre fragable facts S cience is another ord fo r truth T rut h is o n e ith itsel f ; o n e trut h neve r comes into conflic t ith another truth T ruth is uni v ersal i t is the same e v ery here Tru th i s ax i om atic ; it demon strates itsel f T ruth is eternal ; it i l l al ays be hat i t no is T ru th is so mething k no n ; a fac t is somethin g
w
,
,
,
w
.
w .
,
.
,
.
w w w ,
,
.
.
,
w w
w
.
w w
w w
, .
ww .
w
.
,
.
.
,
,
.
w
'
.
w
w
w
w w
w
.
.
.
ww w w
U
2 68
nse e n
w
Fo rce s
an
d H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
to ash o u t the foreign element T O c ure constipation t he allopath must create diarrhea Homeopathy occup i es the Opposite pole T he disagree ment bet een allopathy and homeopathy is comp l ete at T h e a l l O path gives heavy doses T he homeo e very point path triturates h i s dr ugs do n until there i s hardly any ater T he allopath b e t hing le ft but the sugar and the l i e v e s in the doctrine O f Opposites The homeopath believes i n the doctri n e O f si mi l ars The bac k bone O f the system ” “ homeopathy is similia similibus curantur or like Of When the h omeopath makes an examination c ures li k e tabulates the symptoms he pre O f a case O f disease and ill produce s cribes a compo und O f dr u gs that he believes similar S ymptom s W hen he succeeds by artificial meth producing Simil ar symptoms to the symptoms al o ds i n ill disappear on the princi r eady i n existence the disea se ple I pre sume that no t o things can exist in the same pl ace at the same time Homeopathy to my mi nd is a m agnificent demonstratio n O f the po er O f suggestion and the sugar pills and alcohol furnish a Splendid means O f co n v e yi n g suggestio n to the su bconscious brain T hen e have the theory advanced by the school O f mag T h e magnetic healer asserts that man i s a per fect n e ti s m magnet ; that the le ft side is the negative or recei v ing side H e asserts a n d the right side is the positive o r giving side t hat health is harmony in the movements O f the magnetic W hen there i s in man a su fficient quantity O f c urrents ith t he magnetic fluid and the magnet man is in harmony t h e m agnet earth and the magnetism i n man circula tes in rhythmic s ing the ma n enj oys health When there is in m an a deficiency O f the magnetic fluid and i ts fl o i s d i s t ion
‘
.
.
w
.
w w
.
.
.
.
.
,
.
w
.
w w
,
,
.
w ,
w
,
,
.
.
,
.
w
.
w
,
.
w
Un
Fo rce s
se e n
and
H
o
w
2 69
to U s e T h e m
.
disease is the result T o cure disease th i s deficiency m ust be supplied and the disturbed flow must be regulated The magnetic hea ler c l aims that h e i s a magnet containi n g an overplus O f this element ; that he can supply the de fi h cien c and can re g ulate t e movement by manual ni u m a y p lation Then we have the microbe the ory The champio ns O f this theory say t hat the visibl e u n iverse i s literally pa c ke d ith countless millions O f microbe s These animals are fin d more roo m to s o small that ten million s of t he m can n disport themselves o a ten cent piece than a bull frog can i n Lake Mich i gan They furthermore assert ith the u t most blandness that these microbes create all the disease here ith h umanity is affl icted T hese mi crob i sts are de hatsoever t e r mi n e d to hunt do n and destroy all mic robes O n e o f them asserted lately that lazin ess is caused by a germ and he ent o u t to hunt it an d trailed it to i ts den identified and arrested it s o me h e re in S outh Carolina T O cure disease e m ust satur ate the body with su b c u ta n e o us inj ectio ns O f germ killer Every germ h as its o n poison T O cure all disease we m ust first sequester th e germs Of all disease find the subs tance that ill po i son t hem then hen yo u find a man s ufferin g ith any disease s aturate the tissues O f his body ith the fluid tha t ill kill the germ o f the disease an d the man ill recover T he scientists O f this school ill I suppose , disco ver the germ o f lying and then they ill manu facture so me antitoxin t o k i ll the germ O n e dose O f this anti -prevaricator in j ecte d under th e tongue ill cure the orst kind O f liar and then t urn hi m i nto an angel Then e have the theory o f the osteopat h T he osteo t u rb e d
.
.
.
.
w
.
w
.
ww
w w w
,
w
.
.
w
, .
w
.
.
,
,
w
,
w w
w w w w w .
,
,
.
w
w
w
.
.
.
,
U
2 70
nsee n
Forc e s
an d
w
H
o
w
to U s e T h em
.
path has no sympathy with dru g -medication and n o p a ith the germ theory He says that man constructed t i e n ce by the Almighty is a p e rfe ct machin e T he t o hundred f b o n e s constitute the frame or k O f the machine and act as Muscles nerves and b races and s u pports fo r the muscles blood-vessels are distribu ted all over and through this f rame ork The nerves are the i res fo r the conveyance O f the nerve -force to every part o f the body T he veins and arteries are the channels fo r t he fl o o f b l ood T he h ear t is the great mu scular pump forcing the blood alo n g t hese channels T he internal organ s are the vital ma c hinery Health is that conditio n hen al l the belts and heels run smooth and the fluids fl o ithout obstructi on T he main cause o f disease is t he re sult O f a lack o f b l ood s upply o r some mechanical Obstruc tion to a n atural func T here is some tion displacement enlargement o r a bnormality O f the bone muscle o r ligament o r some u n l natura pressure upon a nerve o r blood vessel thro ing the machine out o f order T O cure disease the osteopath d etects and removes the Ob stru ction by mecha n ical manip allo ing n ature to resume her natural functions u l at i o n T hen e have the hydropath or the ater curi st His ’ t heory is this : Man s body is composed O f various ele m ents the principal element bei n g ater A l l the fu nctions o f the human body requi r e ater as the mai n condition o f healthy acti o n Water is the element that d i ssolves pois o n o u s m atter i n the body and eliminates it through the s ea t glands and through t h e k idneys Disease is caused by a retentio n o f poisonous matter in the body T O cure d isease this poison 'must be eliminat e d A ll drugs are h oisonous and only add to the con f usio n T e best a is p y .
,
w
,
.
.
w
w
,
w
.
w .
w w w
.
w
.
.
.
.
,
,
w
,
,
.
f
,
w w
'
,
w
,
w
w
.
-
.
.
.
w
.
.
.
.
w
U
2 72
n se e n
Forc e s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
newspapers , appear u pon barns and sign-boards are seen at; t h e ci rc u s and at the theater are found o n the bac k s o f S unday-schoo l papers and alongside solem n and eighty articles in o u r ch urch papers These advertisements de clare that these remedies can cure all the ills that flesh i s heir to or for feit o n e thou san d dollars Then e have the Christian S cience theory The au thor O f this syste m puts every other system un der the b an o f everlasting condemnation by asserting that this syste m ’ is heaven s o n me thod O f curi ng disease S he assert s that matter in all its forms i s a huge delusio n Belie f i n the actual existence O f the visible universe and the h u ma n “ body i s a huge lie and the source O f all Sin Sickness dis ” T he tru th is th e only remedy ma n needs ease and death T O stri k e o u t at once all disease its concomitants a n d consequences you must correct false vie s O f man and the universe Convince the patient that the h uman body doe s n o t exis t save as a false mental picture and hen this ide a sa turates his hole being and masters his intellect disease vanishes T here i s no such thing as body ; ho the n ca n disease exist in a thing that has no actual existence Con sumption and diphtheria headache and gout laziness a n d ea k ness cholera morbus and orms croups and colds are all false mental p ictures originating in the original delusio n that man has a body T hen e have the badly bal anced teac h ers amongst th e m ental science and N e T hought people he O n e fello has j ust caught a passing ray O f the N e Though t march e s forth i n print i n flaming advertisement and says I re alize that i n giving my treatmen ts I a m using the o n l y ” po er that there is in the universe Reading such a m ,
w
,
_
.
,
w
.
.
w
.
.
.
,
,
.
w
,
w
.
w
,
w
.
,
,
.
w
w
,
,
,
,
,
.
w
w
.
w
-
w .
.
ww
U
n se en
Forc e s
and
w
H
o
w
73
to U s e T he m
w
.
dvertisement I ask hen did G o d allo himse l f to b e doled o u t in quantities to su ffering h umanity fo r cash , strictly in advance Another fellow says I am the incarnatio n O f the I am a dynamo o f co n densed energy I can sen d truth ’ my tho u ght loaded ith five dollars ort h O f healing t o ” any distance N O man can beat me I a m I t Like S imo n Magus ho m S t Paul met this man an d others drunk ith the same blind fanaticism advertise themselves ” “ to be the great po er O f God M odesty and humility a re the true mar k s O f greatness These individuals pos sess neither they are blatant egotists and in their flaring advertisements they declare that they have cured the h on c rable Joh n W e a kmi n d and the famous M adame S o fthead a n d the great tragedian S imo n S imple The advertise ment inds up ith an urgent com mand to the a fflicted reader to rite n o ith inclosed money order fo r five do l ’ l ars orth of therapeutic thought sent by express o n the vie less ings Of ether Then e have others ho claim that they have di scov ered a method fo r the destruction O f death Death of the body i s simply a bad habit that the human race has fallen into and it can be eradicated li ke any other bad habit But the secret O f destroying the habit rests secu rely ith them until you furnish the cash These inventors o f i m ” “ mortality i n th e flesh ant to organize a second i m morta l ” t e n thousand ill auto suggest themselves into a ho moving army O f incarnate a ffi rmations O f im mortality i n the flesh These ten thousand ill create such a po er ful t hought-atmosphere that the hole hu man race ill b e leavened by this do minant thought an d li fted up to the a
,
,
.
w
w w w w .
.
.
.
,
.
.
.
,
w w w ww w ww w w
.
,
.
.
w .
,
w ww
.
18
m
.
w w
w w
U
2 74
n se e n
Forc e s
and
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
planes beyond the reach o f death Just send fi ve dollars ” “ and become the possessor o f the el i xir o f eternal youth and be a radiant center for sending o u t immortal thought aves to others at fi ve dollars fo r each expiration h o locate all disease in the sol a r T hen e have others — that bunch o f n erve gangl i a lying close to the x s l e u p — f bac k bone at the pit o the stomach that point from hich all Sic k ening sensations arise T his mass O f nerve ganglia i s the door o f entrance fo r all the giant invisible energies U nbelie f and fear contract the muscles o f the u niverse and c l ose u p the door shutting o u t all these giant energies The champions O f this theory as k a n d the man is Sic k ou to sen d o n e dollar an d become the j oyous possessor O f y to Open the solar plexus door by belie f and breathing ho exercises When the door is flu n g ide open all the solar and planetary influences ill surge thro u gh a n d through the body and yo u il l beco me a giant in strength and your perso n al magnetis m ill become mightier in pulling po er than the cable O f a tug boat N o , the question naturally arises i n the mind O f the reader hat is the cause of such con fusion The cause O f this con fusion is found in the fact that the champions o f these vario u s theories loo k at this great subj ec t from di f fe re n t standpoints S ome individual ill seize o n some S ingle feature O f this great subj ect and ma k e it th e k eel thought O f a system He then proceeds to chisel all the various parts o f his system into con formity ith the main idea Each system i s a crystallization around some single disting uishing feature By virtue o f this e have claims and counter -claims con fu sions controversies and battles a n d this condition must continue until e find the tr u e .
w
w
w
.
w
.
.
,
,
.
w
.
w w
,
w w
w
w
w
.
,
w
.
.
.
.
,
,
w w w
,
U
2 76
Forc e s
n se e n
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
tion o f the vast superstructure and history teaches us tha t the church remained one so long as preachers proclaimed him as the creed and hi s la s as the conditions O f entrance and test o f fello ship W hen preachers depar ted fro m hi m as the grand common center and proclaimed somethin g else as a creed and the condition O f entrance and test Of C hrist fello ship i n the church divisions commenced unites ; human theories divide We have some o n e hun dred and S ixty divisions O f Protestant Christians in the orl d to d ay and i n nearly every instance they have departe d from the common center to find a basis fo r their respectiv e churches T heologians plunged into the stormy se a Of specula tive argument instead O f proclaiming Christ a s the gran d common center Instead o f announcing hi m as the su m total O f tru th and compliance ith hi s commands as condi tions O f entrance into the empire O f truth they rough t themselves into a frenzy O f rancorous controversy ove r questions that have no bearing upon human salvation T hey depar ted fro m the hub and some O f th em have built their ch u rches upon the spo k es some o n the rim and som e have gone o u t and constructed a heel o f their o n T he supreme uni fying purpose Of the Christ has been com Instead l e te l y neutralized by the leaders in the church p O f having o n e great c hurch standing square o n the grand “ common central harmonizing truth Thou are the Christ ” e have o n e ch urch built on t he S on o f the living G od the in fallibility of a man another o n the sovereignty O f God another o n the free ill of man another o n the su fficiency o f the in ner light another on holiness another o n the non existence o f matter another o n the apostolic succession ,
w
w
.
w
.
w
.
,
w
.
w
,
.
,
w
,
w .
.
,
,
,
,
w
w
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
U
n se e n
Forc e s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
ww
nother on baptism another o n the uni ty o f God and so o n S n gle at th e end do n to the maller sects that da a l l the a y like a rope all frazzled o u t All this interminable co n fu ay from the grand common s ion i s the result O f flyi n g a c enter The supreme n eed in Christendo m i s th e rediscovery Of t he co mmo n center The perso n O f Christ i s the commo n W h en all th e preachers in all the ch u rches p ro c enter ” “ c lai m the acceptance O f Jes u s as the Christ and co m i n ce n ditio ns O f entrance l ith i co a h s commands as the p ship i n the church allo i ng every man a n d test O f fello a bsol u te freedo m o f O pin i on o n all other q u estions , then we ill have unity in C hristendom When C hrist occup i es hi s t rue place in the church all creeds and theories ill vanish , ay all the facts of salva a l l di fferences and conflicts pass a tion fall i nto their proper place al l the truths he announced s lip into their true orbits an d the entire church will move on ards each member held in h i s true place by the silken bands o f hi s love the hole mo vi ng i n rhythmic tune to the m u sic O f heaven C hristianity then ha s on ly on e tru e common cen ter ; as t ron o my has o n e true com mon center ; ch emistry has o n e true co mmo n center ; in short every department O f h uman i nvestigation in the u niverse has a central dominating s upreme l a hen this law i s fo und an d form ulated an d s cience i s born I f I as asked W hat i s th e missio n O f s cience I o uld ans er : The mission Of science is t o r educe diversity to u nity by the discovery and form ulation o f the central supreme harmonizing la s O f the u niverse Now i f scientists have discovered the central domina ting l a in other departments of hu man investigation and a
,
,
w
.
.
.
.
w
w
,
w
w
w
.
w ,
,
w
,
w
,
,
.
,
,
,
w w w w w
,
,
,
.
,
w
w
.
,
,
U
2 78
nse en
Force s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
'
the intellect o f man demands in all departments of thought the discovery and fo rmulation o f the supreme u n i fyi n g principles I assert that i n the realm o f disease and i ts cure there must be o n e great dominant central force to hich all other forces are obedient T his supreme force u n qu esti on a bl y e xi sts f or the maj ori ty of the se school s decl a r e tha t i t i s thei r mi ssi on to a ssi st thi s t h ro i n g ofi di sea se h i l e t e i n o h er s o r c a m o s n t t h ese f g school s de cl a r e tha t they ca n ha rn ess a n d con tr o l thi s f or ce if
,
w
,
,
.
,
w
h
’
,
w
di r ectl y
.
The a l l op a th gives heavy doses o f drugs to rouse thi s force i n to intense action It has become dormant and slug gish and it needs a foreign stimulus to a k e it into po er Whether he ill admit it o r not the principl e fu l action that the allopath or k s o n is this : Nat u re is utterly h ostil e t o the introduction o f any foreign element into the body When a drug is introduced A dr u g is a foreign element into the syste m the forces o f nature resident in the body rush for ard to ej ect the intruder The supre m e force cal l s all the subordinate forces into action and they march for ard agai n st the co m mon fo e and drive it o u t thro u gh the elimin ative organs In every case here drugs are given the patient acts upon the m edicine hile at the sa me time the chemical action o f the medicine acts upon t he patient I t in the contest fo r mastery the chemical actio n o f the med i cine overcomes the mental and nerve action o f the patient the result is death ; but i f th e mental and n erve action o f the patient overcomes the chemical action o f th e me dici n e and driv e s it o u t the patient ill recover T he home op a th also declares that it is his missio n to as sist this force o f n ature He says that the drastic measure s
w
.
w
,
.
w
w .
.
w
.
w
,
.
,
w w
.
w
.
.
U
2 80
nseen
Force s
and
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
w
w
moothly When he raises the bones o f the vertebral col f a or an unobstructed fl o o f blood u m n he Opens the y a n d nerve force through the blood vessels and n erves that In short all the e merge through apertures in this column m anual manipulations o f the osteopath aid to assist the s u preme d o minant force l n W i n n i ng complete mastery over a l l th e resident fo rces in the body Every school empl oying material methods ackno ledges t h e existence o f this supreme force and declares that it is its mission to assist n a tu re in conquering disease and re The various schoo l s employing s toring order in the body mental methods also ackno ledge the existence o f this su preme force The Christian Scientist s say that this force is the i m ” mortal m 1n d but they do n o t stick to any on e ord ex pressive o f this force T hey give it so many n ames that the student is lost in the ilderness o f be ilderment ; they call this force love li fe , intelligence G od good truth mind— T he A ll The practitioners o f this school claim This complete control is c o m plete control o f the mar k et protected by a patent secu red in heaven and del ivered s ealed and bound to the author by a regularly com mis si o n e d a n gel By virtue o f t his patent they claim a su preme mo n opo l y o f selling this force at so much a vibra tion ca sh i n a dva n ce A ll the o ther schools employing mental methods ackn o l edge the existence o f this force T heir methods o f treatment and their definitions di ffer idely but they all agree o n o n e point— namely that in disease and recovery fro m dis e t ease there is on grea t cen r a l a ll con trol li n g f orce i n th e presence o f hich all other forces act in a subordinate ca s
.
.
,
w
.
.
w
.
w
-
,
.
w
w
,
,
,
,
,
.
.
.
w
.
,
w .
,
w
'
,
U
n se e n
Forc e s
and
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
281
.
n o n e v ery important We have arr i ved the at p All schools in the realm o f disease and its c o n clusion : c ure admit the existence o f this on e ha r mon i zi n g a l l con t rolli n g domi n a n t f or ce I am o f the impression that hen this force i s defined ill be i n p os a n d th e l a o f its movement formulated e hich ill reduce se ss1o n o f the ce n tral harmonizing l a di v e rsi ty to u nity and ma k e disease and its cure a sci en ce What is this supreme force and what is th e l a o f its m ovement is the question u po n hich I propose to thro W hether I shall succeed i n ans ering this s om e light d ouble question or n ot must be le ft to the sober j udgment o f the readers o f this volume a s I do not clai m i n fal l i bi l i ty and i f I did my claim o uld n o t protect me from f i ust criticism f my conclusions are allacio us j Be fore stati n g in propositional form my ans er to this ’ d ouble question I call the reader s at ten tion to the fact that t h e various schools i n the real m o f disease and its cure may be thro n i nto t o broad divisions the school of ma ter i a l They di ffer i n m e thods and the school of men ta l methods t heir theor i es not so much because these theories are false but mainly because these theories are inco mplete The philosophy of man outlined i n this volume has sho n b e f f h i all possibilit success ul contradictio n that a o e s yond y elling i n a material body This be 1n g S piritual being d true an att empt to state a comprehensive explanatio n o f d isease and its cure fro m th e material standpoint exclu f sl v e l m ust ail and the same r ason an att e mpt f r t o o e , y its cure fro m the c om prehensi v ely expl ain disease and m ental standpoint exclusively m ust fail als o The min d a cts u po n the body and the body reacts upon the mind r
a ci ty
.
,
,
-
w
.
ww w ww w w w w
w
e
.
.
w
,
,
.
w w
w
-
.
,
,
w .
‘
w
,
-
.
,
c
.
.
U
2 82
n se e n
Fo rce s
an d
H
o
w
to U se T h e m
.
w
compreh ensive statement O f the sup reme cen tr a l dom i n a n t force and the l a of i ts mov emen t in dise a se and i ts cure must include in its terminology both mind and mat ter W e have already seen that all invisible forces demand a visible substratum O f ma tter to express themselves o n the visible plane and the l a o f their movement is determined by the adaptability quality and fineness o f the physical substratum through hich they mani fest themsel v es W ith these consideration s be fore us I assert that t he su r eme cen tr a l domi n a n t f or ce i n disease and i ts cure i s p thou ght-f or ce and the l a o f i ts movement is su gges ti on acting through the ne rve-centers O f the subconscious brain T he reader ill notice that this statement embodies t h e t o elements in man the mind a n d the physical sub stratum through hich the mind operates— the brain U t ilizing the conclusions arri ved at i n preceding chap ters o f this volume I ill n o give a more comprehensive statement o f this force a n d the l a O f its movement 1 T he ego i s the s u preme force because the ego o r I a i m is the spiritual man himsel f 2 T hought -force i s the supreme po er in man because thought force is the spiritual ma n in action 3 S uggestion is thought force in action 4 T he spiritual man Operating through the subconsciou s brain is governed by suggestion 5 The spiritual man operating thro u gh the subconsciou s brain co ntrols all the forces in th e body governs every cell a n d is absolute master over all the vital machinery i n t h e body since suggestion o r tho u gh t-force i n action con 6 No trols the spirit ual man as he Operates through the subc on A
'
.
,
,
,
w w
‘
.
w
.
w
w
.
w ww w
r
.
»
»
.
.
w
.
.
;
-
.
-
.
.
»
.
.
.
,
’
.
.
w
~
U
2 84
n se e n
w
Force s
an d
H
o
w
to U se T h e m
.
ww w ww
‘
T force laden orce in the sub onscio s brain his thought u c f ith the idea that the pills s allo ed co n tained an i n fal l i ble re medy acting do n ardly and in ardly thro u gh the n erves roused all the subordinate forces i nto action and a s e fi e c te d t h e cure ith facts demo n strating T he history o f cure is cro ded In ancient times he n med t h e curative po er o f mind ere synonymous terms a ord scra led i ci n e and magic ’ ould cure fev ers ; t o lines from Homer s u pon parchment I liad cured gout ; rheumatism succumbed to a verse from In those days the remedies given freely to L amentations W ho t h e sick could not fail to arouse po er ful emotions re frain fro m having po er ful though t -currents c ould hen the physician ould dose s tream through his anato my him ith a concoction made from the brain o f a m urderer o r a tincture m ade fro m venomous bugs o r a pill made from the dried liver o f a bat o r a po der from the head a n d legs o f a spider ? These ancient magician doctors rought astonishing cures ith such compounds In the Old country Ireland where I as born and r eared holy wells are found in almost every county The ’ i gnorant peasants believe that S t Patric k Ireland s patro n s aint blessed these ells an d i mparted curative po er to them Tho u sands of sick peop l e visit these ells and ash in the a ter and go a ay cured T his custom has prevailed fo r hu n dreds o f years It is the c u sto m O f the c ured t o hang u pon the bush e s contiguous to the Springs mement oes o f their cure I have seen the bushes all around fo r a co n siderable distance covered ith fragments o f c lothi n g r ags crutches canes a n d Splints each o n e an evi d en ce o f a c u re ro u ght i n th e belie f o f these ignoran t .
,
,
w
ww
.
w w w
w w w
.
w
.
w
w
w w
.
w
,
w ,
,
,
w
w
w .
,
_
.
,
w
,
w
.
w
.
w
,
.
.
.
,
,
w
,
.
w ,
w w
U
n se en
Fo r c e s
an d
w
H
o
w
2 85
to U s e T he m
.
people by these magic aters I have gone i nto a church in the city o f New York and heard hu ndreds o f peopl e ere cured o f al l sorts o f disease by praye r t esti fy that they and the laying on of hands and I n oticed crutches and bands an d splints by the score hanging up in the ves t ibule each o n e an evidence O f a cure rought ; and a s I looked upo n these mementoes I though t o f the Irish sp a ell s and the bushes co v ered with flutteri n g rags The holy spring at Lourdes France, i s the source O f an i mmens e reven ue to the Roman Catholic C h urch and amo n gst all the shrines in the orld this famo u s grotto h as rought more cure s i f e accept th e verdict o f the pilgrims h o have been restored , than all others combined B ut lest the Roman Catholic C hurch should become too pro ud o f the famous therapeutic spring miraculo usly endued ith curative po er by the Holy V irgin there is in India a ta mou s idol an d a most hideous looking idol to o that has been curing all sorts o f co mplaints fo r centuries The marvelous po er o f min d i n curing di sease may b e “ further illustrated by hat i s kn o n in history as th e ” royal touch It prevailed i n Englan d fro m the days o f Ed ard the C on fessor to that of th e ho u se o f Bru ns ick In those days the people believed that th e king a s an i n carna tion o f God— a divine perso n being i n possessio n o f divine po er he coul d cure disease Fro m all o ver th e k ingdom people a ffl icted ith scro fu la and other disease s ould come to be cured by the touch of the roya l finger T housands ere thus cured S urgeon Wiseman o f Lo n do n o n e o f the most distinguished surge ons and physician s ’ o f his day , records his belie f in the k ing s po er i n these ords I mysel f have b e en an eye- itness o f ma n y .
w
,
w
,
w
.
”
,
w w
,
w w
,
.
w
w
“
,
,
,
w w
w
,
w
w
w w
.
.
w
w
.
w
w
.
-
.
.
w w
‘
U
2 86
n se en
Forc e s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
’ maj esty s
w
housands o f cures per formed by his touch alone ithout any assistance of medicine o r surgery and these m any O f them such as had tired o u t the endeavors o f able and he adds : I must s urgeons be fore they came hither needs pro fess that hat I rite ill little more than sho ea k ness o f o u r ability hen compared ith his maj t he ’ h o c u re th more in o n e year than all the surgeons e sty s o f London have do n e in an age U n fortunately for the k ing the theory o f th e divinity o f hi s touch a s exploded and his monopoly o f curing abol i sh e d in the seventeenth century by a man named G reat ra k es ho o u troya l e d royalty itsel f i n curing disease by t h e laying o n O f hands This man as so marvelo u sly s uccess fu l that the Royal Chirurgical S ociety o f Londo n e xpressed the Opinion that h i s success a a s the result o f ” mysteri ous sanative contagion from h i s body A bo ut one hundred years ago an i gnorant blac k smith i n t his country by the name O f Elij ah Per k in s furnished u s ith absolutely conclusive proo f o f the curati ve actio n o f t he mind E l ij ah th o u gh t that he could eld together a ‘ ould be Jl l l III b Q I O f metals in such proportio n that they vested ith po er hen attached to the body to enable it to thro Off disease A fter long and patient endeavors he d ecl ared he had succeeded and he exhibited hat he called “ his metallic tractors — a pai r o f to n gs about si x inches long o n e prong O f brass the other o f steel T hey ere a pplied over or as near the diseased parts as possible al ays i n a do n ard directio n They ere tried in a l l k inds o f disease and exhibited curative po ers so onder ful that thousands believed they ere invested i th divine energy T he demand for tracto rs became so great that they t
,
,
w w
w ww w ,
w
w
,
.
t
‘
,
w w
w w
.
.
w
w
’
.
w ww w .
,
,
,
ww
“
w
w .
w w w w w
,
w w
.
.
U
2 88
n se e n
Forc e s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
That tho ght orce persistently directed controls all the subordinate forces o f the body can be demonstrated by every reader O f this volume ithout re ference to the page s I f the reader ill take two exceed i ngly o f history at all delicate thermometers and place them in each hand a n d t h en concenter hi s attentio n upon the right hand for a fe m inutes the right hand ill become armer than the left the hand ill increase slightly in diameter and all the tissue changes i n the hand ill increase rapidly the bloo d supply increases and the nerve supply increases sho in g ho tho u ght persistently directed controls all the su b ordi nate fluids and forces o f the body O r the reader can si t do n and i f his n ervo us organization is delicately co n structed and k eenly responsive as he concenters hi s atten tion upon the idea o f runni n g he can feel the muscles o f his legs t itch and n e energy fl o into his feet What i s the cau se o f this The thought -currents carrying the idea O f running send increased streams o f nerve-energy an d blood coursing through the legs to give stre n gth for the im agi n ed race It is probable that the reader has at o n e time in h i s pas t li fe been marvelously saved from an impending dange r hich o uld have killed him W hen he thin k s O f th e n arro escape cold currents run do n his spinal cord and This un i versal shive r that passe s v ibrate his entire body instantaneously over his entire body is caused by t he mighty po er o f thought drivi n g nerve and blood currents all over hi s body A man is hungry and he thinks o f eat i n g a good j uicy bee fsteak The flo o f saliva to his mouth is increased and th e digestive j uices are poured into h i s stomach all in preparation fo r th e hypoth etical bee fstea k -f
u
w w
'
.
w w
w
w w
w
w
,
,
,
w
.
,
,
,
w
w
w
,
.
.
w w
w
.
w
.
w
.
.
,
w
.
U
w
n se e n
w
Force s
an d
H
w
o
w
289
to U s e T h e m
.
The best ay i n the orl d to stop a brass ban d i s to stand here all the players can se e you and suck a lemo n an d as yo u suck make a loud suction noise and facial gri m aces In a fe min utes the music wi l l st op fo r the players must cease so that they can swallo the accum ula ting sali va I could m ultiply instances sho in g the absolute maste ry that thought force possesses over the muscles ner v es bloo d vessels over the lymphatic circulatory assi milative diges tive and eliminative systems o f th e body ; but I ill con c l u de this part O f my argument by submitting o n e in fallible test hich will demonstrate the accuracy o f my con tentio n beyon d all possibility O f doubt and every reader o f thi s volume can subj ect himsel f to this test i f he chooses but i t ill require courage O f a high order to attempt it and still more to carry it to a success ful con clusio n The test is this : T o demonstrate the co mplete con trol that tho u ght has over all t he subordinate fluid s forces and cells o f the body si t do n three times a day , l n the morning a fter yo u rise at noo n ti me and be fore retiring and repeat to yo ur sel f : I a m a comp l ete f a i l u re I a m be c omi n g a reck I M y he a r t i s bre a ki n g do n I ca n n ot di gest my a m si ck i e d M l n s a o t t s u r d M l i ver i s d s e a e r i n a a o o f g g y y y 1 sha l l di e a n d ther e A ll my orga ns a r e i n a f u l c on di ti on T o m ake the test c o mplete you must c o n i s n o r eme dy tin ne this practice fo r t o months Yo u m ust believe tha t these a ffi rmations are expressive o f your real conditio n and you must n ot allow any though t o f succe ss or heal th or j oy to enter the mind I f at the end o f t o months yo u are alive yo u ill be su ffi ciently convinced that tho u ght force laden ith bale fu l gloomy and destructive i deas , ill reck the entire physical sy ste m ,
w
.
w w
,
.
,
,
,
,
w
,
,
w
,
w
,
,
.
w
,
w w
,
,
.
w
.
.
.
w w .
.
.
.
.
.
,
u
:
.
,
,
ww ,
1g m
w w
.
w
,
,
.
,
U
90
Forc e s
n se e n
an d
H
o
w
The m
to U s e
w w
.
truth o f the converse O f this statement can be dem ith this di fference : i a o n stra t e d by th e same practice stead o f a ffirming failure and sic k ness and death affirm T he
I am
a su ccess
I am
.
w
I am
str on g
.
el l
,
w w w My
.
orga n s a r e
in
sp l en di d shap e I a m p o er At the end o f t o months o f conti n u al affi rmations the 1mp rov e me n t ill be so mar k ed that yo u ill not k no yoursel f N o there is nothing magical o r miraculous in this ; it is the result O f a natural established by G o d in the human brain It is simply la t h e m i ghty po er o f tho u ght acting through the s u bc o n scious brain centers W ith these considerations before us t he practitioners i n all schools O f e c a n e a sily se e h o therape u tics perform the i r cures ; in the last analysis they r each and rouse into action by their methods the supreme po er O f tho u ght and t his po er acti ng do n ardly and in ardly through the s u bconscious bra1n harmonizes the Apart fo rces and fluids O f the bo dy resulti n g in health from thought -force there can be n o s u ch thing as disease o r cure T hought -force is the supreme po er in the universe at large and in man But the obj ection i s raised at this point that this theory 1s s u fficient to explain cures r o u ght in gro n persons h o are capable o f receiving thought impressions but the theory ill n o t e x p l ain the cures rought in the ca se o f in fa nts idiots or animals This Obj ection can be successfully met by the argu ments advanced in the precedi n g c hapter in hich I have a b u n dan tl ys ho n that it is n ot necessary for thought to rise into the conscious realm to reach the s ub co n scious brain T h e n atural plane u po n hich thought can be projected into the subcon scious brain i s a ay belo th e level o f consciousness N o , hen you ta k e these fact s .
.
w
w
w
.
,
w
w
.
w w
.
w
w
,
ww
,
,
.
,
w
.
.
w w
w
w
w
,
,
.
w
w
.
.
ww
,
w w w
Un s e e n Force s amd
2 92
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
the organs of the body are directly contro l led by t hought a n d their action can be changed instantly by thoug ht W e are n o ready to give plain simple and practical directions O n the mat ter O f sel f-hea li n g Points to be remembered : 1 Thought acting through the sub con scious brain build s the body T he material out O f hich the body is built is found around us in the visible universe l n unlimited quan tities Nerve -force as e have seen is organic electricity and the atmosphere co n ta l n s the ra material The ra material o u t o f hich t he blood and all the fluids o f the body are made the atoms that enter into th e compositio n O f the bones the muscles the n erves and the brain are all fou n d around us in food-stu ffs i n unlimite d quantities man as he builds his body must take in the mate No rial from ithout and the en tire business o f taking in the material is directly under the control of the spiritual ra man acting thro ugh the conscious brain plo ing the soil scattering the seed bringing the crops to maturity coo k ing eating masticating and o n to the initial part O f the act o f s allo ing the food-stu ffs A ll these acts are under the control o f the conscious brain When the food-stu ff passes beyond a certai n p o m t in the act o f s allo i n g t he con scious brain then loses control and the automati c ma chinery o f the subconscio us ta k es full charge o f all that follo s And hat follo s The construction o f the most per fect piece o f mechanism in the universe follo s T he human body i s a per fect structure exquisitely framed and per fectly adj usted to the n eeds o f the spiritual man as he deals ith the external universe The human body i s th e product o f t hought and the building o f this piece o f de l i ,
w
.
’
,
,
.
w
.
.
,
.
w
w
w
,
w
.
,
,
,
w w w
.
,
,
,
,
,
w
,
,
ww
,
,
.
.
w w w
ww
w
.
.
,
w
.
,
U
n se en
Force s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
3
.
ate machinery is u nder the control o f the spiritual ma n O perating through the subco nscious brain T he digestio n o f the food i n the sto mach , the s electio n o u t O f the food the proper material to m ake blood an d s tu ffs digested lymph to build bone and muscle and brain and nerve the marvelous intelligence that directs this ork in accordance ith a per fect plan the o verseeing o f the scavenger ork i n eliminating the re fuse ma tter and the surplus the con s tructio n o f the vi tal machinery itsel f that does all this or k i nstru mentally all th 1s 1s under the control o f the s piritual man o p erating thro u gh the subco nsciou s brai n H o any man can consider this an d not be co nvi n ced that thought force is the supreme factor i n disease and cure is to my min d simply amazing T hought built the univers e a t large and thought acting subconsciously builds the body Then since t hought builds and sustains the body it b e c o mes clear that the quality o f the thought transmitted thro ugh the subconscio us brain ill be built u p into flesh ” “ The ord became flesh and the ord al ays a n d blood becomes fles h for thought force thro s itsel f out ard into Thoughts laden ith t he v isible form l n the h u man body i deas O f disease constantly d elt o n are automatically con v e ye d by the law o f the subconscio us into the cells o f the body 2 This brings us to this point : that a ffi rmations from the conscious brain a re i m p ressed upon th e subconscious and through the nerves by the agency o f n erve -force co n v e ye d to every cell i n the bod y I f a ma n ants to kno h o he can reach the su b co n s c i ous brain and influence the body thro u gh it by auto s u g g estion the ans er is plain C ro d the conscious brain c
.
w
,
,
w
,
w
,
,
w w
,
.
-
.
.
,
,
,
w
.
,
w w w ,
.
w w w w
.
.
,
ww
w
,
.
w
.
w
2 94
ith the a w
U
nsee n
Forc e s
and
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
w
ffi rmations
that yo u ant to have translated into living physical tissue and these a ffirmations according to this never -changing l a ill be gradual l y conver ted into tissue tha t il l be an out ard mani festatio n o f the a fli r ma tions repeatedly made It mus t be remembered that this or k o f clothing thought i n living tissue is per formed i thin ell de fi n e d lim i ts T he plan o f the body cannot be changed T his plan is li k e the la s o f the Medes and Persians ; it is fixed unalterable This plan is one o f t he u ltimates o f the uni ve rse o n e o f the fixed ideas o f the i n finite mind O btainin g the ra ma terial bu ilding the structure i n accordance ith the plan a n d m o di fying the condition o f the material i thin the limits o f the plan a l l this is under the control o f the Spiritual ma n S o far as heal th o f body or p o er o f spirit is concerned ma n ten ds to become tha t hi ch he a fi r ms hi mse lf to be and i t these a ffi rmations are continued he becomes i n r e a li ty tha t hich he affi rms himsel f to be 3 A no ther important poin t to re member is this : tha t the a ffirmations must be directed do n ard and i n ard ; i n other ords a l l th e thought-force in both brains mu s t operate in the sa me direc tion the t hought force that 0 p crates o ut ard l y through the co nscio us brain must b e ithdra n and by a co nscio us e ffort o f the ill directed in ardly T o do this success fully the ind i vidu a l must r e tire into the si l ence shu t o u t as much as possible al l exter nal sights and sounds relax all his muscles and havin g b ro ught himsel f into a passive condition o f body a n d s pirit he must then quie tly and intensely a fli rm that hich he desires to beco me physically I have no desire to lay do n inflexible rules to cover the de tails o f t hese exe rcise s
ww w
,
w
,
,
w ww
.
-
w
.
.
,
.
w
,
w w
.
,
w
w
w
,
.
,
.
ww
.
w w w w w
w
,
-
w
.
,
,
,
w
,
w
.
.
U
2 96
Forc e s
n se e n
an d
w w of
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
In this ork body buil ding may be seen in e p i to ’ mi z e d form the hole h i story o f h umanity s achieve ments Man comes out O f o n the external planes o f the u niverse the invisible and the purpose o f his co ming as that he might thro into external form th e glorious ideals o f the invisible I am a are t hat the realm o f the visible is the realm o f the becom i ng T he realm o f the visible I S the realm o f gro th improveme nt evolution T he realm O f the invisible is the realm o f the per fect All history is to my mind a record o f the gradual advance on the pa rt o f humanity to ards the realization o f the per fect i deals o f the invisible on the planes o f time T he per fect ideals o f the true the beauti ful and the good lie i n the radiant Splendors o f the unseen T h e poet the philosopher the\ sai nt the seer the architect the inventor the sculptor the musicia n are all e n gaged in the supreme struggle to ex press the ideals O f the unseen thought -realm i n terms Of matter on the planes of time Every individual is expressing some idea in visible form His body is tho u ght visualized his ords are ideas in form ; his achieve m ents are thoughts crystallize d I am a are that a grea t many are perverted in thought and they are e n gaged in the destruc tive or k of externalizi n g perverted thoughts All si n is a perversio n and the on l y ay to destroy si n is to attain to ri ght thinking and carry these right thoughts into action N o to my mind the indivi dual ho desires to establish h ealth of body m ust start ith right tho u ght first a n d then he must n ot n eglect th e subordinate forces He must practice deep breathing for deep breathing s u p plies nerve -force He m ust also eat good food for food su pplies body timber I f I as asked to draw a figure that -
w
.
—
w ,
w
.
w
.
.
,
,
w
.
.
~
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
w
.
.
w
,
w
,
.
w
w
w
.
w
,
.
,
.
.
w
,
U
oul w
n seen
F o rc e s
an d
H
o
w
2 97
to U s e T h e m
.
w w
w
w
present i n simple form to the eye the co nditio ns to be complied ith to i n perfect health I ould dra a circle enclosing an equilateral triangle thus d
,
,
The supreme force— namely th e I a m— i n the center ; then the s ubordinate force s — namely thought-force nerve force and food -s u pply — forming the three sides o f the triangle all cooperating to form the per fect circle o f per fe c t health O f body Right thin ki n g N o it is utterly impossible for a man to enj oy good health at all ti mes hen he is filled i th th e spirit o f fear and mastered by nervous worry The i nner always masters the outer Wh en the individual is mastered by fear he sends o u t though t - aves that tremble ,
,
,
,
.
.
w
w
w
.
.
w
U
2 98
Fo rc e s
n se e n
ith the vibrations w
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
Of
the tho u ght that masters him T hese vibrations produce correspondi n g vibrations i n nerve force and the entire body is thus thro n into a n egative condi tion A ll the doors Of the body are sha k en from their h inges and the physical man becomes the prey to all k i n ds o f disease A nger a n d ha te gloo m and despon dency selfishness and sourness are thought - aves e manating fro m the individual they produce nerve aves corresponding to their nature these nerve - aves brea k do n tissue disarrange the l ma chinery O f the body poison the fluids and lay th e dations o f co mple te physical collapse T h e hospi ta l s insane asylums are full o f m e n and omen ho are the victims o f vicious and perverted thought N o I ould say at t h is point that right thought invol v es right vie s o f th e u n i ve rse G od and ma n In the next chapter I propose to deal ith this point in detail . S ince this chap t er deals ith body -b uildi n g or physical health I ill only say that the individual h o hopes to establish health O f body must al ays retire into the silence O f the unseen and get a true conceptio n O f ha t he is and ha t his relations to G od and the universe are and hen he has had a clear vi sion o f hat he r e a ll y i s and hat hi s r e l a ti on s a re to the i nfin i te F a the r a n d thi s ma gn ifi ce n t u n i v erse he can then intellige n tly a ffi rm the tr u th and the truth ill through the Operation o f the subconscious automatic l a become flesh No e have seen that the real man i s s i r i t We have p also seen that he is a part of the infinite s pirit , and e have also seen that he is at the center o f the hole universe .
w
-
,
“
.
,
.
,
,
w
w w
,
,
w
,
,
,
w w .
ww w
.
w ,
w w
w
.
w
w w w w w w w ,
,
,
,
,
,
w w .
.
w
w
,
Un
30 0
Force s
se e n
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
w
t o ma t i c a l l y
transferred to the body ; i f yo u become disco ur ill be trans ferred and delay the a ged the discouragement or k The building O f the body in accorda nce ith N e T hought is done on the visible p l ane and time is a factor in all visible achievements T he process o f t earing do n the body consumes time and the pro cess O f building it up a l s o r e q u l re s time ould build a magnificent structure T he architect h o m ust first retire into h i s study and there i n the silence O f the tho u gh t-realm he b e h o l ds a vision o f t he edifice T he alls the pillars arches domes roo f and fou n dations the spires all rise be fo re his mind constr u c ted o u t o f invisible intangible thought-stu ff T his vision 1s perceived instantly But hen the architect begins to give his vision visible T hus it is ith health An form time becomes a factor individual h o pr oposes to build up a health y body m ust retire into the d e eps o f the invi sible and there behold i n n being a n d his relations to the v ision the truth O f his o universe to G od and to his bo dy ; and then he must quietly hich he in reality i s and his a f a n d intensely a ffirm that fi rmat i o n s through the l a O f the subconscio us in the progress o f ti me ill become exter n alized in his body In concluding this chapter I ould say that the man h o h o un derstands his relations e mploys right thought and ill t o G od the universe his neighbour and his o n b o dv not illingly disobey any o f the beauti ful la s that govern these relationsh i ps A violation o f any o f these la s ill al ays be follo ed by mental dera n gements and dis turb a n c e s a n d th ese mental disturbances ill be trans ferred to t he body producing correspo ndi n g disturbance ami dst its delicate cells T he man governed by ri ght thought ill
w
w w w
.
_
,
.
,
ww .
,
w
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
w
.
w
.
.
w
w w
,
w
,
w w ,
w w w
,
,
w w w w ww .
,
‘
w .
,
,
.
.
w
w
U
w
n se e n
Forc e s
an
d H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
w w
30 1
there fore be u n ited to G od thro u gh love and ill be in touch ith all humanity through the same harmonizin g elemen t He ill become the source o f love a n d ill cre ate around himsel f a n atm osphere o f lo ve The man go v erned by right thou ght ill obey the la s o f the su bordi nate forces in his body He ill regularly ta k e i n nerve force by deep breathin g He ill eat good foo d and avoid tak ing into hi s body any foreign element He will in a into n atural un forced manner carry all hi s right th oughts actio n and live i n the simplest an d s eetest h armony ith the great la s that compass him about o n every side The healing O f the body i s there fore a ork that i n volves ’ 1 Right vie s o f man s relation s to h i s en v ironment 2 The un foldment o f the spiritual man to his b est an d n oblest development In th e next chapter I ill discuss the l a that govern s the magnificen t work O f character -buildin g .
,
w
w
.
.
w .
w w
.
w
w
.
w
w
w
.
.
.
.
w
w
.
U
Fo rc e s
n se e n
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
C H AP T ER X
.
TH E
LAW
H A RACTER B UILD IN G
C
OF
-
w
ww
.
w w
In the course o f o ur studies e have n o reached the final ch a pter hich ill be a statement o f the l a underlying character -building To my mind this is the most impor tant theme in li fe A ll other questio n s sink into i n si gn i fi cance in the presence of this supreme problem T he universe h as no mean i n g a part from the great ork o f character building Character-building is the key to Open the mysteries of o u r surroundings The un foldment o f the Spiritual man to his grandest proportions is the final e n d W hen ma n and nations fail to see this cen o f all things tral purpose o f the un i verse existence becomes an en i gma the riddle o f the S p hinx Tho mas Carl yle in Past and ” Present says : Nature like the S phin x i s o f o manly celestial loveliness an d tenderness ; the face and bosom o f a o f a lioness oddess but ending in cla s and the body g There is i n her a celestial order pliancy to isdom but there is also a darkness a ferocity a fatality, hich are in fer n al She i s a goddess but on e n o t yet disimprisoned ; the articulate lovely still incased in the i n articulate chaotic H o true A nd does she not propound her riddles to us O f each man she asks daily in mild voice yet ith a terri ble significance kno est thou the mea n ing O f to day Nature universe destiny e mste n ce ho soever e n ame this grand unnamable fact i n the midst O f hich e live and struggle is a heavenly bride and conquest to the is e ,
.
.
w .
-
.
.
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
w
w w
,
,
w
,
,
.
,
.
w
.
w
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
w w w ww w
U
30 4
Forc e s
nse en
an d
Hc m to U s e T h e m
.
w
Having rong ideas as to the meaning O f the uni verse and since cond uct is the crystall i zatio n Of the domi nant ideas men and nations are unhappy 4 W hen a man understands the true meaning o f the universe and br i ngs his li fe into con formity ith this mean ing the hole uni v erse beco mes his friend Mistake the meaning O f the universe and con form your li fe to your error and nature beco mes a lioness fiercely devouring 5 Everythi n g then depends upon right vie s and a receptive mental attitude My supreme purpose in riting this volume is to help men and omen to ans er the question o f the S phin x ; to solve the ri ddle o f existence W hat is the meaning o f li fe ? ‘ What i s the supreme purpose o f the u niverse 2 I ans er this question by saying : T he sup r eme en d of a ll thi n gs i s the deve l op men t of the sp i r i tu a l ma n the bu i l di n g of a tr u e , erma n en t sp i r i tu a l tr a n sp a r e n t c ha r a cter u re p p hi l e i n W ashington D C I as al k ing O n e day along Pennsylvania avenue and the masons ere e n gaged n in building the e post O moe I stood and atched them as they pushed the great blocks o f squared granite and marble i nto place I noticed that the scafl ol di n gs ere strong and as the bu i lding ithin rose in beauty th e ooden sca ffoldings rose ithout to afl ord facility and footing fo r the orkmen as they erected the permanen t structure I began to soliloquize and said : Here you have an illustratio n o f the meaning o f the uni verse an a n s er to the question o f the Sphinx God and man are 0 0 Operating i n building the great spiritual t emple of inne r moral and spiritual per fection Th e sc a ffoldings are the material universe, th e h uman body and all visible things 3
.
,
.
,
w
.
w
,
.
.
w
,
,
w w .
w
w
.
,
w
,
,
,
~
,
w
.
w
,
w
ww w w w .
.
.
w w
.
,
,
.
w
,
.
.
.
U
Fo rc e s
n se en
an d
H
o
w
05
to U s e T h e m
.
The elements that enter into the structure are truth love, goodness hon esty j ustice V 1rt u e honor courage temper the a nce purity ; the units in the struct u re are individuals per fected structure i s per fected h u m anity T hen I said hen the build T h e visi b le scafl o l di n gs are transient and in g i s finished these will be knocked a ay and the building ill remain The man h o mistakes the scaffolding fo r “ the buildin g ho mistakes the sham outer true, as Car ” l yle says fo r the in ner true falls ith the scaffolding into utter ruin Nature h as n o mercy upo n the man ho mistakes her meaning S he i s no respecter o f persons Ignorance i s to be deplored but nature orks upo n the principle that there is n o excuse for ignorance an d in all her la s sh e sho s h o is ittingly or un ittingly n o mercy t o the in divid ual ignorant Her purpose i n punishi ng ignorance is to do away ith it Ignorance i s o n e of the supreme curses o f the race I gn or a n ce i s the mother of sl a very The ise ma n can not be chained fo r k no ledge brings freedom th e ignorant man does not need chains fo r h e is already man ,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
w
.
w
,
w
w
w
.
,
w w
,
,
.
w ww
.
,
,
w
.
w w w
.
w
.
.
,
w
.
,
a cl e d
.
’
f Li t a man s men f ta l horiz o n and you give him a grander mental scope , a broader view and a ider sympathy ; narro hi s m e n ta l horizon and yo u cro d the ma n ithin a smaller circle and ’ he becomes intolerant A man s tolerance is measured by the extent o f hi s mental vie I gn ora n ce i s the ca u se of ’ rej u di ce d e te rm i n l n A man s preco nce i ved ideas are the p g factors in forming his j udgments I f his preconceived ideas are narro intense prej udice is born the measure o f a ’ man s ignorance is the measure o f his prej udice I gn ora n ce I gn or a n ce i s the
s ou r ce o
w w .
i n tol er a n ce
w w
.
w
.
.
w
.
.
zo m
U
30 6
Force s
n seen
w
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
w
a man k ne that h is f as destroying hi m that selfishness is a depart s elfishness u re from all that is truly noble and magnificently success f that selfishness is sel suicide this k no ledge ould be fu l the supreme factor in urging him for ard in the great or k O f eliminating selfishness fro m h i s being I repeat hat I have be fore a ffirmed : Nature a bhors i g h o remains i g n o ra n ce and has no mercy fo r the man n o ra n t and the purpose O f her severity is to destroy i g ’ Kn o l edge of the tr u th of n a tu r e s mea n n ora n ce forever i n g i s the fi rst sup r eme thi n g a n d o be di en ce to the tr u th he n kn o n i s the s econ d su p reme thi n g N o I have said that my purpose i n riting this vol u me is to assist men and ome n in the great matter o f arriving at a correct k no ledge o f the meaning o f the u niverse a n d I have also said that all things exist fo r and are s u b o rdinate to one great end and th at end is the developmen t O f the sp i r i tual man to hi s hi ghest per fectio n The universe as built that the spiritual man might be b u ilt This planet as built that an arena might be fu r n i sh e d herein the spiritual man might bring his p o ers to perfection by exercise The body as built to be a con hich the spir v e n i e n t and responsi v e instrument through i tu al ma n might exercise these po ers S pirit is the e u preme thing and all things in the universe are subordinate to S pirit standing i n the temple o f S pirit ministering to i ts ants niverse buil ing orld building body build d U ing are all means to an end an d that end is spirit -building o r as I pre fer to call it character-building What the orld needs to -day is a rational explanation o f the la s that govern the development o f character The
i s l a rge l y the
ca u se o
s el
If
shn ess.
fi
,
w w w w
,
,
w
.
w
w
,
.
w
w
,
w
w
.
w w
,
,
.
w
,
w w
.
w
w w w
.
e
~
.
w
,
-
.
,
w
,
,
,
,
w
w
,
,
.
.
U
30 8
nsee n
Force s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
w
w
gentle heart o f hi s S on not satisfied until that s ord i s i n ith the red blood of the stain ca rn a di n e d fro m point t o hilt less su fferer on Calvary T he Calvinian doctr i ne of penal substitution is a slander o n the infinite Father for it turn s him into a monster revelling in the blood of an i n nocen t victim T he governmental expedient theory O f the atonement i s ’ not m uch O f an improvement o n Calvin s doctrine T he speculative theologians h o gave this to the orld sa that the penal substitutio n theory turned G od into a blood thirsty tyrant and th e y attempted to modi fy this c o n ce p tion by assuming that God is a monarch whose governmen t must be upheld and hose la s must be k ept u nsullied Man has sinned there fore the m aj esty o f government has been sullied and the order o f j ustice has been disturbed and government demands either the death o f the o ffende r T h i s theory o r the substitution o f a stainless su fferer modi fi es the harshness o f the Calvinian doctri n e so me ha t b ut it plunges the man ho thin k s into a dilemma o r land s him in U niversalism The dilemma i s this : I f Jesus by his voluntary sacrifice o f h i msel f satisfied divi n e j ustice then all punishment fo r s m mu st be li fted fro m the shoul ders o f humanity T h e co ntinued i n fliction o f pe n alty for sins that have already been expiated fo r is unj ust I f e accept this theory o f the ato nemen t e must con fess tha t the position o f the U n iversalis t i s invincible fo r i f the sac ri fi c e o f Christ o n the cross as accepted by j ustice as e “ find in the creeds of the ch urch as a per fec t satis factio n ” and oblatio n for the sins O f th e hole orld then all men are already saved because it ould be unj ust to de mand the infliction o f further penalty ,
.
,
.
,
w w
w
.
,
w w
.
,
,
w
.
w
,
.
,
w
.
w
w ,
,
.
,
,
ww w .
,
w
U
n se en
Fo rc e s
and
H
o
w
30 9
to U s e T he m;
Again the representatives of the so -called C hristianity O f the pres e nt day teach that God takes advantage o f man When the i fe, the relative or the darling child dies the representative o f religion co mes around and , ith sancti My b rother m on i ou s voice and u nctuous speech says ’ it i s God s ill and you m ust submit the i n dividual as ” removed by God for your good Why i f God as a man yo u r loved friend in orde r to get yo u t o con form a n d sle t o his ishes he ould be arrested and tried by a j ury o f h i s peers and hanged When a young oman violates hy i an d dies r a young m an runs riot and destroys enic l a o g the harmony O f his mi n d and body by rec k lessness and d ies the representative o f religio n ith false tremors in ’ ” “ It i s God s ill I protest at this h i s voice says h h oint I sa that e a s perpetrated a libel on God I sa y y p n sibility fo r the ith the respo u must not saddle G o d o y d eath o f an i ndividual h o h as disobeyed l a The death h o h as disobeyed law i s a natural co u se o f a n individual L uene that presses upo n all ith e q ual impartiality s a q is no respecter o f perso n s Conf orm to l a a n d you a r e the m a ster ref u se to c onf orm a n d you a r e a cr u she d v i cti m According to certai n types o f theology t his p l an et and i n fact the hole u niverse a s thro n ou t of gear because forsooth o ur first parent s eat an apple This si n gle act a ccording to the dogmatic assertion O f certain theological t hin k ers reversed the driving- heels o f the engine o f uni versal order and progress and behold th e earth as smit t en ith desolatio n and universal blight fell u pon all things T his planet became th e amusement gro und for d evils imps and hobgobli ns The arch fiend h as s u preme c ontrol over all the giant forces O f the universe He i s ,
w
.
w
w w w w w
,
w
,
,
w
,
.
w
.
,
w w ,
,
.
,
w w w w
.
.
w .
w
.
w
.
.
w
,
w w
,
.
w
,
w
,
,
,
,
w
.
,
.
.
310
U
n se e n
Forc e s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
director in chie f o f cyclones m an u facturer o f tornadoes prime m inister of the realm O f desolation p u rveyor in chie f o f pestilences a n d fam i nes and lord O f the pl ague Certain schools of theology tell us that all hell is o n ou r ’ trac k as the imps of dar k n ess chased Tam O S han te r f Preachers o moss bac k ed syste m s that have long since been outla ed u rge u s ith proposition a fter proposition and then hen e re fuse to comply ith their proposals they t urn u pon u s ith tear ful rage and tell us that the d evil has roped us in and to make the m atter orse they predict that he ill pitch fork us into hell forsooth becau se e re fuse to comply ith propositions that have been framed b y men as fallible as I some e a re ourselves times thin k th a t preachers have assumed vast prerogatives ’ T hey are sel f assu med dispensers o f heaven s felicities and ’ h e ll s disasters ; and hen I hear these gentlemen consign those to torment h o re fu se to comply ith the terms o f ’ their proposals I feel li k e q u oti n g Paul s statement to ’ “ them W ho art thou that j udgest another man s se r van t ; to hi s o n master h e standeth o r falleth : yea he ” shall be holden u p fo r G o d is able to ma k e him stand I am Opposed to peopling this planet ith devilish mo n S cience has dethroned Satan taken s te rs by the million pestilenc e o u t o f his hands the reins o f the storm plague and fami n e S cience has thro n the devil O f theology ’ hors de combat and sho n u s that this is G od s u niverse and that all things are under the r gime O f l a T h e co n ceptions hich cer tai n schools o f theology hav e o f G od and th e universe are false and the conceptions they h ave O f man are distortio ns o f the truth also T hey look ,
,
,
.
.
w w ww w w w w
w
,
,
w
,
w
,
.
.
-
w w
w
w
,
w
,
.
,
.
.
w w
w
,
,
w
'
.
,
.
U
312
n se en
Fo rc e s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
w
He tau ght that harmony comes h en the I a m of man i s merged by the chemistry o f love into the I a m of G od In G o d the spiritual man reaches the highest development and hen he is m erged by lo ve into har m an the indi v idual mony ith G o d occupies th e center and he then sees all “ This t hings in their true relations and proper perspective is eternal li fe t h at men may k no thee the only true G od ” hom thou hast sent I f a man love a n d Jes u s Christ me he ill k eep my ords and my Father ill love him ” “ and e ill come and ma k e o u r abode ith him Father I pray that they may be o n e I in them and tho u in me orld may t hat they might be made per fect in o n e that the ” believe that tho u hast sent me He taught that man is blind to h i s true relations to th e infinite Father and the u niverse and that the ay o f salva ” tion is by k no ledge O f T he Tru th He declared hi m sel f to be T he Tr u th N o all tr u e ch a racter is composed o f idea s Character is crystallized tho u ght All affi rma tio n s are sooner o r later translated into organized spiritual li fe T he hi ghest cha ra cter i s tru th of the hi ghes t order crys T he l o est cha r a cter i s thou ght of the l o est or der ta l l i zed “ N o i n Jesus the Christ the ord became crysta l l i ze d ” flesh and d elt amongst us Jesus gave u s in h i s glorio u s li fe the truth concerning the maj estic harmony o f the uni verse He as i n himsel f a revelation O f that harmony His ch aracter as the condensed result o f correct thought concerni n g G od ma n the relations bet een God and th e universe the relatio n s bet een G od and man and the rela t i On s bet een man and man T he truth that Jesus revealed al ays a s I t inhere d in the n ature O f things G od as ” ’ “ al ays o u r Fat her Man as al ays G od s ch ild but .
w
w
,
,
,
,
w w
w ww
w
.
.
w
,
w
,
.
,
w
,
,
.
w
w
,
w
.
.
,
.
.
w w w w w
.
.
w w
.
.
,
w ww w
.
.
,
,
w
w
,
w
'
.
.
.
ww
.
,
U
n se e n
man
Forc e s
an
d H
w ww
o
w
to U s e T he m
313
.
w
had created false conceptions o f God and by virtue o f andered a ay from God and had b e t hese errors he had The brotherhood o f man th e solidarity c ome a pro digal ays true It had been ro u ght i nto o f humanity a s al t h e structure O f the organic li fe o f the race b u t man had lost sigh t o f this great truth and h a d built u p barriers O f c lan an d sect and class and n ation T h e royal l a o f love the golden rule the k ingly l a o f service as ritten deep ’ u pon m an s subcon scious li fe an d a s declared by all na t ure but man had lost sight o f it and had substituted there fo r the rule o f selfish ness and the doctrine O f might against r ight Jesus t aught that the ki n gdom a s i thi n ; that in man “ T h e kingdom o f God is ere marvelous potentialities ” T h e true empire is the e m pire ithin yo u ithin ; the h ighest conquest i s the conquest O f sel f And he taught t hat all the forces o f the u niverse stand rea dy to assist the ma n ho falls into s eet harmony ith the maj estic p ro f o ram God The program f and the universe is o r m n a g the product O f per fect isdom and sin ce t his program i s t h e o u tcome o f infinite intelligence it can never be improved ' on This program al ays did exist there n ever as a time hen it as not The hole u niv e rse a n d man ere formed c u the exact lines O f this program When Jesus came here h e found this program buried beneath the d bris of false o pinions erroneous Specu l ation s and ild superstitions He revealed t his pro gram and called th e attention o f h u manity to the truth O f th e universe a n d man I consider it e xceedi n gly u n fortunate that the simple teachi n gs O f Jesus s hould have fallen into the hands o f theologians for they ,
.
,
.
,
ww
,
.
,
w
,
,
w ww
,
,
ww
“
.
w w
w
.
.
.
w
'
.
.
w w .
.
w w w w
w
,
w w
.
,
w
'
.
.
,
U
314
Fo rc e s
n see n
and
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
w
have mutilated these simple teachings rec k ed their sym metry and distorted their meani n g When a man accepts Jesus as the Chri st this acceptanc e by n o means implies that he has accepted the numerous dogmas o f Protes tantism o r the canons a n d decrees o f Romanism It is per fectly clear to my mind that neither Protestan tism nor Romanism represents correctly the Chris T hings that are equal to the same a re t i a n i ty O f Jesus equal to o n e another I f Protestantism is the Christianity o f Christ and Romanism is the Christianity o f Christ the n they must agree in every particular ; but they are a n ta go n i sti c at every point ; there fore it i s clear that o n e o f the m at least can not be the Christianity o f Jesus Protestantis m can n o t be the system tha t Jes u s gave the orld for Prot e s ta n ti s m is divided up into scores o f sects each sect crys Jesus does not stand sponsor ta l l i z e d around some dogma for divisions He never allied himsel f ith a sect H e never established a party His mission a s to declare u n i axiomatic eternal truth hereo n all me n could v ersal stand itho ut debate Ro manism can not be the system that Jesus gave the f orld for Jesus does n o t stand sponsor o r the red handed crimes per p etrated by the leaders O f this movement such as the ho rrors o f the Inquisition , the fires that consumed ’ s day the t h e martyrs the massacre o n Saint Bartholo m e ars o f extermi n ation Jesu s does n ot stand sponsor for in fallibility for intolerance o f Opinion fo r t h e orsh ip of saints an d a n gel s fo r the adoration O f Mary fo r the or ship o f relics fo r the sale O f i n dulge n ces to sin and score s system o f O f other things I might mention that place the religio n called Romanism under ban Protestantism i s ,
»
.
,
'
.
.
.
»
,
,
w
.
.
,
,
.
.
.
w
,
w
,
w
w w
:
.
.
.
,
,
,
w
w w
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
w
U
3 16
n se e n
Fo rc e s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T hem
.
w w
system Jesus gave the orld the truth concerning God man the universe and the future stands revealed i n entran c ing loveliness and e h e a r hi m say Ye shall k no the truth an d the truth sh all m ake you free A s e proceed in our investigation o f the la s O f char e ill se e h o the dogmas o f Protestant a cter-building ism enter into the structure o f the character o f the se c tarian ; h o the dogmas o f Romanism create the Roman ist ; ho the creed o f the atheist develops the character o f t he skeptic ; h o the Koran builds the Mohammedan h o “ t he Book o f Mormon produces the Mormon h o Science ” a n d Health ith Key to the S criptures builds the Chris tian S cientist h o the teachings o f Con fucius give birth t o the Con fucian and h o the teachings o f Jesus create the Christian A l l c ha ra cter ha tsoever i s thou ght stuf c rysta ll i ze d Give me an analysis of the thought-stu ff a man assimilates and I ill give yo u an accurate descriptio n O f the man and I ill also tell yo u how he ill act in a iven e t O f circumstances s g I do not propose to ta k e up the question o f h eredity in t his chapter because I do not thin k that this system has as -called la e t b e en reduced to a science T h f s trans e so O y mission o f qu alities and tendencies from parent to child a re by no means invariable i n their Operations A gain hile I believe that heredity plays an important part i n character by furnishi n g tendencies at the same time I agree ith “ H erbert S pencer A man is more li k e the h o says ” c ompany he k eeps than the ancestry he is descended from I n the next place h ile I admit the influence o f ancestry , I believe that the I a m o r the ego is the supreme force in the h uman province A ll forces in u man are subordinate ,
,
,
w
‘
w
w
.
ww w w w w w
w
w
w
.
w
-
w w
.
,
w
w
.
w
.
.
w w
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
w w .
,
U
n se e n
Force s
an
d H
317
to U s e T h e m
a rv
.
the ego in action I f the spiritual man i s n o t a sel f determining entity capable o f controllin g all other force s ithin the circle o f his movements then man i s a slave a n d is not responsible for his actio ns Th e S piritual man in actio n i s a bsol u te ma ster in the h uman realm and he can change modi fy and con q uer hereditary tendencies n o mat ter ho po er ful these tendencies may be With these considerations before us e will proceed i n f f O study the la s character b uilding F o r co n v e n O u r o i e n ce I il l treat this subj ect under fo ur heads The ra m aterial The selecting po er The manu facturing po er The fi nished article We have already seen that everything i n this u niverse i s double It is my Opinion that every ato m o f matter has a spiritual side We have seen that the external u n ivers e i s the out ard expression O f the internal universe and the law Of duality seen in the universe at large is repro duced? h al l o f its parts We have also s een that b ack behin d this duality in expressio n stands th e S upreme U nit o f t h e universe— the i n finite Father O f all N o si nce unity a n d duality are seen in the univer se at lar g e and since t h e universe at large is reproduced in all its parts then man as e have already seen i s a unity and i n hi s expressio n he mani fests himsel f as a duality and since ma n is a finit e u niverse i n himsel f then duality is reproduced in all the parts that enter i nto man C onsequent ly i n man e hav e the supreme u n i t the ego or spiritual man and e have ’ d uality in all o f the Spiritual man s sel f-expressions— t o h ands t o eyes veins and arteries nerves o f motio n an d to
.
w
,
.
,
ww ,
w
w w
,
w .
w
.
.
.
w .
.
.
w
.
,
.
w
.
,
,
w
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
w
,
,
,
w w
w
U
3 18
n se e n
Forc e s
an d
H
a rv
to U s e T he m
.
erves o f sensation le ft a n d right inside and o utside o r ans o f assimilation organs o f elimination inspiration and g e co u ld r espiration the do uble action o f the heart and i f pursue our analysis e ould find that man i n the realm o f h i s sel f-expression maintains duality do n to the last ato m For the present e ill center o ur attentio n upon o n e phase O f this duality— namely tha t of the bra i n W e have the spiritual man is a resident o f t o a lready seen that realms the external and the internal universe and e have the external a l so seen that his instrument fo r Operating in u niverse is the conscio us o r outer brain and his instru ment f o r operating in the internal u niverse is the subc o nscio us o r i nner brain N o Since man is a finite universe in him sel f then this same duality o f mani festation must exist i n W e have already see n that this duality o f ma n i fe s him hrough the conscious brain the t ati o n is seen i n the body T controls al l co n scious vo luntary action and S piritual man t hro u gh t h e subconsc i ous he controls all subconscious i n voluntary action in other ords through the external brain he controls all external movements and through the internal brain he controls all internal vital movements No Since the outer o r physical is the expression o f the in ner or Spiritual and Since it is true that the external is the medium through hich e arrive at a k no l e dge o f the internal o r Spiritual then the best ay fo r u s t o arrive at an accurate k no ledge o f the l a o f spirit or char f l cter buildi n g is to stud the a o body building and a ; y e have seen in previous chapter that 1 T he material used i n body-building is matter and that these atoms o f matter lie outside o f us i n the visible u niverse in u nlimited quantity n
,
,
,
ww ww
,
w
,
,
w ,
,
.
.
w
,
,
.
w ,
,
.
.
,
w
,
,
w
.
,
,
w ww w w w w ,
w
-
,
.
.
w
32 0
'
U
nse en
Forc e s
an d
w
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
in the tint o f every flo er, i n the rush o f every cataract in the splendor o f every sunset in the march o f the c c l o n e or the rage o f the tornado in the s eep ever o f y y comet in the re v ol u tl o n O f every orld T he hole uni verse is transparent to the ma n h o can se e a n d behin d t h e visible interpenetrating it at every point is the i n vi s i bl e thou ght o f the S up reme T hi n ker Nature is a vast boo k o f many pages God rote his great thoughts o n the fai r pages O f this m i ghty volume and le ft the folio i n th e ’ hands O f his child It is man s privilege to read this vol ume un fol d hi s giant po ers as he reads and thus fulfil his mission and learn the lesson o f the universe T hough t is hidden in nature that the mind o f man might be roused into action It is rapped in visible forms that the mind might be dared into the mood o f conquest ; to obtain it de m ands or k t hat the in fantile might be un folded into the m asculine and that the loosely hung might be k nit into the compactness and strength o f a mailed arrior T hou gh t ’ is hidden in symbol that by exercise the soul s capacity might be broadened that the mental horizon might b e li fted that the eye might be lit ith the quenchless luster ’ and that man s mental po ers might be o f intelligence t rained and un folded and brought to the highest per fection possible T he infinite Father has m ade magni fi cent provision in ’ nature fo r the development o f man s intellectual po ers T he po er o f comparison is calle d in to play in tracing re semblan ce The po er o f discriminatio n i s called into ao T he po er O f gener aliza t ion for there i s dissimilarity t ion i s called into play fo r there is u nity o f plan and method Man possesses analytic synthetic and p hi l OS Op hi c ,
w w w w ,
,
‘
,
.
,
,
,
,
w
.
.
,
w
.
,
,
.
w
.
w
w
,
w
,
,
,
.
w
.
w .
w .
w
w
.
,
,
.
,
U
n se en
w
Fo rc e s
an d
Ho
w
32 1
to U se T h e m
.
w
‘
po ers and the universe i s the arena here man finds room and means fo r the exercise and expansio n of these fa culties But man n ot alone stands surrounded by visible Obj ec ts i n the external universe ; he stands at the center o f history All the past i s behind him all the future is be fore hi m, and p a st hi story i s cr o ded i th thought It i s seen as the moving po er i n conquering expeditions in p ol i ti ca l re v O l u ti o n s in moral re formations and social trans formation s It is seen in oratory itnessed in architecture formulated in legislation and enthro ned in statesmanship The se a has been conquered by it and the gi ant forces o f nature obey it It has shivered the rocks and felled the forest s tun It has beaten n e l e d the mo u ntains and bridged the gul f back the flood raced and overtake n ti me , mastered gravi ta ti o n chained the ligh tnings t o i ts throne and an nihilated space It has created but it has also conquered hoary su h it has co nsolidated but i t e rs ti t i o n a s also overthrow n p despotism it has entered the lists ith priestcra ft orien t a l and ester n and overthro n them establishing the free do m o f man in th e real m O f conscience As I read h istory I ca n see that in visible giant ri n gi n g Magna C harta fro m King John o n the field o f Runny mede I can se e thought ch asing the crooked mind e d S tuart fro m the throne and in O liver C rom ell conserving the liberties o f the English people I can se e though t stri k e the fetters from a millio n slaves re u se the colo nist s rica into rage against the tyranny of King George, o f A me strike at hite heat fro m the brai n o f Je fferso n the Dec l a ra ti o n o f Independence and lay the fo undatio ns o f th e mightiest republic ever established by man H istory i s a ritten by thinkers I t idens our vie o f man , e n folio ,
.
.
ww ,
w
.
v
,
,
,
w
.
,
.
.
,
.
,
,
~
.
w
w
,
w
,
,
w
w
.
.
,
w
21
w m
.
w
.
w
Un s e en
32 2
F orc es
an
d H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
iches o u r e xPe ri e nce o f the funda me ntal ele ments o f h u man passio n an d mo ti v e teaches philosophy by example re ve als the u nc ha n ge ab l cn e ss o f th e m o ra l l a , shows t he s tability o f t he go vernmen t o f the un 1verse confirms us i n o u r hope o f the t riu mph O f ri g hteousnes s and g i v es u s the gu arantee that the ti me i s comi n g hen al l ar ill hav e i ll have subsided , hate v an is hed the stor m o f passio n will have passe d a ay disc ord will he lost i n ha rmony u a n d love st ice s hall s prea d i ts p a l l a di u m O v e r al l me n j ounds han d in h an d it h tr u th , shal l have h ea led a l l the an d hushed all t he so bbings o f hu ma ni ty A n d then e ha ve p oe try Po et ry i s the de epe st l a n guage T he ra n ge o f th e po e t i s lo fty as the thro n e of t he so ul of G o d, deep a s the h um a n so u l an d broa d as the a m p li ’ t ude s of the un ive rse A l l n at ure i s the poe t s h ar p ; n a t ure in all he r m oo ds a n d voi ce s ; n at ure i n a l l h e r c o n co rds harmonies va riat io n s ; the sunbu rs t o f the m or n i n g ” “ he n the glorio u s Kin g o f D ay pushes aside the bars of da rkness a n d floods h a l f the world wit h go lden l i ght ; t h e grandeur of the hen the su n re ti res e ste rn skies t he s ee tness o f th e spri n gtime am i dst b urn i shed glories when n ature bursts into bud a n d lea f and flowe r ; the gl ory o f t he S ummer and the golden and go rgeous spl endor o f t h e autumn ; t he b l ac k te rror o f the s tor m a n d th e s ee t se r e nity o f the c alm ; t he ocea n in al l i ts moods , shimmer i n g in the calm moonlight or li fted in to maj e stic rage b y the furi ous ind ; the s ublimity o f the night as the do m e o f the heavens bend s in maj est over the e a rth ado rn ed y wi th a thousand dia mo n ds Poet ry frenzy divi ne i n her eye , beauty o n her bro t ruth o n her lips grace in her move ments rhyth m in h e r l
r
w
,
,
,
w w w
,
w ww w
,
,
,
w
,
.
.
.
.
w
,
,
w
w
w
w
w
w
.
,
,
,
,
Un
324
se en
Force s
an
d H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
poet sings the artist paints and the prophet predicts, th e sculptor chisels and the architect builds the scientist dis covers and the traveler explores Moses h as something for you in his la s P aul in his ritings Con fucius i n hi s morals Aristotle in his philosophy Plato i n his reasonings, Socrates in his teachings, Maho met in his message Buddh a i n h i s meditations S hakespeare in his d ramas Edison i n his inventions Emerson in his philosophy Robertso n l n Millions o f messengers come ith their bur h i s sermons dens o f treasures and pour the m i n unstinted supply int o the lap o f humanity But to my mind amongst all the great messengers o f ’ truth Jesu s the Chr i st sta n ds p r mi n en t He as nature s most accurate interpreter He as i n himsel f the per fect revelation o f the infinite Father He as th e high est mani Moses Con fucius S oc fe s ta ti o n o f the lo ftiest manhood rates, Mahomet and Buddha ere imper fect m en and thei r systems ere fragmentary and limited to th e confines o f a Jesus as the per fect man stood at the n atio n o r a tribe center o f all things and his syste m is truth in its p e rfe c tio n beauty in all its entrancing loveliness and goodness haloed ith the glory o f the divine C hristianity is a un i versal system because Jesus as a universal man I t i s adapted to all races because J csus bel o nged to the race It is a system o f the highest truth because i ts author as It breathes the deepest riches t and idest love the T ruth be cause he as love incarnate It inspires the grandest s o f t h e because he the h umanity vibrate O I as hope p all the cords in the hu man heart into harmony because he It scatters all the c l ouds o f gloom and de as harmony ” “ h al l s o n de n c because he T Light It ans ers e a s p y ,
,
w
w
’
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
w
,
,
.
.
w
w
.
.
w
.
w
w w .
w
.
,
,
,
,
‘
,
,
w
w
.
.
w .
,
w
.
w w .
w
,
.
.
,
w
.
w
U
n seen
Forc e s
w w w
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
25
.
i f s the solution uestions the soul because he It invests o q i th sacredness because he lived girdles the cradle a l l hope ith glory b ecause he as a babe ; sa n c ti fi e s middle age for he as a man ; gl ori fi e s the grave for he as buried a n d dispels the clo uds that settle over the gates o f death , fo r he rose again I loo k u po n all the great thinkers and poets and re form e rs and scholars all th e great painters a n d scu l ptors and captains o f industry al l the great preachers and prophets a n d saints as j unior teachers i n the great college o f the u niverse Jesus the C hrist bei ng th e S upreme M aster No e have seen that as fa r as thought -stu ff is con c erned there are u nlimited supplies N o the next point fo r o u r discussion is the selecting po ers T he se l e cti n g p o ers It ould be exceedi n gly u n for t u n at e and un ise i f m an a s tossed into this universe ithout the po er to select fro m hi s en vi ron ments th e food s tu ff to build h i s body an d the tho u g ht -stu ff to build his c haracter N o man possesses the po er to prepare the food -stu ff for body construction a nd by V i rtue o f the fact that he possesses the po er o f s mel l ing an d tasting he can select from the u nli mited q u antities o f material aroun d him the In select ing th e e lements that his body can assimilate material fo r character construction man i s i n possession o f faculties that enable him to select the p roper m aterial These po ers are mani festations o f the S piritual man as h e O perates through the co nsc i ous brai n T hese po ers are reason an d j u dgment ; the conscio u s brain is the throne r oo m o f reaso n a n d the seat o f j udgment Man as h e O perates thro u gh th e co n scious brain can .
w
w
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
w w
.
,
.
w
w w
w
.
w w
w w .
w
w .
w
,
.
w
;
w
.
.
U
32 6
n se e n
Forces
and
H
o
w
T he m
to U s e
.
atten tion u pon the objects of the visib l e uni verse and he ca n so c ontin ue to ce nter hi s atte ntion upo n the se e n that it will beco me t ran spa re n t and he can se e the He ca n cente r his attention u po n systems o f u nseen thought, upo n philosoph i es governments , sc iences and re He ca n build the telescope to assis t hi m as he l i gi o n s examines the dista nt, and co nstruct the microscope to assis t him as he analyzes the m i nute By virtue o f th i s power ma n possesses o f con sc i o us ly focusing the attention he ca n H e can peruse the book s re ad the volu me o f na ture ritten by the great masters He can study the mo ra l co nstitution o f man , read characte r and examine motives He ca n ce nter hi s thought upo n Christ an d direct his atte n tio n to the system he founded When man bri ngs thought i thin the fi e l d o f h i s co n s cio u s atte n tion he can then exercise hi s powers o f reas o n upo n the subj ect-mat ter He ca n analyze and si ft an d compare and demonstrate its truth o r i ts falsity He ca n then bring his j udgment in to play and decide hether he ill accept o r rej ect the thou ght o r the syste m o f tho u gh t under co nsideration It is exc eedin gly un fortunate fo r an individual he n the conscious brain is deficient In a case of thi s kind reaso n a n d j ud g ment cannot be ex erci sed because the brain are a in hich they are developed i s n o t pre se nt The orkman can n o t accompli sh mu c h ithout his tools and the spiritual man can not mani fest the p o ers o f rea so n and j udgmen t ithout the instrument We have seen that the conscious ’ b rain stands guard at li fe s outpos ts, and at this point all ideas t hat would enter the realms o f the subconscious to b ecome determin in g fa ctors in the li fe m ust stop to be focali z e hi s ,
.
,
.
.
w
.
.
.
.
w
.
,
.
w .
w
w
.
.
w
w
w w
.
.
,
w
U
32 8
n seen
w
Force s
an
d H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
w
w w
hock it is sometimes di fficult to tell hat course the de ill ta k e but the delusion generally follo s the l u si on N o since the m ightiest and deepest s tro n gest tendency tendency in man is the religious this i s the reason hy r eligion furnishes so many v i cti m s A lexander Do ie o f Chicago furnishes a good illustra a man can be s ayed by su ggestion and th us t ion o f ho become the victim o f a re ligious delusion and become th e c enter for inoculating others o f the same m ental and brain type ith the same madness Do ie under the influence o f auto suggestion firmly believes that he i s the reincarna t ion o f the prophet El ijah and that his mission is to restore all thi n gs in preparation fo r the coming o f the Christ in ’ his millennial reign In B o ie s case either the su b c o n scious brain is abnormal o r else the co n scious is naturally eak or made ea k by some stro n g mental shoc k In either case he o u ld be s ayed by any strong suggestion and that strong auto suggestion constantly a fii rme d ould eventually beco me the supreme controlling po er in his li fe controlling all hi s thoughts and actions I Jo seph S mith the founder o f Mormonism furnish es a n case in point T his man as a pure psychic ; his o ther and exquisitely sensi s u bconscious brain as abnor m al ti z e d his education as limited and his logical po ers ere e a k A man o f this brain type easily becomes the T he sub c onscious is the dream brai n ; v ictim o f delu sions i t is the ho m e o f intuition a n d im a gina tion and bei n g con t rolled by s u ggestion and th e si fti n g po er o f reason b e ing a bsent the Boo k o f Mormon , the Angel Menoni the plates th e tra n slati n g crystals visio n s o f angels the conglomera tion o f truth and error in the Book o f Mormon the history s
,
w
,
.
,
w
w
.
w ,
,
,
w
w ,
.
-
,
,
w
.
w
w w w ,
.
w w
-
,
.
,
,
w w .
ww
w
,
w
.
.
w ,
,
,
,
,
,
,
U
nse en
Forc e s
an
d H
o
w
to U se T he m
32 9
.
hich is a mass contradictions and chronologic l errors w the w hole system called Mormonism became possi le can ma k e nythi g n the w orld appear reasonable to of
a
,
a nd
b
Y ou
n
a
.
l
conscious phase o f the mind Eddy is another shining example o f this same type ” “ o f brain S he is deficient in the upper story T he la s o f s easo n and logic are violated i n e very page o f h er boo k ’ S he studied Dr Q ui mby s system o f curing disease by ai fi rming the truth ; sh e read Emerson and read fugitive a rticles on intellectual science read some theology hear d s e rm o u s sto ed all this intellectual stu ff a ay i n the s u b ithout any logical arra n gement or sem c onscious and then b lance o f reason sh e gave the orld the co ntents of h e r “ s ubconscio us storeho use in h er book S cience and Health ” i th Key to the S criptures Where there is no conscious brai n the subconscious is c apable o f the ildest vagaries Individuals co ntrolled by t he subconscious can auto —suggest themselves into b e l i e v i n g anything no matter h o ridiculous i t may appear ' hen examined i n the sober l i ght o f com mon sense and not a lone can such individuals auto -suggest themse l ves i nto b e l i e v m g the ridiculo us and unreasonable ; they can i m pregnate others o f the same brai n type into the same mental The founders o f every religious delusio n that a ttitude h as ever appeared in the co urse o f human history ere i n d i v i d ual s in hom the conscious brai n as eak o r else With this Vie o f the case t h e subconscious a s abnormal orld are n ot in the lunatic a l l the i nsane people in the I do not blame these people they are n ot re a sylum il l T h e conscio us brain is the realm o f the s ponsible domain here responsibility begins and ends a n d the .
.
w
.
.
.
z
,
,
ww
,
w
,
,
w
w
,
.
w
w
.
w
,
,
.
w w
.
.
w
w ww w ,
w .
w .
Unse en Fo
330
rc e s a n
d H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
w w w
When an indivi dual does not posse ss the mea ns for the di s charge o f duty e mu st n o t condemn him These i n di v i du a l s ho run to ild and u n re aso nable extreme s in the realms of thought and action are to me added proo f o f the truth o f th e psycho logica l law that the subc onsc iou s mani festation o f the spiritual man i s governed by s u gge s tio n , a n d hen that suggestion i s re pe a tedly affi rmed th e individual bec omes the living embo dime nt o f that su gges tion n o matter h o ridic ulous it may appea r when vie we d in the light o f com mon se n se The supreme thing in a founder o f a re li gion , as el l as in a teacher o f religio n , i s t ha t h e have a well-balan ced brain for it i s a very ea sy thing to turn hosts o f peo ple ho are seemingly sensible into a cro d o f visionary fa “ n aties Barnum the great Ameri ca n showma n sa id the ” American people like to be fooled I am o f the opinio n that the vast maj ority o f the inhabitan ts o f this planet are governed far more by sugge stio n than th e y are by reaso n and common sense I will he re an n ounce a principl e or t o that ill help g re atly in expl ainin g a great many phenomena that e encounter i n actual li fe .
w
fi
w '
,
w
.
w
w
.
,
,
.
w w
.
w
.
T he ti on
br a i n i s go ver n ed by suggesti on S ugges r e e a te dl a i rmed gi v es tha t bra i n a set a tti tu de T h e p y fl su bcon sci ou s
w W e w w These principle nderstand w man .
w
su bcon sci ous sup p l i es
moti ve p o ti on s
.
the moti ve p o e r i n l ife a se t a tti tu de b n a su e s t i o gg y .
i s gi ven r me d, the r e ea te dl a p y fi er
w
su bco ns c i o us
r esu l ta n t
men ta l
hol e ma n i s
a tti tu de
.
s
h
n
the
or su gges
a yed
by the s
hy o n e is a being true , e ca n easily u Buddhist anothe r a Mohammedan , another a Con fucian , a nother a M ethodist , another a Rom anist , an o the r a D e mo ,
U
332
nse en
Force s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
,
.
”
bligation to use the upper story o f his brain I f h e h as in his childhoo d absorbed ideas and belie fs he ought t o bring these ideas up into the inspecting department o f ell balanced sc ru t h e brain and subj ect them to calm and I f they fai l to stand the test of reason he ought to t iny and i f they stand the test o f reaso n he ought r eject them The highest court o f authori ty i n the do t o accept them mai n o f man so far as ideas that come fro m the external a re concerned is the consciou s reason I am l n favor o f si fting all things I am in favor o f i n v e sti ga ti n g Con fuciani sm and Mohammedanism B u ddhism , philosophy history l a , poetry t heosophy s k epticism s cience nature to discover truth I am in favor o f examining all books that claim inspira t ion the Bib l es o f all religions the V edas o f India the Koran o f Mahomet the Boo k o f Mormon S cience and ” Health ith Key to the S criptu res the O l d and the N e T estaments I am in favor o f putting all these books u n d e r the search -l ight o f common sense , for I am assured that i f the infinite God has given man a revelation o f truth he ould n o t give a system that could not stand the test o f r eason and j udgment I am i n favor o f examining the beli e fs o f ou r ancestry t h e creeds o f all churches the customs o f all c l asses the political creeds o f all parties the re l i gl o n s o f all n ations A lmighty G od gave ma n these conscious po ers of i n v e s t i ga ti o n that he m i ght subj ect all ideas that come from the e xternal universe t o a thorough testi n g be fore they become determini n g factors in the li fe a n d integral parts o f the char a cter T hought -stu ff is the material that builds character a n d the truest and highest character is made up o f r i ght “
o
.
,
w
.
,
.
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
w
.
,
,
,
w
,
,
w
,
,
,
.
w
.
,
,
,
,
.
w
.
,
U
w
nsee n
Forc e s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
333
.
vie s o f the universe a n d the relatio ns the individual su s tains to the universe I am o f the O pinio n that these G od imparte d guides to truth , reaso n and j udgment ill recog nize truth and error herever they are found and they i l l, hen rightly directed accept the one and rej ect the other S ome people re fuse to study any system save C hristian it y be cause they i magine that there i s no tru th any here outsid e C hristianity This is a ser i o us mistake I am o f the opin i o n that the syste m o f truth Jesus gave the world i s all i n elusive but I also believe that there is magnificent trut h fou nd li k e glittering and valuable gems ami dst the mas s o f errors contained in the other great religio ns o f man k ind Buddha the great re former o f Asia has so mething for I i ll quote a fe u s that will benefit us i f we accept it All that e are is the result o f h at e o f his say i ngs : have thought ; it is founded o n our tho ughts ; i t is mad e o r acts u f u r tho u ghts I f a man speaks ith an vil o o e p tho ught pain follo s him as the heel follo s the foot o f I f a man speaks or act s t h e o x that dra s the carriage ith a pure tho u gh t happi ness fo l lo s hi m like a shado ” “ that never leaves him The evil -doer mourns l n thi s orld and he mo urns i n the n ext ; he mourns in both He mourns and su ffers hen he sees the ev i l of his o n ork The good man delights in this o rld and he delights l n t he next ; he delights in both He delights and rej oices ” hen he sees the purity o f his o n or k The Bible de clares the same principle hen it says Be not deceived G od is not mocked ; whatsoever a m a n so s that shall he r eap ; fo r he that so eth to the flesh sh al Lo f the flesh reap
w
.
w
w
w
,
,
.
w
.
.
.
,
.
w
w w
.
.
w w
w
,
,
.
w w
w ww ‘
w w
w
.
w
ww .
w ww ,
w
.
w
w
.
w
.
U
334
nseen
F orce s
an d
H
w to
o
w
U s e T he m
.
orrupt i o n , an d he that so eth t o the spi rit shal l of the ” s p irit reap li fe eve rlastin g ’ Here are so m e more of Buddha s prec epts Earnest n e ss i s the path o f i mmortali ty ; thoughtles snes s i s the pa th Tho se ho are in earnest do n ot die ; tho se ho o f death ” Christ utte red a simila r a re tho u ghtless are d ea d alrea dy ” h t ri v e to ent e r t he s trait ga te re ep hen aid c e s S t p B uddha says a gai n : T he scent of flo e rs does n ot t rav el a gainst the ind b ut the o dor o f good peop le t ravels eve n a a inst the o d man pe rv ades e v e ry ind A g o lac The e g p f f m n su r a sse d s f i s er u e o virtue u A o n a he p rubb i s a o h p p c ast u p on the hi gh ay t he l i l y ill grow fu l l of s eet pe r f ume and de l i ght thus the discipl e truly enlightened shin es forth by hi s kno le dge am o n gst tho se h o are like rubbish ” a mo n g t he pe o pl e th at si t i n da rkn e ss C hri st u t te re d a like sentiment when he said : Y e are th e sal t o f the ” ” e a rth Y e are t he li g ht o f the orl d H e re is an other D d o n o t spea k harsh ly to an ybo d ece t f rom Bud ha r : p p y t h ose ho are spo ke n t o ill an s e r th e e i n the sa me ay Angry spee ch i s p ain fu l ; bl o ws for bl o ws will t o u ch thee “ Le t u s live ha ppily then , n ot h ati n g tho se ho ha te u s A mon g me n L et h o hate us let u s live fr ee fro m hat red a ma n overcom e an ge r by l ove l et him overcome e vil by l r ood l him ove ome h g r eedy by lib e a ity the liar t rc t e e ; g by truth Silently shall I en du re abuse as the elephant in ba ttle endures the a rro w shot from the bo , f or the world ” i s ill natured The se sentiments are strikingly s imilar to t hose o f Jesus whe n he says : Love your enemies ; do r them that despite f o ood t o them that hate and pray u o g y ” ” fully use yo u and pe rse cu te yo u Resist n o t evil A man does n o t H ere i s another precept from Buddha c
.
w
.
w w w
w
.
w
'
.
,
.
.
w w
w
w
.
w
,
.
w
.
.
w w
w
w .
/
w
w
.
.
.
.
,
w
.
.
.
.
U
336
Fo rc e s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
w
w
”
w w
Here is another description o f the good man : T he man h o in vie o f gain thin k s o f righteousness ho in vie of da n ger is prepa red to give up hi s li fe and h o does ever far back it extends n o t forget an o l d agreemen t ho ” such a man may be reckoned a complete man A good many storekeepers ould rej oice i f ch urch members in thi s Christian lan d o uld carry o u t the advice i n the last part There i s rare and beauti ful truth in the o f this quotation “ follo ing condensed statements from Con fucius : Man i s born fo r uprightness They ho kno the truth are n o t equal to those ho love it and those ho love it are n o t equal to those ho deligh t in it It is the virtuous manners that constitute the excellence o f a neighborhood T he supe rior man does n ot se t his mind ei ther fo r anything o r agains t anyt hing ; hat is right he ill follo I have seen men die fro m treading on ater or fire but I have never seen a ma n die for treading the co urse o f virtue T h e man ho practices virtue ill soon have n eighbors Man has re Conduct i n accordance it h c e i v e d hi s nature fro m heaven hat i s right and true H e hose tha t n ature co nstitutes ” go o dness is a part o f himsel f is a tr ue man Con fuciu s “ also announces the l a o f reciprocity in these ords : What ” u do not f o ant done to yoursel do not do to others y T his great teacher as born five hundred and fi fty-one years be fore Christ and he has furnished us ith great truths tha t con form to the demands o f the highest reason and the most e nl i ghtened j udgment T he old Hindus i n their sacred boo k s furnish us ith m agnificent conceptions o f G od the unive rse an d man I il l give a fe quotations Here is o n e descriptive of t he “ s i rituality o f G o d i It is that hich has no beg nning an d p n
ess
nse e n
.
w
“
,
w
,
,
w w
w
.
.
w w
w w w
.
,
.
.
w
w
w w .
,
w
.
.
w w w w
.
.
w .
.
w
,
w
.
w
w
w w w
,
.
w
.
U
w
nseen
Forc e s
an
d H
o
w
337
to U s e T he m
.
w w
is s u preme n ot the existent alone n o r the n o n -existen t alone orld i th hands a n d feet o n all sides at the center o f the comprehending all exempt fro m all organs yet shining ith the faculties o f all u nattached yet sustaining everythi n g ; ithin and ithout ; a far yet near ; th e light o f lights the isdom that i s t o be found by isdo m implanted in every ” “ breast Here is another description : G od is the soul in a l l bein gs the best in e a ch and the i n most nature in all their beginni n g middle end ; the all - atching preserver father and mother o f the universe supporter itness habi ise the sile n c e ta ti o n re fuge friend the kno l edge o f the o f mystery t h e splendor o f l ight the holiest hymn the ” s pring amongst th e seasons the seed and s u m o f all that i s “ Here i s a sta te me n t o f the im mortality o f the so u l : Kno t hat these finite bodies have belonged to an eternal i n e x He h o believes t hat the h a u sti b l e indestru cti ble Spirit spirit can be killed is in erro r U nbor n changeless eternal it is not slain hen the body is slain A s a man abandon s orn -out clothes and takes other n e ones so does the soul quit orn -ou t bodies and enters others Weapons can n o t cleave i t n o r fire burn it It is constant immovable ” e t it can pass through all things y I ill record a fe statem ents regarding the ideas these o l d Hindus had concerning th e relations bet een the sou l “ The G reat O n e can not be found ithout b u t a n d G od : ” ” “ ithin the soul To kno G o d is li fe eternal Kno ing and being are alike ; li fe i s measured by the thought Truth alone an d n o t falsehood conquers By truth i s opened the path o n hich the best proceed Whoso kn o s is eman ” “ c i a te d and t h irsts n o more What a man kno s becomes p a part of his li fe ; there fore i f a man kno s God G o d b e ,
,
,
,
,
,
w
w w
,
w
,
.
w w w w
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
w
.
,
,
w
w
.
w
.
,
,
w
,
.
w
,
.
.
w
w
,
w
,
,
.
w w
w
.
.
w .
w
.
.
.
22
m
,
w
w w ,
U
338
n se e n
Forc e s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
w w
” “
w
comes a part o f his li fe W hen he is kno n as the n atur e n T hose h o o f every thought then im mortality is k no ” kno him as living ithin become im mortal Thi s i s very similar to the teachings o f the Bible ; for instance the ” “ Bib l e says : A s a ma n thin k eth i n his heart s o is he Jesus said : Ye shall k no the truth and the truth s hall ” “ T his is eternal li fe that men may k no ma k e yo u free thee the only true G od and Jesus Christ hom thou hast .
w
w
.
,
w
.
se n t f
w
w
.
’
w
might multiply quotations containing beauti ful thoughts from the ritings o f Mahomet S ocrates A ristotle Cicero S eneca Marcus A u re l i u s V o l ta i re , Hume Gibbon I might even cull pearls o f truth from the Boo k o f Mormon o r S cie n ce and H ealth but I am not under obligation to a o cept all that I fi n d in a system because I may discover I pr o pose to use my o n r e aso ning s ome truth therein ’ po ers I do not give a snap o f my finger fo r a man s i f his utterances are n o t amena ble to c laim to inspiration the test o f reason an d j udgment hi s claim is valueless ays and the rev G o d is expressing h i msel f i n various ithout must correspo nd ith the e l a tio n o f truth from revelation o f truth fro m ithin Truth is consistent I care n ot here I find truth t hroughout all its parts I f I can find i t ritten o n the tablets o f the soul o r o n tab lets o f stone ; i f I can find it burnt into the dusty bric k s o f overthro n cities or on the granite fac e o f pyra mids ; i f I c a n find it i n letters o f silver o n the star gemmed page o f the s k ies in the sylvan scenery o t the valley o r in the rugged grandeur o f the mountain gorge ; i f I can find it in the volume o f history in the inspired strains o f the grea t poets, in t he masterpieces o f sc u lpture o n the canvas o f I
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
w
w
.
.
w
w
.
w
,
w
.
w
w
-
,
,
,
.
w
.
U
34 0
nseen
Force s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
Christ not alone taught this system he expressed its mighty ,
w w
principles in a peerless l ife Do you ant the key to history ? then study C hristian ity Do you ant the key to the Boo k o f Nature ? the m study at the feet o f Jesus Do yo u ant light as you plunge into the mysteries o f science then u se the flashlight o f hi s truth Do you ant inspiration fo r yo ur poetry ? go to Jesus Do you ant s k ill as you chisel the marble bathe your soul in his Spi rit Do you ant genius as an artist ? then light your torch at the fires o f his love Do yo u de sire to un fold the lo ftiest type o f c haracter then go to hi m fo r the material T he ma n uf a ctu r i n g p o ers i n cha ra cte r con stru cti on I ould advise every man to subj ect C hristian i ty to the test o f reason and eigh it ell in the balance o f j udgment ; but I ould advise him as he procee ds i n his investigations to make a clear and ide distinctio n bet een hat Jesus taught a n d hat the theologians say he taught S eparate the heat from the chaff ; extrac t the gold from the sand Do not drink the m uddy aters at the foot o f the mo untain A thousand theologia n s are ashing the dirty linen o f their O pinions bet een yo u and the source o f the s tream Go up above these gen t l e me n and drink from the cool fountai ns o f livi n g ater s bursting from beneath the rocks Prove all thi n gs hold ” fast that hich is good , is the command gi ven by Chri s .
.
w
.
w w
.
.
w
.
.
.
w
w w w w w w w -
ww .
.
w
.
.
.
w w w
w hen a man has ound truth and his reason and w j udg e t are satisfied he must not stop at this ust obey the w that brings that truth into expression his li e When he kno w s the truth he must send tha .
,
t i a n i ty
.
f
B ut
m
n
,
m
in
m t p o
.
H
e
la
f
.
t
.
U
n se e n
Force s
an d
H
o
w
341
to U se T h e m
.
w
down into the subconsc i ous li fe accompanied with h at that t he imperative a fii rma ti o n that he is becoming t ruth implies , and then he must give the best possible ex pression to that truth i n h i s actions W e have already seen in ou r stu dy o f the processes i n volved in body-building th at the li fe-force s of the spiritual man through the automatic machinery of the subconscious brain builds food-stu ffs into the body and pursuing the parallelism e in fer that the spiritual man through the s ame automatic machinery builds ideas into character N o in building a stro n g healthy body t o factors must b e present f f The li f e orce 2 the ood stu Without the f 1 f ; ( ) ( ) li fe -force th e food-stu ff ould never be chan g ed into livin g tissue In b uildi n g a stro n g , symmetrical no b le character t o factors m u st be present -stu ff f f The li e orce t h tho u g ht With out 2 1 e ; ( ) ( ) the li fe force th e thought co u l d n e v e r b e built into the living structure o f character Entering into a deeper analysis o f the process of b od y an d still pursuing the b ri l liant a n d character-building, light o f the l a o f correspo ndences I would say that in b ody -buildi n g the li fe-force puts the food -stu ff through four processes : ( 1) Reception ; ( 2 )digestion ; ( 3)assimi latio n ; (4)expression The food is fi rst received then digested ; it is then assimilated by the blood , and lastly
t ruth
.
w
,
w
w
w
.
.
w
.
,
.
'
-
.
w
,
.
N
wthe li e
f -forces
,
the spiritual man in character building p u t thought-stu ff through similar processes : ( 1) Reception ; ( 2)concentration ; 3)realizatio n ; (4) expres o
of
U
342
n se e n
Force s
an
d H
w
w
o
to U s e T h e m
.
The spirit u al man receives thought th ro u gh the co n scious brain he n accepted he concentrates his atten tio n hen realization has taken u pon it un til he realizes it and place it has passed into his gro ing character and i s then expressed in his actions S o that character m ay be called the str ea m of exp r essi on fl o i n g f rom thou ght con sol i da te d i n the su bcon sci ou s br a i n and the state m ent o f th e Bible I S “ true As a man thin k eth in his h eart so i s he and th e “ H o statement o f Jesus is scientifically correct can ye being evil spea k good things fo r out o f the abundance o f the heart the mouth spea k eth : A good man o u t o f the good treasures o f his h eart bri n get h forth good things ; an evil man out o f the evil treasures o f his heart bringeth T he thoughts hich a m an cro d s forth evil things into his subconscious sel f determine the quality o f h i s t h o u ghts an d actions T hese Pharisees had lived in an atmosphere o f tho u ght that as hostile to the claims o f Jesus ; they had become saturated ith the ideas that the Messiah ould come of some k ingly family ; ould be reared in purple and ould be a great orld conquero r smashing hostile armies on n umerous battle-fi e l ds and lead the Je s o n to universal victory ith these selfish in W g “ orldly and ambitious ideas concerning the Messiah they n atura l ly assumed hostility t o Jesus the Nazarene No man can rise h i gher in hi s actions than the level o f h i s tho u ghts T he tho u ghts o f these Pharisees ere totally di fferent from the thoughts o f Jesus ; they lived o n a lo er plane because their thoughts ere o f a lo er grade A l o -grade man is built up o f l o -grade tho u ghts ; a high grade man of high -grade thoughts To c hange th e l o -grade man into the high -grade ma n you must chang e mn
s
.
w w
,
.
w
,
,
,
w
,
w
.
w
.
w
,
w
w
w
w
w
w
w
,
.
.
.
w w w
w w
-
.
w w
.
U
344
flesh
p
n se e n
”
w
an
d H
Wha t a ma n a fi rms
.
do
a sses
Fo rc e s
n
i n to the
i n t o i t r a n b t h a of
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
r ep e a te dl y i n
the
br a i n
bra i n , thro i n g the ti ssu e conf ormi n g to the n a tu r e of the
su bcon sci ou s
a shap e
w w ww
w
con s ci ou s
ma ti on
S treams
of
u ght tho fi ater When channel s are n ot dug a re li k e streams o f ater in straight lines by conscious 1n te l l i fo r streams o f f ence ater ill cut crooked channels or itsel f T hus t h e g i t i s ith streams o f thought i f straight channels are cut i n the tissue o f the subconscious brain by the cons ol ons l n ill fl o in these straigh t channels t e l l i ge n c e thought S traight thought cuts straight channels ; croo k ed thought When the channels become se t c uts crooked channels A ll t hen the action o f the thought becomes automatic hen repeated c onscious thought terminati n g in actions tends to become automatic T his is the l a that produces habits A habit is ph ysical and S piritual Its physical s ide is the channel cut i n the brain by conscio us dec i sion s its S p l ri t u a l side is the strea m c arried into conscious acts f tho ught that moves automatically in the brai nchan nel o because it is the path o f the least resistance A man can c hange his habits by sending ou t n e tho u ght streams The I a m is a sel f-determining entity and j ust as the i h d ividual has c reated channels in his brain by sending o u t thought streams o f a certain quality he can change these ones by sending o u t tho u ght -streams c hannels o r ou t n e o f a di fferent quality T o build a lo fty straight and beau ti ful character a man must think lo fty straight and beauti f u l thoughts S traight thinking ill be transmitted by l a into straight acting and straight acting ill be consol i date d into a symmetrical character H o , then , the reader asks can I expedite this work ?
thou ght
con ta i n ed
w ,
i n the
”
a
r
.
.
.
w w
.
.
,
.
.
w w
,
.
w
.
.
,
w
,
.
,
w ,
w w
.
.
,
.
,
w
H
U
n seen
shall w
Fo rce s
d H
o
an
w
45
to U s e T he m
.
intellige n tly proceed to tra n smute my ideas i nto cha racter ? Con c en tra ti on is, as I said be fore the first factor s u preme In gathering thought and i n selecti n g t ho u ght yo u must consciously center all your attention upon t hat ork The Spiritual man through the conscious brain is the thought gatherer and the thought -se l e cte r Actual c on centration is accompanied ith e ffort Yo u m ust i l l to focalize the attention and you must i ll to hold the a t t ention u pon the subj ect o f i n vestigation All the ope ra tions of th e Spiritual man through the conscious brain real m ith effort This i s the real m o f the c o n a re accompanied s cio us ill and the i l l is simply the expressio n o f e ffort a long ell -de fi n e d lines Gatheri n g and selecting thought for character buildin g req uires active concentration Fixing the attentio n , e x e r c ising the reason pro fo und study— all these m ental opera tions are per formed in the conscious brain and kept in But as in the process of a ction by an e ffor t o f the i ll body -building so in the process o f character-building the material passes out fro m u nder the control o f the conscious b rai n under t he control o f the subconscious The spiri tual ork man through the subconscious brain per forms h i s itho ut any e ffort at all We kno that in body-building fo r instance th e li fe -force o f the spiritual man acting t hrough the subconscious brain , takes the food and ithout e ffort digests it and builds it up into a living organism T hro u gh the same brain the Spiritual ma n n o t alone builds t h e body but sustains and keeps all the vi tal machinery in ithout conscio us e ffort fo r the hole period of li fe a ctio n o n this planet in character -b uilding the same law holds good No o
I
,
.
w
.
w
-
w
.
w .
.
w w
w w ,
s
.
.
.
,
w
:
.
w
.
w
a
.
w
,
w
,
,
'
.
w w
w
,
.
.
U
34 6
n se e n
Fo rce s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
When a ma n conscio u sly concentrates his attention u p o m a n y tho u ght a nd earnestly desires that that though t shall be built in to his character the la s o f the brain are suely that that thought ill enter th e subconscious a n d in that : realm by accurate a u tomatic machinery it ill be buil t into his li fe ithout any further e ffort o n h i s part This l a i s an n o unced in the N e T estament hen Paul says Rec k on yourselves to be dead u nto sin and aliv e ” A fli rm that yo u are dead unto Sin u n t o righteousness and alive unto righteousn ess and the l a o f the su b co n scious ithout any further effort o n your part ill creat e hat yo u affirm U nder this l a every man tends to b e come that hich he a ffirms h imsel f to be T he su bc o n scious brain is li k e the sensitized photographic plate th e r ays from the object upon hich the camera is focused trans fer a per fect image o f the obj ect to the plate S ow hen a man concentrates his attention u pon an i deal de siri n g to become li k e it the rays o f love reflected fro m the ideal form a per fect portrait upon the su bconscious brain and by the subtle forces o f spir i tual chemistry that ideal “ i s transferred to the character S o Paul says W e al L i t h open face beholdi n g as in a mirror the glory o f G od ” are changed into the same image from gl ory to gl ory A S Moses li fted u p the serpent in th e A nd Jesus says i l derness even so mu st the S on o f man be li ft ed u p so t ha t hosoever believeth o n him should n ot perish b u t ” have everlasting li fe T he marvelous po er o f though t h ealed the serpent bitten Israelites The brazen serpent brilliant in the sunlight a s raised high on a pole T h e command ent forth that hosoever ou l d rivet his at tention upon th a t obj ect ould be healed T he su bcon
w
,
w w
w
,
:
,
w w
,
w
.
w
.
w w w
w
,
.
,
,
w
~
.
w
:
w
.
,
,
,
w
.
:
.
w ’
w
,
w
.
-
w
,
w w w
.
,
w .
.
U
348
n se e n
Forc e s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
Belief opens up the entire subconscious realm and t h e great truths revealed by the Chri st an d in the Chr i st e nter the subconscious li fe bodied in th e perfect li fe trans 6 T hese great truths e m form and control the S piritual man ma k i n g him a ne ” c reature Ne in Christ Jesus though ts make a n e m a n , and the n e man creates a n e thought -atmosphere 7 N o Since man is a spiritual being revealing himsel f t hrough a physical organism and since the S piritual man i n the i n visible thought -realm has undergone a spiritual t rans for m ation it would seem that the act o f salvation is n o t completed unti l the physical man has been baptized W hat has happened i n the in visible ought to be external i z e d in the visible to make it complete I am t here fore o f t he Opi n ion that the l a o f sal vation announced by Jesus t he Chr i st i s scientifically correct , He that b e l i e v e th a n d ” i s baptized shall be saved Belie f is a process conducted in the in visible thought realm Baptism is a process co nducted in the visible f spirit and body are associated in every other a ct realm I : hy di sassociate them here a c t in l i fe According to the philosophy o f man advocated in this v olume i f there has been an in ard spiri tual baptism there m ust be an out ard physical baptism Baptism i n ater i s i n accordance with the plan upon hich the universe is built ; it is in accordance ith the plan upon hich man is built T here are but t o things in this universe l if e a n d T m or he external form in all cases con forms to the inter f nal li fe All spiritual movements are revealed i n the All invisible vibrations create visible movements v isible A l l invisible Spiritual experiences are trans ferred to the 5
.
,
.
w w
.
w w ,
w
w
.
.
.
,
,
.
w
.
.
.
w
-
.
w
w
,
w w
.
w
w
.
w ,
.
.
.
.
,
U n se e n
Force s
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T h e m
.
w
body , creating correspondin g physical changes N o i f t he s piritual man has been trans formed then I say yo u had better to complete the act i mmerse the physical ma n in ater The internal and the external must agree T he internal substance and the external form must corroborate each other The Spirit ual ma n and the physical man mu St fit and correspond like hand an d glove You must n o t divorce the spiritual man fro m the physical man they a re interlinked by nerve force at every point There i s b e t een them perfect responsiveness perfect correspondence W hat the S piritual man realizes the physical man must externalize ; hat a man t hin k s m ust be expressed T h e orld o f I a m must be carried o u t into the world o f I do A ll character b u ilding hatsoever is governed by l a The same l aws that build Christian truth i nto Christian character build Mohammedan thought into Moham meda n character infidel thought into infidel character Slu m thought into slu m character pugilistic thought into t he fighter Roman C at holic thought i nto th e Roman i st dem o c ra ti c thought i n to the democrat Methodist thought int o “ A S a man thinketh in his h eart so i s the Methodist ” T he mob that surro unded the dying Christ o n Cal he vary and stai ned their hands i n his blood ere acting o u t their thoughts Man is simply a thought expressi ng ma i f the reader o f this volu me ill turn to t he No c hine second chapter o f the Acts and read the chapter care fully he ill find that the first three tho usand h o becam e Christians passed through the spiritual and physical proc esses I have j us t tabulated Peter the preacher presente d Jesus and by magnifi cent argume n ts dra n from hi s mir a c les fro m prophecy from his resurrection he p r ove d tha t .
,
,
w
,
,
.
.
.
.
.
w
.
,
.
w
w
.
w
w .
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
w w w
.
w .
.
,
w
.
,
,
,
w ,
,
U
35 0
n se e n
Force s
an d
w
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
same Jesus as the Chri st The audience heard and three thousand examined the o u t O f t hat great audience facts presented to sustain the claim in the light o f reason T hese R eason accepted the cl aim because o f the facts ” “ the Christ t hree thousan d believed that Jesus a s indeed The Splendid vision of the stainless Chri st in hose b l ood they had i gnorantly dyed their hands crimson passed into revelatio n o f t h e subconscious realm O f the mind ; this n e truth changed their thoughts and they cried o u t : W hat ” Here e have changed thought see k ing fo r e do f s hall The ans er came i ns tructions in the realm O f actio n “ Repent a n d be baptized every o n e O f yo u in the name O f the Lord Jesus fo r the remission O f sins and ye shal l re ” c e i v e the gi ft O f the H oly S pirit In other ords cha n ge your purpose and come o u t into the Open and i n baptism d eclare yo ur changed li fe and your sins ill be ashed a ay and yo u i l l become the j oyous possessor O f the n e li fe i n Jesus Christ T his entire process is an exact obedience to psych ological la and any departure fro m this model is a departure fro m t ruth Finally it is my supreme desire that every reader O f this v olume sh all endeavor to u n fold the highest i thi n and build into the un folding S piritua l man the highest tr u t h that can be found in the u niverse i thou t ; carry the visions o f the invisible into the visible and then ransac k the visi ble for magnificent truth and build up a n enduring fabric O f character I a m I kn o I ca n I o ught I il l Here you have b e i n g kn o l e dge a bi l i ty obl i ga ti on and de ci s i on A ll these mental c ogn i tions are movem e nts O f the E go I am a s p ir t his
.
,
.
w
w
w
.
w w
,
w
.
,
.
w
w
w w w ,
,
.
w ,
.
w
,
w
,
.
.
,
w
w
.
.
,
.
.
w .
.
,
.
w
U
52
nse en
Forc e s
w
an d
H
o
w
to U s e T he m
.
w
Christ Spi rit ithin rises and li fts him into the realms o f t he highest and urges him for ards to the realization O f When a man recognizes the Christ ithin an d h i s i de a l then studies the character O f the historic Christ he fall s “ do n and orships him and says : I have found my be ” lov e d I have found my true center I am at rest T he n e birth is simply r e a l i za ti on Realization is the substance O f thi n gs hoped fo r the evidence O f things n o t ” “ seen Accord i ng to the measure o f your realization be ” it unto you Concentrate on your ideal in the silence until it sin k s into your subconscious sel f ; then hen i t h a s been absorbed by the subconsc i ous and become par t and parcel o f the Spiritu al man it ill be externalized i n expression T he supreme factor in character -building is r e a l i za ti on S o far as the material is concerned there are infinite quanti ties o n all sides Man stands at the center O f the universe O n the spiritual side he i s Ope n t o all the universe O f ca u se s and sp t rl tu al forces ; on the physical side he i s Open to t he un i verse o f effects a n d facts The infinite Father come s “ t o him and says : My so n thou art ever ith me and all ” T h e Opulence o f the universe b e that I have is thine lo n gs to man T h e e a l th o f infinite love a n d i nfinit e tr u th and infinite po er and infinite peace and infinite j oy the harmony o f health the joy o f victory the serenity o f re p ose all belong to man For man the universe as b u ilt For man the planet as constructed and the heaven s ere bent and the stars shine and the sun pours out h i s go l den l i ght and the moo n gilds the night ith glory F o r m a n the flo ers bloo m and the crops gro a n d the orchards hang heavy ith fruit and the birds sing and the
w
.
w w w
.
.
.
,
.
.
,
,
w
w
.
.
.
.
,
.
.
w
w w .
w
.
w w
w
,
,
,
,
w
w
w
.
U
n se e n
Fo r c e s
an d
H
o
w
35 3
to U s e T h e m
.
ww
cotton yields its masses O f sno y hite and the sheep his fleece and the oxen his hide F o r man the forests yie l d their lumber and the mines their gol d and silver and iro n and the clo ud s the ram and the ocean i ts stren gth and the ater fall i ts beauty and po er The musician pours o u t harmony for h i m ; th e poet Sings for him ; the scu l ptor chisels th e marble into beauty ; the artist makes the can the statesman formulates l a the saint prays ; v as speak th e re for mer liberates the martyr dies the patriot bleeds ; and the Slave toils F o r man the i n fini te Father exhausts all h i s love For man th e C hrist stoops to earth and pours ealth o f truth and love and beau ty Let each o f o u t the “ Let u s go u s take the statement o f C a leb a s o u r m otto : u p a n d possess the land W e are ell ab l e to overcome ” it The Canaan O f magnifice n t possibilities i s ou rs n o The deed has been signed and g1v e n into ou r hands W hy should e ander in the ild and desolati o n -smitten desert Why should e hun ger o f fear and gloo m and doubt ? and shiver in rags hen all the O pulence o f in finite p o s sessions belongs to u s n o and simply a aits ou r cl a i m ? “ Let u s march for ard cross the Jordan and enter the land ” fl o ing ith milk an d honey R e a l i ze Wake up R e a l i ze R e a l i ze G o d i s your Father Y o u are a Spirit u al be 1n g Y o u are im mortal “ ithin yo u magnificent possibilities acres o f Y ou h ave ” “ ’ ” diamonds , mines O f gold Y o u have around you heaven s opulence Of tru th and l ove an d lif e S tand o n yo u r feet Loo k towards the stars All things i n the program o f G od are subordinate to o n e gr a nd end : the development Base you r o f the spiritual man the building o f character character o n Christ p ush the granite blocks Of s plendi d .
w
w
.
w
.
w .
.
w
.
w
.
.
ww
ww
w w w w
w
w
,
'
.
.
'
.
'
w
' ”
.
.
,
.
.
.
.
,
,
23m
.
U
354
n se e n
Forc e s
an
d H
o
w
to U se T he m
.
w w w w
truth into place finish the structure , and then allo love to Shine through it making it transparent , and hen Death comes behold he ill be an angel in hite to Sho yo u into the upper rooms Of the mansions O f G o d ,
w ,
,
,
.
View more...
Comments
